1 //===--- SemaDecl.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Declarations ----------------===//
2 //
3 //                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4 //
5 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
7 //
8 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9 //
10 //  This file implements semantic analysis for declarations.
11 //
12 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
13 
14 #include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h"
15 #include "TypeLocBuilder.h"
16 #include "clang/AST/ASTConsumer.h"
17 #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
18 #include "clang/AST/ASTLambda.h"
19 #include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h"
20 #include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h"
21 #include "clang/AST/CommentDiagnostic.h"
22 #include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h"
23 #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
24 #include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
25 #include "clang/AST/EvaluatedExprVisitor.h"
26 #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
27 #include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h"
28 #include "clang/Basic/Builtins.h"
29 #include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h"
30 #include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h"
31 #include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
32 #include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h" // TODO: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex
33 #include "clang/Lex/Lexer.h" // TODO: Extract static functions to fix layering.
34 #include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h" // TODO: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex
35 #include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h" // Included for isCodeCompletionEnabled()
36 #include "clang/Parse/ParseDiagnostic.h"
37 #include "clang/Sema/CXXFieldCollector.h"
38 #include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h"
39 #include "clang/Sema/DelayedDiagnostic.h"
40 #include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h"
41 #include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h"
42 #include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h"
43 #include "clang/Sema/Scope.h"
44 #include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h"
45 #include "clang/Sema/Template.h"
46 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h"
47 #include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h"
48 #include <algorithm>
49 #include <cstring>
50 #include <functional>
51 using namespace clang;
52 using namespace sema;
53 
54 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType) {
55   if (OwnedType) {
56     Decl *Group[2] = { OwnedType, Ptr };
57     return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group, 2));
58   }
59 
60   return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef(Ptr));
61 }
62 
63 namespace {
64 
65 class TypeNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback {
66  public:
67   TypeNameValidatorCCC(bool AllowInvalid, bool WantClass=false,
68                        bool AllowTemplates=false)
69       : AllowInvalidDecl(AllowInvalid), WantClassName(WantClass),
70         AllowClassTemplates(AllowTemplates) {
71     WantExpressionKeywords = false;
72     WantCXXNamedCasts = false;
73     WantRemainingKeywords = false;
74   }
75 
76   bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) override {
77     if (NamedDecl *ND = candidate.getCorrectionDecl()) {
78       bool IsType = isa<TypeDecl>(ND) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND);
79       bool AllowedTemplate = AllowClassTemplates && isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(ND);
80       return (IsType || AllowedTemplate) &&
81              (AllowInvalidDecl || !ND->isInvalidDecl());
82     }
83     return !WantClassName && candidate.isKeyword();
84   }
85 
86  private:
87   bool AllowInvalidDecl;
88   bool WantClassName;
89   bool AllowClassTemplates;
90 };
91 
92 }
93 
94 /// \brief Determine whether the token kind starts a simple-type-specifier.
95 bool Sema::isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const {
96   switch (Kind) {
97   // FIXME: Take into account the current language when deciding whether a
98   // token kind is a valid type specifier
99   case tok::kw_short:
100   case tok::kw_long:
101   case tok::kw___int64:
102   case tok::kw___int128:
103   case tok::kw_signed:
104   case tok::kw_unsigned:
105   case tok::kw_void:
106   case tok::kw_char:
107   case tok::kw_int:
108   case tok::kw_half:
109   case tok::kw_float:
110   case tok::kw_double:
111   case tok::kw_wchar_t:
112   case tok::kw_bool:
113   case tok::kw___underlying_type:
114     return true;
115 
116   case tok::annot_typename:
117   case tok::kw_char16_t:
118   case tok::kw_char32_t:
119   case tok::kw_typeof:
120   case tok::annot_decltype:
121   case tok::kw_decltype:
122     return getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
123 
124   default:
125     break;
126   }
127 
128   return false;
129 }
130 
131 static ParsedType recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(Sema &S,
132                                                       const IdentifierInfo &II,
133                                                       SourceLocation NameLoc) {
134   // Find the first parent class template context, if any.
135   // FIXME: Perform the lookup in all enclosing class templates.
136   const CXXRecordDecl *RD = nullptr;
137   for (DeclContext *DC = S.CurContext; DC; DC = DC->getParent()) {
138     RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC);
139     if (RD && RD->getDescribedClassTemplate())
140       break;
141   }
142   if (!RD)
143     return ParsedType();
144 
145   // Look for type decls in dependent base classes that have known primary
146   // templates.
147   bool FoundTypeDecl = false;
148   for (const auto &Base : RD->bases()) {
149     auto *TST = Base.getType()->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>();
150     if (!TST || !TST->isDependentType())
151       continue;
152     auto *TD = TST->getTemplateName().getAsTemplateDecl();
153     if (!TD)
154       continue;
155     auto *BasePrimaryTemplate =
156         dyn_cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(TD->getTemplatedDecl());
157     if (!BasePrimaryTemplate)
158       continue;
159     // FIXME: Allow lookup into non-dependent bases of dependent bases, possibly
160     // by calling or integrating with the main LookupQualifiedName mechanism.
161     for (NamedDecl *ND : BasePrimaryTemplate->lookup(&II)) {
162       if (FoundTypeDecl)
163         return ParsedType();
164       FoundTypeDecl = isa<TypeDecl>(ND);
165       if (!FoundTypeDecl)
166         return ParsedType();
167     }
168   }
169   if (!FoundTypeDecl)
170     return ParsedType();
171 
172   // We found some types in dependent base classes.  Recover as if the user
173   // wrote 'typename MyClass::II' instead of 'II'.  We'll fully resolve the
174   // lookup during template instantiation.
175   S.Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_found_via_dependent_bases_lookup) << &II;
176 
177   ASTContext &Context = S.Context;
178   auto *NNS = NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, false,
179                                           cast<Type>(Context.getRecordType(RD)));
180   QualType T = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_Typename, NNS, &II);
181 
182   CXXScopeSpec SS;
183   SS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc));
184 
185   TypeLocBuilder Builder;
186   DependentNameTypeLoc DepTL = Builder.push<DependentNameTypeLoc>(T);
187   DepTL.setNameLoc(NameLoc);
188   DepTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation());
189   DepTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context));
190   return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T));
191 }
192 
193 /// \brief If the identifier refers to a type name within this scope,
194 /// return the declaration of that type.
195 ///
196 /// This routine performs ordinary name lookup of the identifier II
197 /// within the given scope, with optional C++ scope specifier SS, to
198 /// determine whether the name refers to a type. If so, returns an
199 /// opaque pointer (actually a QualType) corresponding to that
200 /// type. Otherwise, returns NULL.
201 ParsedType Sema::getTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc,
202                              Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
203                              bool isClassName, bool HasTrailingDot,
204                              ParsedType ObjectTypePtr,
205                              bool IsCtorOrDtorName,
206                              bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo,
207                              IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII) {
208   // Determine where we will perform name lookup.
209   DeclContext *LookupCtx = nullptr;
210   if (ObjectTypePtr) {
211     QualType ObjectType = ObjectTypePtr.get();
212     if (ObjectType->isRecordType())
213       LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(ObjectType);
214   } else if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty()) {
215     LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(*SS, false);
216 
217     if (!LookupCtx) {
218       if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) {
219         // C++ [temp.res]p3:
220         //   A qualified-id that refers to a type and in which the
221         //   nested-name-specifier depends on a template-parameter (14.6.2)
222         //   shall be prefixed by the keyword typename to indicate that the
223         //   qualified-id denotes a type, forming an
224         //   elaborated-type-specifier (7.1.5.3).
225         //
226         // We therefore do not perform any name lookup if the result would
227         // refer to a member of an unknown specialization.
228         if (!isClassName && !IsCtorOrDtorName)
229           return ParsedType();
230 
231         // We know from the grammar that this name refers to a type,
232         // so build a dependent node to describe the type.
233         if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo)
234           return ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), *SS, II, NameLoc).get();
235 
236         NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = SS->getWithLocInContext(Context);
237         QualType T = CheckTypenameType(ETK_None, SourceLocation(), QualifierLoc,
238                                        II, NameLoc);
239         return ParsedType::make(T);
240       }
241 
242       return ParsedType();
243     }
244 
245     if (!LookupCtx->isDependentContext() &&
246         RequireCompleteDeclContext(*SS, LookupCtx))
247       return ParsedType();
248   }
249 
250   // FIXME: LookupNestedNameSpecifierName isn't the right kind of
251   // lookup for class-names.
252   LookupNameKind Kind = isClassName ? LookupNestedNameSpecifierName :
253                                       LookupOrdinaryName;
254   LookupResult Result(*this, &II, NameLoc, Kind);
255   if (LookupCtx) {
256     // Perform "qualified" name lookup into the declaration context we
257     // computed, which is either the type of the base of a member access
258     // expression or the declaration context associated with a prior
259     // nested-name-specifier.
260     LookupQualifiedName(Result, LookupCtx);
261 
262     if (ObjectTypePtr && Result.empty()) {
263       // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p3:
264       //   If the unqualified-id is ~type-name, the type-name is looked up
265       //   in the context of the entire postfix-expression. If the type T of
266       //   the object expression is of a class type C, the type-name is also
267       //   looked up in the scope of class C. At least one of the lookups shall
268       //   find a name that refers to (possibly cv-qualified) T.
269       LookupName(Result, S);
270     }
271   } else {
272     // Perform unqualified name lookup.
273     LookupName(Result, S);
274 
275     // For unqualified lookup in a class template in MSVC mode, look into
276     // dependent base classes where the primary class template is known.
277     if (Result.empty() && getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && (!SS || SS->isEmpty())) {
278       if (ParsedType TypeInBase =
279               recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(*this, II, NameLoc))
280         return TypeInBase;
281     }
282   }
283 
284   NamedDecl *IIDecl = nullptr;
285   switch (Result.getResultKind()) {
286   case LookupResult::NotFound:
287   case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation:
288     if (CorrectedII) {
289       TypoCorrection Correction = CorrectTypo(
290           Result.getLookupNameInfo(), Kind, S, SS,
291           llvm::make_unique<TypeNameValidatorCCC>(true, isClassName),
292           CTK_ErrorRecovery);
293       IdentifierInfo *NewII = Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo();
294       TemplateTy Template;
295       bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization;
296       UnqualifiedId TemplateName;
297       TemplateName.setIdentifier(NewII, NameLoc);
298       NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = Correction.getCorrectionSpecifier();
299       CXXScopeSpec NewSS, *NewSSPtr = SS;
300       if (SS && NNS) {
301         NewSS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc));
302         NewSSPtr = &NewSS;
303       }
304       if (Correction && (NNS || NewII != &II) &&
305           // Ignore a correction to a template type as the to-be-corrected
306           // identifier is not a template (typo correction for template names
307           // is handled elsewhere).
308           !(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewSSPtr &&
309             isTemplateName(S, *NewSSPtr, false, TemplateName, ParsedType(),
310                            false, Template, MemberOfUnknownSpecialization))) {
311         ParsedType Ty = getTypeName(*NewII, NameLoc, S, NewSSPtr,
312                                     isClassName, HasTrailingDot, ObjectTypePtr,
313                                     IsCtorOrDtorName,
314                                     WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo);
315         if (Ty) {
316           diagnoseTypo(Correction,
317                        PDiag(diag::err_unknown_type_or_class_name_suggest)
318                          << Result.getLookupName() << isClassName);
319           if (SS && NNS)
320             SS->MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc));
321           *CorrectedII = NewII;
322           return Ty;
323         }
324       }
325     }
326     // If typo correction failed or was not performed, fall through
327   case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded:
328   case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
329     Result.suppressDiagnostics();
330     return ParsedType();
331 
332   case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
333     // Recover from type-hiding ambiguities by hiding the type.  We'll
334     // do the lookup again when looking for an object, and we can
335     // diagnose the error then.  If we don't do this, then the error
336     // about hiding the type will be immediately followed by an error
337     // that only makes sense if the identifier was treated like a type.
338     if (Result.getAmbiguityKind() == LookupResult::AmbiguousTagHiding) {
339       Result.suppressDiagnostics();
340       return ParsedType();
341     }
342 
343     // Look to see if we have a type anywhere in the list of results.
344     for (LookupResult::iterator Res = Result.begin(), ResEnd = Result.end();
345          Res != ResEnd; ++Res) {
346       if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Res) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*Res)) {
347         if (!IIDecl ||
348             (*Res)->getLocation().getRawEncoding() <
349               IIDecl->getLocation().getRawEncoding())
350           IIDecl = *Res;
351       }
352     }
353 
354     if (!IIDecl) {
355       // None of the entities we found is a type, so there is no way
356       // to even assume that the result is a type. In this case, don't
357       // complain about the ambiguity. The parser will either try to
358       // perform this lookup again (e.g., as an object name), which
359       // will produce the ambiguity, or will complain that it expected
360       // a type name.
361       Result.suppressDiagnostics();
362       return ParsedType();
363     }
364 
365     // We found a type within the ambiguous lookup; diagnose the
366     // ambiguity and then return that type. This might be the right
367     // answer, or it might not be, but it suppresses any attempt to
368     // perform the name lookup again.
369     break;
370 
371   case LookupResult::Found:
372     IIDecl = Result.getFoundDecl();
373     break;
374   }
375 
376   assert(IIDecl && "Didn't find decl");
377 
378   QualType T;
379   if (TypeDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(IIDecl)) {
380     DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IIDecl, NameLoc);
381 
382     T = Context.getTypeDeclType(TD);
383     MarkAnyDeclReferenced(TD->getLocation(), TD, /*OdrUse=*/false);
384 
385     // NOTE: avoid constructing an ElaboratedType(Loc) if this is a
386     // constructor or destructor name (in such a case, the scope specifier
387     // will be attached to the enclosing Expr or Decl node).
388     if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty() && !IsCtorOrDtorName) {
389       if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) {
390         // Construct a type with type-source information.
391         TypeLocBuilder Builder;
392         Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc);
393 
394         T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T);
395         ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T);
396         ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation());
397         ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS->getWithLocInContext(Context));
398         return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T));
399       } else {
400         T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T);
401       }
402     }
403   } else if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IIDecl)) {
404     (void)DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IDecl, NameLoc);
405     if (!HasTrailingDot)
406       T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(IDecl);
407   }
408 
409   if (T.isNull()) {
410     // If it's not plausibly a type, suppress diagnostics.
411     Result.suppressDiagnostics();
412     return ParsedType();
413   }
414   return ParsedType::make(T);
415 }
416 
417 // Builds a fake NNS for the given decl context.
418 static NestedNameSpecifier *
419 synthesizeCurrentNestedNameSpecifier(ASTContext &Context, DeclContext *DC) {
420   for (;; DC = DC->getLookupParent()) {
421     DC = DC->getPrimaryContext();
422     auto *ND = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(DC);
423     if (ND && !ND->isInline() && !ND->isAnonymousNamespace())
424       return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, ND);
425     else if (auto *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))
426       return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, RD->isTemplateDecl(),
427                                          RD->getTypeForDecl());
428     else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC))
429       return NestedNameSpecifier::GlobalSpecifier(Context);
430   }
431   llvm_unreachable("something isn't in TU scope?");
432 }
433 
434 ParsedType Sema::ActOnDelayedDefaultTemplateArg(const IdentifierInfo &II,
435                                                 SourceLocation NameLoc) {
436   // Accepting an undeclared identifier as a default argument for a template
437   // type parameter is a Microsoft extension.
438   Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_ms_delayed_template_argument) << &II;
439 
440   // Build a fake DependentNameType that will perform lookup into CurContext at
441   // instantiation time.  The name specifier isn't dependent, so template
442   // instantiation won't transform it.  It will retry the lookup, however.
443   NestedNameSpecifier *NNS =
444       synthesizeCurrentNestedNameSpecifier(Context, CurContext);
445   QualType T = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_None, NNS, &II);
446 
447   // Build type location information.  We synthesized the qualifier, so we have
448   // to build a fake NestedNameSpecifierLoc.
449   NestedNameSpecifierLocBuilder NNSLocBuilder;
450   NNSLocBuilder.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc));
451   NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = NNSLocBuilder.getWithLocInContext(Context);
452 
453   TypeLocBuilder Builder;
454   DependentNameTypeLoc DepTL = Builder.push<DependentNameTypeLoc>(T);
455   DepTL.setNameLoc(NameLoc);
456   DepTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation());
457   DepTL.setQualifierLoc(QualifierLoc);
458   return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T));
459 }
460 
461 /// isTagName() - This method is called *for error recovery purposes only*
462 /// to determine if the specified name is a valid tag name ("struct foo").  If
463 /// so, this returns the TST for the tag corresponding to it (TST_enum,
464 /// TST_union, TST_struct, TST_interface, TST_class).  This is used to diagnose
465 /// cases in C where the user forgot to specify the tag.
466 DeclSpec::TST Sema::isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) {
467   // Do a tag name lookup in this scope.
468   LookupResult R(*this, &II, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName);
469   LookupName(R, S, false);
470   R.suppressDiagnostics();
471   if (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found)
472     if (const TagDecl *TD = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) {
473       switch (TD->getTagKind()) {
474       case TTK_Struct: return DeclSpec::TST_struct;
475       case TTK_Interface: return DeclSpec::TST_interface;
476       case TTK_Union:  return DeclSpec::TST_union;
477       case TTK_Class:  return DeclSpec::TST_class;
478       case TTK_Enum:   return DeclSpec::TST_enum;
479       }
480     }
481 
482   return DeclSpec::TST_unspecified;
483 }
484 
485 /// isMicrosoftMissingTypename - In Microsoft mode, within class scope,
486 /// if a CXXScopeSpec's type is equal to the type of one of the base classes
487 /// then downgrade the missing typename error to a warning.
488 /// This is needed for MSVC compatibility; Example:
489 /// @code
490 /// template<class T> class A {
491 /// public:
492 ///   typedef int TYPE;
493 /// };
494 /// template<class T> class B : public A<T> {
495 /// public:
496 ///   A<T>::TYPE a; // no typename required because A<T> is a base class.
497 /// };
498 /// @endcode
499 bool Sema::isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S) {
500   if (CurContext->isRecord()) {
501     if (SS->getScopeRep()->getKind() == NestedNameSpecifier::Super)
502       return true;
503 
504     const Type *Ty = SS->getScopeRep()->getAsType();
505 
506     CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext);
507     for (const auto &Base : RD->bases())
508       if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(QualType(Ty, 1), Base.getType()))
509         return true;
510     return S->isFunctionPrototypeScope();
511   }
512   return CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() || S->isFunctionPrototypeScope();
513 }
514 
515 void Sema::DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II,
516                                    SourceLocation IILoc,
517                                    Scope *S,
518                                    CXXScopeSpec *SS,
519                                    ParsedType &SuggestedType,
520                                    bool AllowClassTemplates) {
521   // We don't have anything to suggest (yet).
522   SuggestedType = ParsedType();
523 
524   // There may have been a typo in the name of the type. Look up typo
525   // results, in case we have something that we can suggest.
526   if (TypoCorrection Corrected =
527           CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(II, IILoc), LookupOrdinaryName, S, SS,
528                       llvm::make_unique<TypeNameValidatorCCC>(
529                           false, false, AllowClassTemplates),
530                       CTK_ErrorRecovery)) {
531     if (Corrected.isKeyword()) {
532       // We corrected to a keyword.
533       diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) << II);
534       II = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo();
535     } else {
536       // We found a similarly-named type or interface; suggest that.
537       if (!SS || !SS->isSet()) {
538         diagnoseTypo(Corrected,
539                      PDiag(diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) << II);
540       } else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) {
541         std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts()));
542         bool DroppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() &&
543                                 II->getName().equals(CorrectedStr);
544         diagnoseTypo(Corrected,
545                      PDiag(diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest)
546                        << II << DC << DroppedSpecifier << SS->getRange());
547       } else {
548         llvm_unreachable("could not have corrected a typo here");
549       }
550 
551       CXXScopeSpec tmpSS;
552       if (Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier())
553         tmpSS.MakeTrivial(Context, Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier(),
554                           SourceRange(IILoc));
555       SuggestedType = getTypeName(*Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(),
556                                   IILoc, S, tmpSS.isSet() ? &tmpSS : SS, false,
557                                   false, ParsedType(),
558                                   /*IsCtorOrDtorName=*/false,
559                                   /*NonTrivialTypeSourceInfo=*/true);
560     }
561     return;
562   }
563 
564   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
565     // See if II is a class template that the user forgot to pass arguments to.
566     UnqualifiedId Name;
567     Name.setIdentifier(II, IILoc);
568     CXXScopeSpec EmptySS;
569     TemplateTy TemplateResult;
570     bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization;
571     if (isTemplateName(S, SS ? *SS : EmptySS, /*hasTemplateKeyword=*/false,
572                        Name, ParsedType(), true, TemplateResult,
573                        MemberOfUnknownSpecialization) == TNK_Type_template) {
574       TemplateName TplName = TemplateResult.get();
575       Diag(IILoc, diag::err_template_missing_args) << TplName;
576       if (TemplateDecl *TplDecl = TplName.getAsTemplateDecl()) {
577         Diag(TplDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here)
578           << TplDecl->getTemplateParameters()->getSourceRange();
579       }
580       return;
581     }
582   }
583 
584   // FIXME: Should we move the logic that tries to recover from a missing tag
585   // (struct, union, enum) from Parser::ParseImplicitInt here, instead?
586 
587   if (!SS || (!SS->isSet() && !SS->isInvalid()))
588     Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename) << II;
589   else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false))
590     Diag(IILoc, diag::err_typename_nested_not_found)
591       << II << DC << SS->getRange();
592   else if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) {
593     unsigned DiagID = diag::err_typename_missing;
594     if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && isMicrosoftMissingTypename(SS, S))
595       DiagID = diag::ext_typename_missing;
596 
597     Diag(SS->getRange().getBegin(), DiagID)
598       << SS->getScopeRep() << II->getName()
599       << SourceRange(SS->getRange().getBegin(), IILoc)
600       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SS->getRange().getBegin(), "typename ");
601     SuggestedType = ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(),
602                                       *SS, *II, IILoc).get();
603   } else {
604     assert(SS && SS->isInvalid() &&
605            "Invalid scope specifier has already been diagnosed");
606   }
607 }
608 
609 /// \brief Determine whether the given result set contains either a type name
610 /// or
611 static bool isResultTypeOrTemplate(LookupResult &R, const Token &NextToken) {
612   bool CheckTemplate = R.getSema().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
613                        NextToken.is(tok::less);
614 
615   for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), IEnd = R.end(); I != IEnd; ++I) {
616     if (isa<TypeDecl>(*I) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*I))
617       return true;
618 
619     if (CheckTemplate && isa<TemplateDecl>(*I))
620       return true;
621   }
622 
623   return false;
624 }
625 
626 static bool isTagTypeWithMissingTag(Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Result,
627                                     Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
628                                     IdentifierInfo *&Name,
629                                     SourceLocation NameLoc) {
630   LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupTagName);
631   SemaRef.LookupParsedName(R, S, &SS);
632   if (TagDecl *Tag = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) {
633     StringRef FixItTagName;
634     switch (Tag->getTagKind()) {
635       case TTK_Class:
636         FixItTagName = "class ";
637         break;
638 
639       case TTK_Enum:
640         FixItTagName = "enum ";
641         break;
642 
643       case TTK_Struct:
644         FixItTagName = "struct ";
645         break;
646 
647       case TTK_Interface:
648         FixItTagName = "__interface ";
649         break;
650 
651       case TTK_Union:
652         FixItTagName = "union ";
653         break;
654     }
655 
656     StringRef TagName = FixItTagName.drop_back();
657     SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_use_of_tag_name_without_tag)
658       << Name << TagName << SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
659       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, FixItTagName);
660 
661     for (LookupResult::iterator I = Result.begin(), IEnd = Result.end();
662          I != IEnd; ++I)
663       SemaRef.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_decl_hiding_tag_type)
664         << Name << TagName;
665 
666     // Replace lookup results with just the tag decl.
667     Result.clear(Sema::LookupTagName);
668     SemaRef.LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS);
669     return true;
670   }
671 
672   return false;
673 }
674 
675 /// Build a ParsedType for a simple-type-specifier with a nested-name-specifier.
676 static ParsedType buildNestedType(Sema &S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
677                                   QualType T, SourceLocation NameLoc) {
678   ASTContext &Context = S.Context;
679 
680   TypeLocBuilder Builder;
681   Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc);
682 
683   T = S.getElaboratedType(ETK_None, SS, T);
684   ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T);
685   ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation());
686   ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context));
687   return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T));
688 }
689 
690 Sema::NameClassification
691 Sema::ClassifyName(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, IdentifierInfo *&Name,
692                    SourceLocation NameLoc, const Token &NextToken,
693                    bool IsAddressOfOperand,
694                    std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC) {
695   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(Name, NameLoc);
696   ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = getCurMethodDecl();
697 
698   if (NextToken.is(tok::coloncolon)) {
699     BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(S, *Name, NameLoc, NextToken.getLocation(),
700                                 QualType(), false, SS, nullptr, false);
701   }
702 
703   LookupResult Result(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
704   LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS, !CurMethod);
705 
706   // For unqualified lookup in a class template in MSVC mode, look into
707   // dependent base classes where the primary class template is known.
708   if (Result.empty() && SS.isEmpty() && getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) {
709     if (ParsedType TypeInBase =
710             recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(*this, *Name, NameLoc))
711       return TypeInBase;
712   }
713 
714   // Perform lookup for Objective-C instance variables (including automatically
715   // synthesized instance variables), if we're in an Objective-C method.
716   // FIXME: This lookup really, really needs to be folded in to the normal
717   // unqualified lookup mechanism.
718   if (!SS.isSet() && CurMethod && !isResultTypeOrTemplate(Result, NextToken)) {
719     ExprResult E = LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Name, true);
720     if (E.get() || E.isInvalid())
721       return E;
722   }
723 
724   bool SecondTry = false;
725   bool IsFilteredTemplateName = false;
726 
727 Corrected:
728   switch (Result.getResultKind()) {
729   case LookupResult::NotFound:
730     // If an unqualified-id is followed by a '(', then we have a function
731     // call.
732     if (!SS.isSet() && NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)) {
733       // In C++, this is an ADL-only call.
734       // FIXME: Reference?
735       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
736         return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/true);
737 
738       // C90 6.3.2.2:
739       //   If the expression that precedes the parenthesized argument list in a
740       //   function call consists solely of an identifier, and if no
741       //   declaration is visible for this identifier, the identifier is
742       //   implicitly declared exactly as if, in the innermost block containing
743       //   the function call, the declaration
744       //
745       //     extern int identifier ();
746       //
747       //   appeared.
748       //
749       // We also allow this in C99 as an extension.
750       if (NamedDecl *D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(NameLoc, *Name, S)) {
751         Result.addDecl(D);
752         Result.resolveKind();
753         return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/false);
754       }
755     }
756 
757     // In C, we first see whether there is a tag type by the same name, in
758     // which case it's likely that the user just forget to write "enum",
759     // "struct", or "union".
760     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !SecondTry &&
761         isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) {
762       break;
763     }
764 
765     // Perform typo correction to determine if there is another name that is
766     // close to this name.
767     if (!SecondTry && CCC) {
768       SecondTry = true;
769       if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(),
770                                                  Result.getLookupKind(), S,
771                                                  &SS, std::move(CCC),
772                                                  CTK_ErrorRecovery)) {
773         unsigned UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_undeclared_var_use_suggest;
774         unsigned QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_suggest;
775 
776         NamedDecl *FirstDecl = Corrected.getCorrectionDecl();
777         NamedDecl *UnderlyingFirstDecl
778           = FirstDecl? FirstDecl->getUnderlyingDecl() : nullptr;
779         if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) &&
780             UnderlyingFirstDecl && isa<TemplateDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl)) {
781           UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_template_suggest;
782           QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_template_suggest;
783         } else if (UnderlyingFirstDecl &&
784                    (isa<TypeDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) ||
785                     isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) ||
786                     isa<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl))) {
787           UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest;
788           QualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest;
789         }
790 
791         if (SS.isEmpty()) {
792           diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(UnqualifiedDiag) << Name);
793         } else {// FIXME: is this even reachable? Test it.
794           std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts()));
795           bool DroppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() &&
796                                   Name->getName().equals(CorrectedStr);
797           diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(QualifiedDiag)
798                                     << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false)
799                                     << DroppedSpecifier << SS.getRange());
800         }
801 
802         // Update the name, so that the caller has the new name.
803         Name = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo();
804 
805         // Typo correction corrected to a keyword.
806         if (Corrected.isKeyword())
807           return Name;
808 
809         // Also update the LookupResult...
810         // FIXME: This should probably go away at some point
811         Result.clear();
812         Result.setLookupName(Corrected.getCorrection());
813         if (FirstDecl)
814           Result.addDecl(FirstDecl);
815 
816         // If we found an Objective-C instance variable, let
817         // LookupInObjCMethod build the appropriate expression to
818         // reference the ivar.
819         // FIXME: This is a gross hack.
820         if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = Result.getAsSingle<ObjCIvarDecl>()) {
821           Result.clear();
822           ExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Ivar->getIdentifier()));
823           return E;
824         }
825 
826         goto Corrected;
827       }
828     }
829 
830     // We failed to correct; just fall through and let the parser deal with it.
831     Result.suppressDiagnostics();
832     return NameClassification::Unknown();
833 
834   case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: {
835     // We performed name lookup into the current instantiation, and there were
836     // dependent bases, so we treat this result the same way as any other
837     // dependent nested-name-specifier.
838 
839     // C++ [temp.res]p2:
840     //   A name used in a template declaration or definition and that is
841     //   dependent on a template-parameter is assumed not to name a type
842     //   unless the applicable name lookup finds a type name or the name is
843     //   qualified by the keyword typename.
844     //
845     // FIXME: If the next token is '<', we might want to ask the parser to
846     // perform some heroics to see if we actually have a
847     // template-argument-list, which would indicate a missing 'template'
848     // keyword here.
849     return ActOnDependentIdExpression(SS, /*TemplateKWLoc=*/SourceLocation(),
850                                       NameInfo, IsAddressOfOperand,
851                                       /*TemplateArgs=*/nullptr);
852   }
853 
854   case LookupResult::Found:
855   case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded:
856   case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
857     break;
858 
859   case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
860     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) &&
861         hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result)) {
862       // C++ [temp.local]p3:
863       //   A lookup that finds an injected-class-name (10.2) can result in an
864       //   ambiguity in certain cases (for example, if it is found in more than
865       //   one base class). If all of the injected-class-names that are found
866       //   refer to specializations of the same class template, and if the name
867       //   is followed by a template-argument-list, the reference refers to the
868       //   class template itself and not a specialization thereof, and is not
869       //   ambiguous.
870       //
871       // This filtering can make an ambiguous result into an unambiguous one,
872       // so try again after filtering out template names.
873       FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result);
874       if (!Result.isAmbiguous()) {
875         IsFilteredTemplateName = true;
876         break;
877       }
878     }
879 
880     // Diagnose the ambiguity and return an error.
881     return NameClassification::Error();
882   }
883 
884   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) &&
885       (IsFilteredTemplateName || hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result))) {
886     // C++ [temp.names]p3:
887     //   After name lookup (3.4) finds that a name is a template-name or that
888     //   an operator-function-id or a literal- operator-id refers to a set of
889     //   overloaded functions any member of which is a function template if
890     //   this is followed by a <, the < is always taken as the delimiter of a
891     //   template-argument-list and never as the less-than operator.
892     if (!IsFilteredTemplateName)
893       FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result);
894 
895     if (!Result.empty()) {
896       bool IsFunctionTemplate;
897       bool IsVarTemplate;
898       TemplateName Template;
899       if (Result.end() - Result.begin() > 1) {
900         IsFunctionTemplate = true;
901         Template = Context.getOverloadedTemplateName(Result.begin(),
902                                                      Result.end());
903       } else {
904         TemplateDecl *TD
905           = cast<TemplateDecl>((*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl());
906         IsFunctionTemplate = isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(TD);
907         IsVarTemplate = isa<VarTemplateDecl>(TD);
908 
909         if (SS.isSet() && !SS.isInvalid())
910           Template = Context.getQualifiedTemplateName(SS.getScopeRep(),
911                                                     /*TemplateKeyword=*/false,
912                                                       TD);
913         else
914           Template = TemplateName(TD);
915       }
916 
917       if (IsFunctionTemplate) {
918         // Function templates always go through overload resolution, at which
919         // point we'll perform the various checks (e.g., accessibility) we need
920         // to based on which function we selected.
921         Result.suppressDiagnostics();
922 
923         return NameClassification::FunctionTemplate(Template);
924       }
925 
926       return IsVarTemplate ? NameClassification::VarTemplate(Template)
927                            : NameClassification::TypeTemplate(Template);
928     }
929   }
930 
931   NamedDecl *FirstDecl = (*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl();
932   if (TypeDecl *Type = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(FirstDecl)) {
933     DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc);
934     MarkAnyDeclReferenced(Type->getLocation(), Type, /*OdrUse=*/false);
935     QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type);
936     if (SS.isNotEmpty())
937       return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc);
938     return ParsedType::make(T);
939   }
940 
941   ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(FirstDecl);
942   if (!Class) {
943     // FIXME: It's unfortunate that we don't have a Type node for handling this.
944     if (ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl *Alias =
945             dyn_cast<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(FirstDecl))
946       Class = Alias->getClassInterface();
947   }
948 
949   if (Class) {
950     DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Class, NameLoc);
951 
952     if (NextToken.is(tok::period)) {
953       // Interface. <something> is parsed as a property reference expression.
954       // Just return "unknown" as a fall-through for now.
955       Result.suppressDiagnostics();
956       return NameClassification::Unknown();
957     }
958 
959     QualType T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(Class);
960     return ParsedType::make(T);
961   }
962 
963   // We can have a type template here if we're classifying a template argument.
964   if (isa<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl) && !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(FirstDecl))
965     return NameClassification::TypeTemplate(
966         TemplateName(cast<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl)));
967 
968   // Check for a tag type hidden by a non-type decl in a few cases where it
969   // seems likely a type is wanted instead of the non-type that was found.
970   bool NextIsOp = NextToken.is(tok::amp) || NextToken.is(tok::star);
971   if ((NextToken.is(tok::identifier) ||
972        (NextIsOp &&
973         FirstDecl->getUnderlyingDecl()->isFunctionOrFunctionTemplate())) &&
974       isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) {
975     TypeDecl *Type = Result.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>();
976     DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc);
977     QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type);
978     if (SS.isNotEmpty())
979       return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc);
980     return ParsedType::make(T);
981   }
982 
983   if (FirstDecl->isCXXClassMember())
984     return BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS, SourceLocation(), Result,
985                                            nullptr);
986 
987   bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, Result, NextToken.is(tok::l_paren));
988   return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, ADL);
989 }
990 
991 // Determines the context to return to after temporarily entering a
992 // context.  This depends in an unnecessarily complicated way on the
993 // exact ordering of callbacks from the parser.
994 DeclContext *Sema::getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC) {
995 
996   // Functions defined inline within classes aren't parsed until we've
997   // finished parsing the top-level class, so the top-level class is
998   // the context we'll need to return to.
999   // A Lambda call operator whose parent is a class must not be treated
1000   // as an inline member function.  A Lambda can be used legally
1001   // either as an in-class member initializer or a default argument.  These
1002   // are parsed once the class has been marked complete and so the containing
1003   // context would be the nested class (when the lambda is defined in one);
1004   // If the class is not complete, then the lambda is being used in an
1005   // ill-formed fashion (such as to specify the width of a bit-field, or
1006   // in an array-bound) - in which case we still want to return the
1007   // lexically containing DC (which could be a nested class).
1008   if (isa<FunctionDecl>(DC) && !isLambdaCallOperator(DC)) {
1009     DC = DC->getLexicalParent();
1010 
1011     // A function not defined within a class will always return to its
1012     // lexical context.
1013     if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))
1014       return DC;
1015 
1016     // A C++ inline method/friend is parsed *after* the topmost class
1017     // it was declared in is fully parsed ("complete");  the topmost
1018     // class is the context we need to return to.
1019     while (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC->getLexicalParent()))
1020       DC = RD;
1021 
1022     // Return the declaration context of the topmost class the inline method is
1023     // declared in.
1024     return DC;
1025   }
1026 
1027   return DC->getLexicalParent();
1028 }
1029 
1030 void Sema::PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) {
1031   assert(getContainingDC(DC) == CurContext &&
1032       "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one.");
1033   CurContext = DC;
1034   S->setEntity(DC);
1035 }
1036 
1037 void Sema::PopDeclContext() {
1038   assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!");
1039 
1040   CurContext = getContainingDC(CurContext);
1041   assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!");
1042 }
1043 
1044 /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context
1045 /// of a declarator's nested name specifier.
1046 ///
1047 void Sema::EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) {
1048   // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p13:
1049   //   A name used in the definition of a static data member of class
1050   //   X (after the qualified-id of the static member) is looked up as
1051   //   if the name was used in a member function of X.
1052   // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p14:
1053   //   If a variable member of a namespace is defined outside of the
1054   //   scope of its namespace then any name used in the definition of
1055   //   the variable member (after the declarator-id) is looked up as
1056   //   if the definition of the variable member occurred in its
1057   //   namespace.
1058   // Both of these imply that we should push a scope whose context
1059   // is the semantic context of the declaration.  We can't use
1060   // PushDeclContext here because that context is not necessarily
1061   // lexically contained in the current context.  Fortunately,
1062   // the containing scope should have the appropriate information.
1063 
1064   assert(!S->getEntity() && "scope already has entity");
1065 
1066 #ifndef NDEBUG
1067   Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent();
1068   while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent();
1069   assert(Ancestor->getEntity() == CurContext && "ancestor context mismatch");
1070 #endif
1071 
1072   CurContext = DC;
1073   S->setEntity(DC);
1074 }
1075 
1076 void Sema::ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S) {
1077   assert(S->getEntity() == CurContext && "Context imbalance!");
1078 
1079   // Switch back to the lexical context.  The safety of this is
1080   // enforced by an assert in EnterDeclaratorContext.
1081   Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent();
1082   while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent();
1083   CurContext = Ancestor->getEntity();
1084 
1085   // We don't need to do anything with the scope, which is going to
1086   // disappear.
1087 }
1088 
1089 
1090 void Sema::ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl *D) {
1091   // We assume that the caller has already called
1092   // ActOnReenterTemplateScope so getTemplatedDecl() works.
1093   FunctionDecl *FD = D->getAsFunction();
1094   if (!FD)
1095     return;
1096 
1097   // Same implementation as PushDeclContext, but enters the context
1098   // from the lexical parent, rather than the top-level class.
1099   assert(CurContext == FD->getLexicalParent() &&
1100     "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one.");
1101   CurContext = FD;
1102   S->setEntity(CurContext);
1103 
1104   for (unsigned P = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); P < NumParams; ++P) {
1105     ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(P);
1106     // If the parameter has an identifier, then add it to the scope
1107     if (Param->getIdentifier()) {
1108       S->AddDecl(Param);
1109       IdResolver.AddDecl(Param);
1110     }
1111   }
1112 }
1113 
1114 
1115 void Sema::ActOnExitFunctionContext() {
1116   // Same implementation as PopDeclContext, but returns to the lexical parent,
1117   // rather than the top-level class.
1118   assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!");
1119   CurContext = CurContext->getLexicalParent();
1120   assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!");
1121 }
1122 
1123 
1124 /// \brief Determine whether we allow overloading of the function
1125 /// PrevDecl with another declaration.
1126 ///
1127 /// This routine determines whether overloading is possible, not
1128 /// whether some new function is actually an overload. It will return
1129 /// true in C++ (where we can always provide overloads) or, as an
1130 /// extension, in C when the previous function is already an
1131 /// overloaded function declaration or has the "overloadable"
1132 /// attribute.
1133 static bool AllowOverloadingOfFunction(LookupResult &Previous,
1134                                        ASTContext &Context) {
1135   if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
1136     return true;
1137 
1138   if (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::FoundOverloaded)
1139     return true;
1140 
1141   return (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found
1142           && Previous.getFoundDecl()->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>());
1143 }
1144 
1145 /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains.
1146 void Sema::PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext) {
1147   // Move up the scope chain until we find the nearest enclosing
1148   // non-transparent context. The declaration will be introduced into this
1149   // scope.
1150   while (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext())
1151     S = S->getParent();
1152 
1153   // Add scoped declarations into their context, so that they can be
1154   // found later. Declarations without a context won't be inserted
1155   // into any context.
1156   if (AddToContext)
1157     CurContext->addDecl(D);
1158 
1159   // Out-of-line definitions shouldn't be pushed into scope in C++, unless they
1160   // are function-local declarations.
1161   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && D->isOutOfLine() &&
1162       !D->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals(
1163         D->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) &&
1164       !D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
1165     return;
1166 
1167   // Template instantiations should also not be pushed into scope.
1168   if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D) &&
1169       cast<FunctionDecl>(D)->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization())
1170     return;
1171 
1172   // If this replaces anything in the current scope,
1173   IdentifierResolver::iterator I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()),
1174                                IEnd = IdResolver.end();
1175   for (; I != IEnd; ++I) {
1176     if (S->isDeclScope(*I) && D->declarationReplaces(*I)) {
1177       S->RemoveDecl(*I);
1178       IdResolver.RemoveDecl(*I);
1179 
1180       // Should only need to replace one decl.
1181       break;
1182     }
1183   }
1184 
1185   S->AddDecl(D);
1186 
1187   if (isa<LabelDecl>(D) && !cast<LabelDecl>(D)->isGnuLocal()) {
1188     // Implicitly-generated labels may end up getting generated in an order that
1189     // isn't strictly lexical, which breaks name lookup. Be careful to insert
1190     // the label at the appropriate place in the identifier chain.
1191     for (I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()); I != IEnd; ++I) {
1192       DeclContext *IDC = (*I)->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
1193       if (IDC == CurContext) {
1194         if (!S->isDeclScope(*I))
1195           continue;
1196       } else if (IDC->Encloses(CurContext))
1197         break;
1198     }
1199 
1200     IdResolver.InsertDeclAfter(I, D);
1201   } else {
1202     IdResolver.AddDecl(D);
1203   }
1204 }
1205 
1206 void Sema::pushExternalDeclIntoScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclarationName Name) {
1207   if (IdResolver.tryAddTopLevelDecl(D, Name) && TUScope)
1208     TUScope->AddDecl(D);
1209 }
1210 
1211 bool Sema::isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S,
1212                          bool AllowInlineNamespace) {
1213   return IdResolver.isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, AllowInlineNamespace);
1214 }
1215 
1216 Scope *Sema::getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) {
1217   DeclContext *TargetDC = DC->getPrimaryContext();
1218   do {
1219     if (DeclContext *ScopeDC = S->getEntity())
1220       if (ScopeDC->getPrimaryContext() == TargetDC)
1221         return S;
1222   } while ((S = S->getParent()));
1223 
1224   return nullptr;
1225 }
1226 
1227 static bool isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *,
1228                                             DeclContext*,
1229                                             ASTContext&);
1230 
1231 /// Filters out lookup results that don't fall within the given scope
1232 /// as determined by isDeclInScope.
1233 void Sema::FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S,
1234                                 bool ConsiderLinkage,
1235                                 bool AllowInlineNamespace) {
1236   LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter();
1237   while (F.hasNext()) {
1238     NamedDecl *D = F.next();
1239 
1240     if (isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, AllowInlineNamespace))
1241       continue;
1242 
1243     if (ConsiderLinkage && isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(D, Ctx, Context))
1244       continue;
1245 
1246     F.erase();
1247   }
1248 
1249   F.done();
1250 }
1251 
1252 static bool isUsingDecl(NamedDecl *D) {
1253   return isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) ||
1254          isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(D) ||
1255          isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D);
1256 }
1257 
1258 /// Removes using shadow declarations from the lookup results.
1259 static void RemoveUsingDecls(LookupResult &R) {
1260   LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter();
1261   while (F.hasNext())
1262     if (isUsingDecl(F.next()))
1263       F.erase();
1264 
1265   F.done();
1266 }
1267 
1268 /// \brief Check for this common pattern:
1269 /// @code
1270 /// class S {
1271 ///   S(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
1272 ///   void operator=(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
1273 /// };
1274 /// @endcode
1275 static bool IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(const CXXMethodDecl *D) {
1276   // FIXME: Should check for private access too but access is set after we get
1277   // the decl here.
1278   if (D->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody())
1279     return false;
1280 
1281   if (const CXXConstructorDecl *CD = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D))
1282     return CD->isCopyConstructor();
1283   if (const CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D))
1284     return Method->isCopyAssignmentOperator();
1285   return false;
1286 }
1287 
1288 // We need this to handle
1289 //
1290 // typedef struct {
1291 //   void *foo() { return 0; }
1292 // } A;
1293 //
1294 // When we see foo we don't know if after the typedef we will get 'A' or '*A'
1295 // for example. If 'A', foo will have external linkage. If we have '*A',
1296 // foo will have no linkage. Since we can't know until we get to the end
1297 // of the typedef, this function finds out if D might have non-external linkage.
1298 // Callers should verify at the end of the TU if it D has external linkage or
1299 // not.
1300 bool Sema::mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(const DeclaratorDecl *D) {
1301   const DeclContext *DC = D->getDeclContext();
1302   while (!DC->isTranslationUnit()) {
1303     if (const RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(DC)){
1304       if (!RD->hasNameForLinkage())
1305         return true;
1306     }
1307     DC = DC->getParent();
1308   }
1309 
1310   return !D->isExternallyVisible();
1311 }
1312 
1313 // FIXME: This needs to be refactored; some other isInMainFile users want
1314 // these semantics.
1315 static bool isMainFileLoc(const Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc) {
1316   if (S.TUKind != TU_Complete)
1317     return false;
1318   return S.SourceMgr.isInMainFile(Loc);
1319 }
1320 
1321 bool Sema::ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const {
1322   assert(D);
1323 
1324   if (D->isInvalidDecl() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
1325     return false;
1326 
1327   // Ignore all entities declared within templates, and out-of-line definitions
1328   // of members of class templates.
1329   if (D->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() ||
1330       D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext())
1331     return false;
1332 
1333   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
1334     if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
1335       return false;
1336 
1337     if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) {
1338       if (MD->isVirtual() || IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(MD))
1339         return false;
1340     } else {
1341       // 'static inline' functions are defined in headers; don't warn.
1342       if (FD->isInlined() && !isMainFileLoc(*this, FD->getLocation()))
1343         return false;
1344     }
1345 
1346     if (FD->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody() &&
1347         Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(FD))
1348       return false;
1349   } else if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
1350     // Constants and utility variables are defined in headers with internal
1351     // linkage; don't warn.  (Unlike functions, there isn't a convenient marker
1352     // like "inline".)
1353     if (!isMainFileLoc(*this, VD->getLocation()))
1354       return false;
1355 
1356     if (Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(VD))
1357       return false;
1358 
1359     if (VD->isStaticDataMember() &&
1360         VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
1361       return false;
1362   } else {
1363     return false;
1364   }
1365 
1366   // Only warn for unused decls internal to the translation unit.
1367   // FIXME: This seems like a bogus check; it suppresses -Wunused-function
1368   // for inline functions defined in the main source file, for instance.
1369   return mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(D);
1370 }
1371 
1372 void Sema::MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) {
1373   if (!D)
1374     return;
1375 
1376   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
1377     const FunctionDecl *First = FD->getFirstDecl();
1378     if (FD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First))
1379       return; // First should already be in the vector.
1380   }
1381 
1382   if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
1383     const VarDecl *First = VD->getFirstDecl();
1384     if (VD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First))
1385       return; // First should already be in the vector.
1386   }
1387 
1388   if (ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(D))
1389     UnusedFileScopedDecls.push_back(D);
1390 }
1391 
1392 static bool ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) {
1393   if (D->isInvalidDecl())
1394     return false;
1395 
1396   if (D->isReferenced() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>() ||
1397       D->hasAttr<ObjCPreciseLifetimeAttr>())
1398     return false;
1399 
1400   if (isa<LabelDecl>(D))
1401     return true;
1402 
1403   // Except for labels, we only care about unused decls that are local to
1404   // functions.
1405   bool WithinFunction = D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod();
1406   if (const auto *R = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D->getDeclContext()))
1407     // For dependent types, the diagnostic is deferred.
1408     WithinFunction =
1409         WithinFunction || (R->isLocalClass() && !R->isDependentType());
1410   if (!WithinFunction)
1411     return false;
1412 
1413   if (isa<TypedefNameDecl>(D))
1414     return true;
1415 
1416   // White-list anything that isn't a local variable.
1417   if (!isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) || isa<ImplicitParamDecl>(D))
1418     return false;
1419 
1420   // Types of valid local variables should be complete, so this should succeed.
1421   if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
1422 
1423     // White-list anything with an __attribute__((unused)) type.
1424     QualType Ty = VD->getType();
1425 
1426     // Only look at the outermost level of typedef.
1427     if (const TypedefType *TT = Ty->getAs<TypedefType>()) {
1428       if (TT->getDecl()->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
1429         return false;
1430     }
1431 
1432     // If we failed to complete the type for some reason, or if the type is
1433     // dependent, don't diagnose the variable.
1434     if (Ty->isIncompleteType() || Ty->isDependentType())
1435       return false;
1436 
1437     if (const TagType *TT = Ty->getAs<TagType>()) {
1438       const TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl();
1439       if (Tag->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
1440         return false;
1441 
1442       if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) {
1443         if (!RD->hasTrivialDestructor() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>())
1444           return false;
1445 
1446         if (const Expr *Init = VD->getInit()) {
1447           if (const ExprWithCleanups *Cleanups =
1448                   dyn_cast<ExprWithCleanups>(Init))
1449             Init = Cleanups->getSubExpr();
1450           const CXXConstructExpr *Construct =
1451             dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init);
1452           if (Construct && !Construct->isElidable()) {
1453             CXXConstructorDecl *CD = Construct->getConstructor();
1454             if (!CD->isTrivial() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>())
1455               return false;
1456           }
1457         }
1458       }
1459     }
1460 
1461     // TODO: __attribute__((unused)) templates?
1462   }
1463 
1464   return true;
1465 }
1466 
1467 static void GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D, ASTContext &Ctx,
1468                                      FixItHint &Hint) {
1469   if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) {
1470     SourceLocation AfterColon = Lexer::findLocationAfterToken(D->getLocEnd(),
1471                 tok::colon, Ctx.getSourceManager(), Ctx.getLangOpts(), true);
1472     if (AfterColon.isInvalid())
1473       return;
1474     Hint = FixItHint::CreateRemoval(CharSourceRange::
1475                                     getCharRange(D->getLocStart(), AfterColon));
1476   }
1477   return;
1478 }
1479 
1480 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(const RecordDecl *D) {
1481   if (D->getTypeForDecl()->isDependentType())
1482     return;
1483 
1484   for (auto *TmpD : D->decls()) {
1485     if (const auto *T = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(TmpD))
1486       DiagnoseUnusedDecl(T);
1487     else if(const auto *R = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(TmpD))
1488       DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(R);
1489   }
1490 }
1491 
1492 /// DiagnoseUnusedDecl - Emit warnings about declarations that are not used
1493 /// unless they are marked attr(unused).
1494 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) {
1495   if (!ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(D))
1496     return;
1497 
1498   if (auto *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(D)) {
1499     // typedefs can be referenced later on, so the diagnostics are emitted
1500     // at end-of-translation-unit.
1501     UnusedLocalTypedefNameCandidates.insert(TD);
1502     return;
1503   }
1504 
1505   FixItHint Hint;
1506   GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(D, Context, Hint);
1507 
1508   unsigned DiagID;
1509   if (isa<VarDecl>(D) && cast<VarDecl>(D)->isExceptionVariable())
1510     DiagID = diag::warn_unused_exception_param;
1511   else if (isa<LabelDecl>(D))
1512     DiagID = diag::warn_unused_label;
1513   else
1514     DiagID = diag::warn_unused_variable;
1515 
1516   Diag(D->getLocation(), DiagID) << D->getDeclName() << Hint;
1517 }
1518 
1519 static void CheckPoppedLabel(LabelDecl *L, Sema &S) {
1520   // Verify that we have no forward references left.  If so, there was a goto
1521   // or address of a label taken, but no definition of it.  Label fwd
1522   // definitions are indicated with a null substmt which is also not a resolved
1523   // MS inline assembly label name.
1524   bool Diagnose = false;
1525   if (L->isMSAsmLabel())
1526     Diagnose = !L->isResolvedMSAsmLabel();
1527   else
1528     Diagnose = L->getStmt() == nullptr;
1529   if (Diagnose)
1530     S.Diag(L->getLocation(), diag::err_undeclared_label_use) <<L->getDeclName();
1531 }
1532 
1533 void Sema::ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S) {
1534   S->mergeNRVOIntoParent();
1535 
1536   if (S->decl_empty()) return;
1537   assert((S->getFlags() & (Scope::DeclScope | Scope::TemplateParamScope)) &&
1538          "Scope shouldn't contain decls!");
1539 
1540   for (auto *TmpD : S->decls()) {
1541     assert(TmpD && "This decl didn't get pushed??");
1542 
1543     assert(isa<NamedDecl>(TmpD) && "Decl isn't NamedDecl?");
1544     NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(TmpD);
1545 
1546     if (!D->getDeclName()) continue;
1547 
1548     // Diagnose unused variables in this scope.
1549     if (!S->hasUnrecoverableErrorOccurred()) {
1550       DiagnoseUnusedDecl(D);
1551       if (const auto *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(D))
1552         DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(RD);
1553     }
1554 
1555     // If this was a forward reference to a label, verify it was defined.
1556     if (LabelDecl *LD = dyn_cast<LabelDecl>(D))
1557       CheckPoppedLabel(LD, *this);
1558 
1559     // Remove this name from our lexical scope.
1560     IdResolver.RemoveDecl(D);
1561   }
1562 }
1563 
1564 /// \brief Look for an Objective-C class in the translation unit.
1565 ///
1566 /// \param Id The name of the Objective-C class we're looking for. If
1567 /// typo-correction fixes this name, the Id will be updated
1568 /// to the fixed name.
1569 ///
1570 /// \param IdLoc The location of the name in the translation unit.
1571 ///
1572 /// \param DoTypoCorrection If true, this routine will attempt typo correction
1573 /// if there is no class with the given name.
1574 ///
1575 /// \returns The declaration of the named Objective-C class, or NULL if the
1576 /// class could not be found.
1577 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Sema::getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id,
1578                                               SourceLocation IdLoc,
1579                                               bool DoTypoCorrection) {
1580   // The third "scope" argument is 0 since we aren't enabling lazy built-in
1581   // creation from this context.
1582   NamedDecl *IDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
1583 
1584   if (!IDecl && DoTypoCorrection) {
1585     // Perform typo correction at the given location, but only if we
1586     // find an Objective-C class name.
1587     if (TypoCorrection C = CorrectTypo(
1588             DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc), LookupOrdinaryName, TUScope, nullptr,
1589             llvm::make_unique<DeclFilterCCC<ObjCInterfaceDecl>>(),
1590             CTK_ErrorRecovery)) {
1591       diagnoseTypo(C, PDiag(diag::err_undef_interface_suggest) << Id);
1592       IDecl = C.getCorrectionDeclAs<ObjCInterfaceDecl>();
1593       Id = IDecl->getIdentifier();
1594     }
1595   }
1596   ObjCInterfaceDecl *Def = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IDecl);
1597   // This routine must always return a class definition, if any.
1598   if (Def && Def->getDefinition())
1599       Def = Def->getDefinition();
1600   return Def;
1601 }
1602 
1603 /// getNonFieldDeclScope - Retrieves the innermost scope, starting
1604 /// from S, where a non-field would be declared. This routine copes
1605 /// with the difference between C and C++ scoping rules in structs and
1606 /// unions. For example, the following code is well-formed in C but
1607 /// ill-formed in C++:
1608 /// @code
1609 /// struct S6 {
1610 ///   enum { BAR } e;
1611 /// };
1612 ///
1613 /// void test_S6() {
1614 ///   struct S6 a;
1615 ///   a.e = BAR;
1616 /// }
1617 /// @endcode
1618 /// For the declaration of BAR, this routine will return a different
1619 /// scope. The scope S will be the scope of the unnamed enumeration
1620 /// within S6. In C++, this routine will return the scope associated
1621 /// with S6, because the enumeration's scope is a transparent
1622 /// context but structures can contain non-field names. In C, this
1623 /// routine will return the translation unit scope, since the
1624 /// enumeration's scope is a transparent context and structures cannot
1625 /// contain non-field names.
1626 Scope *Sema::getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S) {
1627   while (((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) ||
1628          (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()) ||
1629          (S->isClassScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus))
1630     S = S->getParent();
1631   return S;
1632 }
1633 
1634 /// \brief Looks up the declaration of "struct objc_super" and
1635 /// saves it for later use in building builtin declaration of
1636 /// objc_msgSendSuper and objc_msgSendSuper_stret. If no such
1637 /// pre-existing declaration exists no action takes place.
1638 static void LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(Sema &ThisSema, Scope *S,
1639                                         IdentifierInfo *II) {
1640   if (!II->isStr("objc_msgSendSuper"))
1641     return;
1642   ASTContext &Context = ThisSema.Context;
1643 
1644   LookupResult Result(ThisSema, &Context.Idents.get("objc_super"),
1645                       SourceLocation(), Sema::LookupTagName);
1646   ThisSema.LookupName(Result, S);
1647   if (Result.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found)
1648     if (const TagDecl *TD = Result.getAsSingle<TagDecl>())
1649       Context.setObjCSuperType(Context.getTagDeclType(TD));
1650 }
1651 
1652 static StringRef getHeaderName(ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error) {
1653   switch (Error) {
1654   case ASTContext::GE_None:
1655     return "";
1656   case ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio:
1657     return "stdio.h";
1658   case ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp:
1659     return "setjmp.h";
1660   case ASTContext::GE_Missing_ucontext:
1661     return "ucontext.h";
1662   }
1663   llvm_unreachable("unhandled error kind");
1664 }
1665 
1666 /// LazilyCreateBuiltin - The specified Builtin-ID was first used at
1667 /// file scope.  lazily create a decl for it. ForRedeclaration is true
1668 /// if we're creating this built-in in anticipation of redeclaring the
1669 /// built-in.
1670 NamedDecl *Sema::LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned ID,
1671                                      Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration,
1672                                      SourceLocation Loc) {
1673   LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, II);
1674 
1675   ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error;
1676   QualType R = Context.GetBuiltinType(ID, Error);
1677   if (Error) {
1678     if (ForRedeclaration)
1679       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_sysheader)
1680           << getHeaderName(Error)
1681           << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(ID);
1682     return nullptr;
1683   }
1684 
1685   if (!ForRedeclaration && Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(ID)) {
1686     Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl)
1687       << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(ID)
1688       << R;
1689     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(ID) &&
1690         !Diags.isIgnored(diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl, Loc))
1691       Diag(Loc, diag::note_include_header_or_declare)
1692           << Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(ID)
1693           << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(ID);
1694   }
1695 
1696   DeclContext *Parent = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
1697   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
1698     LinkageSpecDecl *CLinkageDecl =
1699         LinkageSpecDecl::Create(Context, Parent, Loc, Loc,
1700                                 LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c, false);
1701     CLinkageDecl->setImplicit();
1702     Parent->addDecl(CLinkageDecl);
1703     Parent = CLinkageDecl;
1704   }
1705 
1706   FunctionDecl *New = FunctionDecl::Create(Context,
1707                                            Parent,
1708                                            Loc, Loc, II, R, /*TInfo=*/nullptr,
1709                                            SC_Extern,
1710                                            false,
1711                                            /*hasPrototype=*/true);
1712   New->setImplicit();
1713 
1714   // Create Decl objects for each parameter, adding them to the
1715   // FunctionDecl.
1716   if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(R)) {
1717     SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params;
1718     for (unsigned i = 0, e = FT->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) {
1719       ParmVarDecl *parm =
1720           ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(),
1721                               nullptr, FT->getParamType(i), /*TInfo=*/nullptr,
1722                               SC_None, nullptr);
1723       parm->setScopeInfo(0, i);
1724       Params.push_back(parm);
1725     }
1726     New->setParams(Params);
1727   }
1728 
1729   AddKnownFunctionAttributes(New);
1730   RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(New, S);
1731 
1732   // TUScope is the translation-unit scope to insert this function into.
1733   // FIXME: This is hideous. We need to teach PushOnScopeChains to
1734   // relate Scopes to DeclContexts, and probably eliminate CurContext
1735   // entirely, but we're not there yet.
1736   DeclContext *SavedContext = CurContext;
1737   CurContext = Parent;
1738   PushOnScopeChains(New, TUScope);
1739   CurContext = SavedContext;
1740   return New;
1741 }
1742 
1743 /// \brief Filter out any previous declarations that the given declaration
1744 /// should not consider because they are not permitted to conflict, e.g.,
1745 /// because they come from hidden sub-modules and do not refer to the same
1746 /// entity.
1747 static void filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(ASTContext &context,
1748                                               NamedDecl *decl,
1749                                               LookupResult &previous){
1750   // This is only interesting when modules are enabled.
1751   if (!context.getLangOpts().Modules)
1752     return;
1753 
1754   // Empty sets are uninteresting.
1755   if (previous.empty())
1756     return;
1757 
1758   LookupResult::Filter filter = previous.makeFilter();
1759   while (filter.hasNext()) {
1760     NamedDecl *old = filter.next();
1761 
1762     // Non-hidden declarations are never ignored.
1763     if (!old->isHidden())
1764       continue;
1765 
1766     if (!old->isExternallyVisible())
1767       filter.erase();
1768   }
1769 
1770   filter.done();
1771 }
1772 
1773 /// Typedef declarations don't have linkage, but they still denote the same
1774 /// entity if their types are the same.
1775 /// FIXME: This is notionally doing the same thing as ASTReaderDecl's
1776 /// isSameEntity.
1777 static void filterNonConflictingPreviousTypedefDecls(ASTContext &Context,
1778                                                      TypedefNameDecl *Decl,
1779                                                      LookupResult &Previous) {
1780   // This is only interesting when modules are enabled.
1781   if (!Context.getLangOpts().Modules)
1782     return;
1783 
1784   // Empty sets are uninteresting.
1785   if (Previous.empty())
1786     return;
1787 
1788   LookupResult::Filter Filter = Previous.makeFilter();
1789   while (Filter.hasNext()) {
1790     NamedDecl *Old = Filter.next();
1791 
1792     // Non-hidden declarations are never ignored.
1793     if (!Old->isHidden())
1794       continue;
1795 
1796     // Declarations of the same entity are not ignored, even if they have
1797     // different linkages.
1798     if (auto *OldTD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old))
1799       if (Context.hasSameType(OldTD->getUnderlyingType(),
1800                               Decl->getUnderlyingType()))
1801         continue;
1802 
1803     if (!Old->isExternallyVisible())
1804       Filter.erase();
1805   }
1806 
1807   Filter.done();
1808 }
1809 
1810 bool Sema::isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New) {
1811   QualType OldType;
1812   if (TypedefNameDecl *OldTypedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old))
1813     OldType = OldTypedef->getUnderlyingType();
1814   else
1815     OldType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Old);
1816   QualType NewType = New->getUnderlyingType();
1817 
1818   if (NewType->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
1819     // Must not redefine a typedef with a variably-modified type.
1820     int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0;
1821     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_variably_modified_typedef)
1822       << Kind << NewType;
1823     if (Old->getLocation().isValid())
1824       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1825     New->setInvalidDecl();
1826     return true;
1827   }
1828 
1829   if (OldType != NewType &&
1830       !OldType->isDependentType() &&
1831       !NewType->isDependentType() &&
1832       !Context.hasSameType(OldType, NewType)) {
1833     int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0;
1834     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_typedef)
1835       << Kind << NewType << OldType;
1836     if (Old->getLocation().isValid())
1837       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1838     New->setInvalidDecl();
1839     return true;
1840   }
1841   return false;
1842 }
1843 
1844 /// MergeTypedefNameDecl - We just parsed a typedef 'New' which has the
1845 /// same name and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'.  Figure out
1846 /// how to resolve this situation, merging decls or emitting
1847 /// diagnostics as appropriate. If there was an error, set New to be invalid.
1848 ///
1849 void Sema::MergeTypedefNameDecl(TypedefNameDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls) {
1850   // If the new decl is known invalid already, don't bother doing any
1851   // merging checks.
1852   if (New->isInvalidDecl()) return;
1853 
1854   // Allow multiple definitions for ObjC built-in typedefs.
1855   // FIXME: Verify the underlying types are equivalent!
1856   if (getLangOpts().ObjC1) {
1857     const IdentifierInfo *TypeID = New->getIdentifier();
1858     switch (TypeID->getLength()) {
1859     default: break;
1860     case 2:
1861       {
1862         if (!TypeID->isStr("id"))
1863           break;
1864         QualType T = New->getUnderlyingType();
1865         if (!T->isPointerType())
1866           break;
1867         if (!T->isVoidPointerType()) {
1868           QualType PT = T->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
1869           if (!PT->isStructureType())
1870             break;
1871         }
1872         Context.setObjCIdRedefinitionType(T);
1873         // Install the built-in type for 'id', ignoring the current definition.
1874         New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCIdType().getTypePtr());
1875         return;
1876       }
1877     case 5:
1878       if (!TypeID->isStr("Class"))
1879         break;
1880       Context.setObjCClassRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType());
1881       // Install the built-in type for 'Class', ignoring the current definition.
1882       New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCClassType().getTypePtr());
1883       return;
1884     case 3:
1885       if (!TypeID->isStr("SEL"))
1886         break;
1887       Context.setObjCSelRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType());
1888       // Install the built-in type for 'SEL', ignoring the current definition.
1889       New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCSelType().getTypePtr());
1890       return;
1891     }
1892     // Fall through - the typedef name was not a builtin type.
1893   }
1894 
1895   // Verify the old decl was also a type.
1896   TypeDecl *Old = OldDecls.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>();
1897   if (!Old) {
1898     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind)
1899       << New->getDeclName();
1900 
1901     NamedDecl *OldD = OldDecls.getRepresentativeDecl();
1902     if (OldD->getLocation().isValid())
1903       Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1904 
1905     return New->setInvalidDecl();
1906   }
1907 
1908   // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here.
1909   if (Old->isInvalidDecl())
1910     return New->setInvalidDecl();
1911 
1912   // If the typedef types are not identical, reject them in all languages and
1913   // with any extensions enabled.
1914   if (isIncompatibleTypedef(Old, New))
1915     return;
1916 
1917   // The types match.  Link up the redeclaration chain and merge attributes if
1918   // the old declaration was a typedef.
1919   if (TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) {
1920     New->setPreviousDecl(Typedef);
1921     mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old);
1922   }
1923 
1924   if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)
1925     return;
1926 
1927   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
1928     // C++ [dcl.typedef]p2:
1929     //   In a given non-class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to
1930     //   redefine the name of any type declared in that scope to refer
1931     //   to the type to which it already refers.
1932     if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext))
1933       return;
1934 
1935     // C++0x [dcl.typedef]p4:
1936     //   In a given class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to redefine
1937     //   any class-name declared in that scope that is not also a typedef-name
1938     //   to refer to the type to which it already refers.
1939     //
1940     // This wording came in via DR424, which was a correction to the
1941     // wording in DR56, which accidentally banned code like:
1942     //
1943     //   struct S {
1944     //     typedef struct A { } A;
1945     //   };
1946     //
1947     // in the C++03 standard. We implement the C++0x semantics, which
1948     // allow the above but disallow
1949     //
1950     //   struct S {
1951     //     typedef int I;
1952     //     typedef int I;
1953     //   };
1954     //
1955     // since that was the intent of DR56.
1956     if (!isa<TypedefNameDecl>(Old))
1957       return;
1958 
1959     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition)
1960       << New->getDeclName();
1961     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1962     return New->setInvalidDecl();
1963   }
1964 
1965   // Modules always permit redefinition of typedefs, as does C11.
1966   if (getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().C11)
1967     return;
1968 
1969   // If we have a redefinition of a typedef in C, emit a warning.  This warning
1970   // is normally mapped to an error, but can be controlled with
1971   // -Wtypedef-redefinition.  If either the original or the redefinition is
1972   // in a system header, don't emit this for compatibility with GCC.
1973   if (getDiagnostics().getSuppressSystemWarnings() &&
1974       (Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Old->getLocation()) ||
1975        Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(New->getLocation())))
1976     return;
1977 
1978   Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_redefinition_of_typedef)
1979     << New->getDeclName();
1980   Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1981   return;
1982 }
1983 
1984 /// DeclhasAttr - returns true if decl Declaration already has the target
1985 /// attribute.
1986 static bool DeclHasAttr(const Decl *D, const Attr *A) {
1987   const OwnershipAttr *OA = dyn_cast<OwnershipAttr>(A);
1988   const AnnotateAttr *Ann = dyn_cast<AnnotateAttr>(A);
1989   for (const auto *i : D->attrs())
1990     if (i->getKind() == A->getKind()) {
1991       if (Ann) {
1992         if (Ann->getAnnotation() == cast<AnnotateAttr>(i)->getAnnotation())
1993           return true;
1994         continue;
1995       }
1996       // FIXME: Don't hardcode this check
1997       if (OA && isa<OwnershipAttr>(i))
1998         return OA->getOwnKind() == cast<OwnershipAttr>(i)->getOwnKind();
1999       return true;
2000     }
2001 
2002   return false;
2003 }
2004 
2005 static bool isAttributeTargetADefinition(Decl *D) {
2006   if (VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D))
2007     return VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition();
2008   if (TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D))
2009     return TD->isCompleteDefinition() || TD->isBeingDefined();
2010   return true;
2011 }
2012 
2013 /// Merge alignment attributes from \p Old to \p New, taking into account the
2014 /// special semantics of C11's _Alignas specifier and C++11's alignas attribute.
2015 ///
2016 /// \return \c true if any attributes were added to \p New.
2017 static bool mergeAlignedAttrs(Sema &S, NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old) {
2018   // Look for alignas attributes on Old, and pick out whichever attribute
2019   // specifies the strictest alignment requirement.
2020   AlignedAttr *OldAlignasAttr = nullptr;
2021   AlignedAttr *OldStrictestAlignAttr = nullptr;
2022   unsigned OldAlign = 0;
2023   for (auto *I : Old->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) {
2024     // FIXME: We have no way of representing inherited dependent alignments
2025     // in a case like:
2026     //   template<int A, int B> struct alignas(A) X;
2027     //   template<int A, int B> struct alignas(B) X {};
2028     // For now, we just ignore any alignas attributes which are not on the
2029     // definition in such a case.
2030     if (I->isAlignmentDependent())
2031       return false;
2032 
2033     if (I->isAlignas())
2034       OldAlignasAttr = I;
2035 
2036     unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context);
2037     if (Align > OldAlign) {
2038       OldAlign = Align;
2039       OldStrictestAlignAttr = I;
2040     }
2041   }
2042 
2043   // Look for alignas attributes on New.
2044   AlignedAttr *NewAlignasAttr = nullptr;
2045   unsigned NewAlign = 0;
2046   for (auto *I : New->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) {
2047     if (I->isAlignmentDependent())
2048       return false;
2049 
2050     if (I->isAlignas())
2051       NewAlignasAttr = I;
2052 
2053     unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context);
2054     if (Align > NewAlign)
2055       NewAlign = Align;
2056   }
2057 
2058   if (OldAlignasAttr && NewAlignasAttr && OldAlign != NewAlign) {
2059     // Both declarations have 'alignas' attributes. We require them to match.
2060     // C++11 [dcl.align]p6 and C11 6.7.5/7 both come close to saying this, but
2061     // fall short. (If two declarations both have alignas, they must both match
2062     // every definition, and so must match each other if there is a definition.)
2063 
2064     // If either declaration only contains 'alignas(0)' specifiers, then it
2065     // specifies the natural alignment for the type.
2066     if (OldAlign == 0 || NewAlign == 0) {
2067       QualType Ty;
2068       if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(New))
2069         Ty = VD->getType();
2070       else
2071         Ty = S.Context.getTagDeclType(cast<TagDecl>(New));
2072 
2073       if (OldAlign == 0)
2074         OldAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty);
2075       if (NewAlign == 0)
2076         NewAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty);
2077     }
2078 
2079     if (OldAlign != NewAlign) {
2080       S.Diag(NewAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_mismatch)
2081         << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(OldAlign).getQuantity()
2082         << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(NewAlign).getQuantity();
2083       S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
2084     }
2085   }
2086 
2087   if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr && isAttributeTargetADefinition(New)) {
2088     // C++11 [dcl.align]p6:
2089     //   if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier,
2090     //   every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an
2091     //   equivalent alignment.
2092     // C11 6.7.5/7:
2093     //   If the definition of an object does not have an alignment
2094     //   specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also
2095     //   have no alignment specifier.
2096     S.Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition)
2097       << OldAlignasAttr;
2098     S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration)
2099       << OldAlignasAttr;
2100   }
2101 
2102   bool AnyAdded = false;
2103 
2104   // Ensure we have an attribute representing the strictest alignment.
2105   if (OldAlign > NewAlign) {
2106     AlignedAttr *Clone = OldStrictestAlignAttr->clone(S.Context);
2107     Clone->setInherited(true);
2108     New->addAttr(Clone);
2109     AnyAdded = true;
2110   }
2111 
2112   // Ensure we have an alignas attribute if the old declaration had one.
2113   if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr &&
2114       !(AnyAdded && OldStrictestAlignAttr->isAlignas())) {
2115     AlignedAttr *Clone = OldAlignasAttr->clone(S.Context);
2116     Clone->setInherited(true);
2117     New->addAttr(Clone);
2118     AnyAdded = true;
2119   }
2120 
2121   return AnyAdded;
2122 }
2123 
2124 static bool mergeDeclAttribute(Sema &S, NamedDecl *D,
2125                                const InheritableAttr *Attr, bool Override) {
2126   InheritableAttr *NewAttr = nullptr;
2127   unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex = Attr->getSpellingListIndex();
2128   if (const auto *AA = dyn_cast<AvailabilityAttr>(Attr))
2129     NewAttr = S.mergeAvailabilityAttr(D, AA->getRange(), AA->getPlatform(),
2130                                       AA->getIntroduced(), AA->getDeprecated(),
2131                                       AA->getObsoleted(), AA->getUnavailable(),
2132                                       AA->getMessage(), Override,
2133                                       AttrSpellingListIndex);
2134   else if (const auto *VA = dyn_cast<VisibilityAttr>(Attr))
2135     NewAttr = S.mergeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(),
2136                                     AttrSpellingListIndex);
2137   else if (const auto *VA = dyn_cast<TypeVisibilityAttr>(Attr))
2138     NewAttr = S.mergeTypeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(),
2139                                         AttrSpellingListIndex);
2140   else if (const auto *ImportA = dyn_cast<DLLImportAttr>(Attr))
2141     NewAttr = S.mergeDLLImportAttr(D, ImportA->getRange(),
2142                                    AttrSpellingListIndex);
2143   else if (const auto *ExportA = dyn_cast<DLLExportAttr>(Attr))
2144     NewAttr = S.mergeDLLExportAttr(D, ExportA->getRange(),
2145                                    AttrSpellingListIndex);
2146   else if (const auto *FA = dyn_cast<FormatAttr>(Attr))
2147     NewAttr = S.mergeFormatAttr(D, FA->getRange(), FA->getType(),
2148                                 FA->getFormatIdx(), FA->getFirstArg(),
2149                                 AttrSpellingListIndex);
2150   else if (const auto *SA = dyn_cast<SectionAttr>(Attr))
2151     NewAttr = S.mergeSectionAttr(D, SA->getRange(), SA->getName(),
2152                                  AttrSpellingListIndex);
2153   else if (const auto *IA = dyn_cast<MSInheritanceAttr>(Attr))
2154     NewAttr = S.mergeMSInheritanceAttr(D, IA->getRange(), IA->getBestCase(),
2155                                        AttrSpellingListIndex,
2156                                        IA->getSemanticSpelling());
2157   else if (isa<AlignedAttr>(Attr))
2158     // AlignedAttrs are handled separately, because we need to handle all
2159     // such attributes on a declaration at the same time.
2160     NewAttr = nullptr;
2161   else if (isa<DeprecatedAttr>(Attr) && Override)
2162     NewAttr = nullptr;
2163   else if (Attr->duplicatesAllowed() || !DeclHasAttr(D, Attr))
2164     NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(Attr->clone(S.Context));
2165 
2166   if (NewAttr) {
2167     NewAttr->setInherited(true);
2168     D->addAttr(NewAttr);
2169     return true;
2170   }
2171 
2172   return false;
2173 }
2174 
2175 static const Decl *getDefinition(const Decl *D) {
2176   if (const TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D))
2177     return TD->getDefinition();
2178   if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
2179     const VarDecl *Def = VD->getDefinition();
2180     if (Def)
2181       return Def;
2182     return VD->getActingDefinition();
2183   }
2184   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
2185     const FunctionDecl* Def;
2186     if (FD->isDefined(Def))
2187       return Def;
2188   }
2189   return nullptr;
2190 }
2191 
2192 static bool hasAttribute(const Decl *D, attr::Kind Kind) {
2193   for (const auto *Attribute : D->attrs())
2194     if (Attribute->getKind() == Kind)
2195       return true;
2196   return false;
2197 }
2198 
2199 /// checkNewAttributesAfterDef - If we already have a definition, check that
2200 /// there are no new attributes in this declaration.
2201 static void checkNewAttributesAfterDef(Sema &S, Decl *New, const Decl *Old) {
2202   if (!New->hasAttrs())
2203     return;
2204 
2205   const Decl *Def = getDefinition(Old);
2206   if (!Def || Def == New)
2207     return;
2208 
2209   AttrVec &NewAttributes = New->getAttrs();
2210   for (unsigned I = 0, E = NewAttributes.size(); I != E;) {
2211     const Attr *NewAttribute = NewAttributes[I];
2212 
2213     if (isa<AliasAttr>(NewAttribute)) {
2214       if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(New))
2215         S.CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD, cast<FunctionDecl>(Def));
2216       else {
2217         VarDecl *VD = cast<VarDecl>(New);
2218         unsigned Diag = cast<VarDecl>(Def)->isThisDeclarationADefinition() ==
2219                                 VarDecl::TentativeDefinition
2220                             ? diag::err_alias_after_tentative
2221                             : diag::err_redefinition;
2222         S.Diag(VD->getLocation(), Diag) << VD->getDeclName();
2223         S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2224         VD->setInvalidDecl();
2225       }
2226       ++I;
2227       continue;
2228     }
2229 
2230     if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Def)) {
2231       // Tentative definitions are only interesting for the alias check above.
2232       if (VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() != VarDecl::Definition) {
2233         ++I;
2234         continue;
2235       }
2236     }
2237 
2238     if (hasAttribute(Def, NewAttribute->getKind())) {
2239       ++I;
2240       continue; // regular attr merging will take care of validating this.
2241     }
2242 
2243     if (isa<C11NoReturnAttr>(NewAttribute)) {
2244       // C's _Noreturn is allowed to be added to a function after it is defined.
2245       ++I;
2246       continue;
2247     } else if (const AlignedAttr *AA = dyn_cast<AlignedAttr>(NewAttribute)) {
2248       if (AA->isAlignas()) {
2249         // C++11 [dcl.align]p6:
2250         //   if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier,
2251         //   every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an
2252         //   equivalent alignment.
2253         // C11 6.7.5/7:
2254         //   If the definition of an object does not have an alignment
2255         //   specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also
2256         //   have no alignment specifier.
2257         S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition)
2258           << AA;
2259         S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration)
2260           << AA;
2261         NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I);
2262         --E;
2263         continue;
2264       }
2265     }
2266 
2267     S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(),
2268            diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition);
2269     S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2270     NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I);
2271     --E;
2272   }
2273 }
2274 
2275 /// mergeDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the Old decl to the New one.
2276 void Sema::mergeDeclAttributes(NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old,
2277                                AvailabilityMergeKind AMK) {
2278   if (UsedAttr *OldAttr = Old->getMostRecentDecl()->getAttr<UsedAttr>()) {
2279     UsedAttr *NewAttr = OldAttr->clone(Context);
2280     NewAttr->setInherited(true);
2281     New->addAttr(NewAttr);
2282   }
2283 
2284   if (!Old->hasAttrs() && !New->hasAttrs())
2285     return;
2286 
2287   // attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored
2288   checkNewAttributesAfterDef(*this, New, Old);
2289 
2290   if (!Old->hasAttrs())
2291     return;
2292 
2293   bool foundAny = New->hasAttrs();
2294 
2295   // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is done before
2296   // we process them.
2297   if (!foundAny) New->setAttrs(AttrVec());
2298 
2299   for (auto *I : Old->specific_attrs<InheritableAttr>()) {
2300     bool Override = false;
2301     // Ignore deprecated/unavailable/availability attributes if requested.
2302     if (isa<DeprecatedAttr>(I) ||
2303         isa<UnavailableAttr>(I) ||
2304         isa<AvailabilityAttr>(I)) {
2305       switch (AMK) {
2306       case AMK_None:
2307         continue;
2308 
2309       case AMK_Redeclaration:
2310         break;
2311 
2312       case AMK_Override:
2313         Override = true;
2314         break;
2315       }
2316     }
2317 
2318     // Already handled.
2319     if (isa<UsedAttr>(I))
2320       continue;
2321 
2322     if (mergeDeclAttribute(*this, New, I, Override))
2323       foundAny = true;
2324   }
2325 
2326   if (mergeAlignedAttrs(*this, New, Old))
2327     foundAny = true;
2328 
2329   if (!foundAny) New->dropAttrs();
2330 }
2331 
2332 /// mergeParamDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the old parameter
2333 /// to the new one.
2334 static void mergeParamDeclAttributes(ParmVarDecl *newDecl,
2335                                      const ParmVarDecl *oldDecl,
2336                                      Sema &S) {
2337   // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2:
2338   //   The first declaration of a function shall specify the
2339   //   carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration
2340   //   of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute.
2341   const CarriesDependencyAttr *CDA = newDecl->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>();
2342   if (CDA && !oldDecl->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) {
2343     S.Diag(CDA->getLocation(),
2344            diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/;
2345     // Find the first declaration of the parameter.
2346     // FIXME: Should we build redeclaration chains for function parameters?
2347     const FunctionDecl *FirstFD =
2348       cast<FunctionDecl>(oldDecl->getDeclContext())->getFirstDecl();
2349     const ParmVarDecl *FirstVD =
2350       FirstFD->getParamDecl(oldDecl->getFunctionScopeIndex());
2351     S.Diag(FirstVD->getLocation(),
2352            diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/;
2353   }
2354 
2355   if (!oldDecl->hasAttrs())
2356     return;
2357 
2358   bool foundAny = newDecl->hasAttrs();
2359 
2360   // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is
2361   // done before we process them.
2362   if (!foundAny) newDecl->setAttrs(AttrVec());
2363 
2364   for (const auto *I : oldDecl->specific_attrs<InheritableParamAttr>()) {
2365     if (!DeclHasAttr(newDecl, I)) {
2366       InheritableAttr *newAttr =
2367         cast<InheritableParamAttr>(I->clone(S.Context));
2368       newAttr->setInherited(true);
2369       newDecl->addAttr(newAttr);
2370       foundAny = true;
2371     }
2372   }
2373 
2374   if (!foundAny) newDecl->dropAttrs();
2375 }
2376 
2377 namespace {
2378 
2379 /// Used in MergeFunctionDecl to keep track of function parameters in
2380 /// C.
2381 struct GNUCompatibleParamWarning {
2382   ParmVarDecl *OldParm;
2383   ParmVarDecl *NewParm;
2384   QualType PromotedType;
2385 };
2386 
2387 }
2388 
2389 /// getSpecialMember - get the special member enum for a method.
2390 Sema::CXXSpecialMember Sema::getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD) {
2391   if (const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD)) {
2392     if (Ctor->isDefaultConstructor())
2393       return Sema::CXXDefaultConstructor;
2394 
2395     if (Ctor->isCopyConstructor())
2396       return Sema::CXXCopyConstructor;
2397 
2398     if (Ctor->isMoveConstructor())
2399       return Sema::CXXMoveConstructor;
2400   } else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD)) {
2401     return Sema::CXXDestructor;
2402   } else if (MD->isCopyAssignmentOperator()) {
2403     return Sema::CXXCopyAssignment;
2404   } else if (MD->isMoveAssignmentOperator()) {
2405     return Sema::CXXMoveAssignment;
2406   }
2407 
2408   return Sema::CXXInvalid;
2409 }
2410 
2411 // Determine whether the previous declaration was a definition, implicit
2412 // declaration, or a declaration.
2413 template <typename T>
2414 static std::pair<diag::kind, SourceLocation>
2415 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(const T *Old, const T *New) {
2416   diag::kind PrevDiag;
2417   SourceLocation OldLocation = Old->getLocation();
2418   if (Old->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
2419     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_definition;
2420   else if (Old->isImplicit()) {
2421     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_implicit_declaration;
2422     if (OldLocation.isInvalid())
2423       OldLocation = New->getLocation();
2424   } else
2425     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_declaration;
2426   return std::make_pair(PrevDiag, OldLocation);
2427 }
2428 
2429 /// canRedefineFunction - checks if a function can be redefined. Currently,
2430 /// only extern inline functions can be redefined, and even then only in
2431 /// GNU89 mode.
2432 static bool canRedefineFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD,
2433                                 const LangOptions& LangOpts) {
2434   return ((FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() || LangOpts.GNUInline) &&
2435           !LangOpts.CPlusPlus &&
2436           FD->isInlineSpecified() &&
2437           FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern);
2438 }
2439 
2440 const AttributedType *Sema::getCallingConvAttributedType(QualType T) const {
2441   const AttributedType *AT = T->getAs<AttributedType>();
2442   while (AT && !AT->isCallingConv())
2443     AT = AT->getModifiedType()->getAs<AttributedType>();
2444   return AT;
2445 }
2446 
2447 template <typename T>
2448 static bool haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(const T *Old, const T *New) {
2449   const DeclContext *DC = Old->getDeclContext();
2450   if (DC->isRecord())
2451     return false;
2452 
2453   LanguageLinkage OldLinkage = Old->getLanguageLinkage();
2454   if (OldLinkage == CXXLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCContext())
2455     return true;
2456   if (OldLinkage == CLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCXXContext())
2457     return true;
2458   return false;
2459 }
2460 
2461 /// MergeFunctionDecl - We just parsed a function 'New' from
2462 /// declarator D which has the same name and scope as a previous
2463 /// declaration 'Old'.  Figure out how to resolve this situation,
2464 /// merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate.
2465 ///
2466 /// In C++, New and Old must be declarations that are not
2467 /// overloaded. Use IsOverload to determine whether New and Old are
2468 /// overloaded, and to select the Old declaration that New should be
2469 /// merged with.
2470 ///
2471 /// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise.
2472 bool Sema::MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, NamedDecl *&OldD,
2473                              Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld) {
2474   // Verify the old decl was also a function.
2475   FunctionDecl *Old = OldD->getAsFunction();
2476   if (!Old) {
2477     if (UsingShadowDecl *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(OldD)) {
2478       if (New->getFriendObjectKind()) {
2479         Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_friend);
2480         Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(),
2481              diag::note_using_decl_target);
2482         Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(),
2483              diag::note_using_decl) << 0;
2484         return true;
2485       }
2486 
2487       // C++11 [namespace.udecl]p14:
2488       //   If a function declaration in namespace scope or block scope has the
2489       //   same name and the same parameter-type-list as a function introduced
2490       //   by a using-declaration, and the declarations do not declare the same
2491       //   function, the program is ill-formed.
2492 
2493       // Check whether the two declarations might declare the same function.
2494       Old = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Shadow->getTargetDecl());
2495       if (Old &&
2496           !Old->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals(
2497               New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) &&
2498           !(Old->isExternC() && New->isExternC()))
2499         Old = nullptr;
2500 
2501       if (!Old) {
2502         Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse);
2503         Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(),
2504              diag::note_using_decl_target);
2505         Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl) << 0;
2506         return true;
2507       }
2508       OldD = Old;
2509     } else {
2510       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind)
2511         << New->getDeclName();
2512       Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2513       return true;
2514     }
2515   }
2516 
2517   // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here.
2518   if (Old->isInvalidDecl())
2519     return true;
2520 
2521   diag::kind PrevDiag;
2522   SourceLocation OldLocation;
2523   std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) =
2524       getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New);
2525 
2526   // Don't complain about this if we're in GNU89 mode and the old function
2527   // is an extern inline function.
2528   // Don't complain about specializations. They are not supposed to have
2529   // storage classes.
2530   if (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(New) && !isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Old) &&
2531       New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static &&
2532       Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage() &&
2533       !New->getTemplateSpecializationInfo() &&
2534       !canRedefineFunction(Old, getLangOpts())) {
2535     if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) {
2536       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_static_non_static) << New;
2537       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
2538     } else {
2539       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New;
2540       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
2541       return true;
2542     }
2543   }
2544 
2545 
2546   // If a function is first declared with a calling convention, but is later
2547   // declared or defined without one, all following decls assume the calling
2548   // convention of the first.
2549   //
2550   // It's OK if a function is first declared without a calling convention,
2551   // but is later declared or defined with the default calling convention.
2552   //
2553   // To test if either decl has an explicit calling convention, we look for
2554   // AttributedType sugar nodes on the type as written.  If they are missing or
2555   // were canonicalized away, we assume the calling convention was implicit.
2556   //
2557   // Note also that we DO NOT return at this point, because we still have
2558   // other tests to run.
2559   QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType());
2560   QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType());
2561   const FunctionType *OldType = cast<FunctionType>(OldQType);
2562   const FunctionType *NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType);
2563   FunctionType::ExtInfo OldTypeInfo = OldType->getExtInfo();
2564   FunctionType::ExtInfo NewTypeInfo = NewType->getExtInfo();
2565   bool RequiresAdjustment = false;
2566 
2567   if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() != NewTypeInfo.getCC()) {
2568     FunctionDecl *First = Old->getFirstDecl();
2569     const FunctionType *FT =
2570         First->getType().getCanonicalType()->castAs<FunctionType>();
2571     FunctionType::ExtInfo FI = FT->getExtInfo();
2572     bool NewCCExplicit = getCallingConvAttributedType(New->getType());
2573     if (!NewCCExplicit) {
2574       // Inherit the CC from the previous declaration if it was specified
2575       // there but not here.
2576       NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC());
2577       RequiresAdjustment = true;
2578     } else {
2579       // Calling conventions aren't compatible, so complain.
2580       bool FirstCCExplicit = getCallingConvAttributedType(First->getType());
2581       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_cconv_change)
2582         << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(NewTypeInfo.getCC())
2583         << !FirstCCExplicit
2584         << (!FirstCCExplicit ? "" :
2585             FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(FI.getCC()));
2586 
2587       // Put the note on the first decl, since it is the one that matters.
2588       Diag(First->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
2589       return true;
2590     }
2591   }
2592 
2593   // FIXME: diagnose the other way around?
2594   if (OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && !NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) {
2595     NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true);
2596     RequiresAdjustment = true;
2597   }
2598 
2599   // Merge regparm attribute.
2600   if (OldTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() ||
2601       OldTypeInfo.getRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getRegParm()) {
2602     if (NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm()) {
2603       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_regparm_mismatch)
2604         << NewType->getRegParmType()
2605         << OldType->getRegParmType();
2606       Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration);
2607       return true;
2608     }
2609 
2610     NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withRegParm(OldTypeInfo.getRegParm());
2611     RequiresAdjustment = true;
2612   }
2613 
2614   // Merge ns_returns_retained attribute.
2615   if (OldTypeInfo.getProducesResult() != NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) {
2616     if (NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) {
2617       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_returns_retained_mismatch);
2618       Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration);
2619       return true;
2620     }
2621 
2622     NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withProducesResult(true);
2623     RequiresAdjustment = true;
2624   }
2625 
2626   if (RequiresAdjustment) {
2627     const FunctionType *AdjustedType = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
2628     AdjustedType = Context.adjustFunctionType(AdjustedType, NewTypeInfo);
2629     New->setType(QualType(AdjustedType, 0));
2630     NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType());
2631     NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType);
2632   }
2633 
2634   // If this redeclaration makes the function inline, we may need to add it to
2635   // UndefinedButUsed.
2636   if (!Old->isInlined() && New->isInlined() &&
2637       !New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() &&
2638       (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !getLangOpts().GNUInline) &&
2639       Old->isUsed(false) &&
2640       !Old->isDefined() && !New->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
2641     UndefinedButUsed.insert(std::make_pair(Old->getCanonicalDecl(),
2642                                            SourceLocation()));
2643 
2644   // If this redeclaration makes it newly gnu_inline, we don't want to warn
2645   // about it.
2646   if (New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() &&
2647       Old->isInlined() && !Old->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) {
2648     UndefinedButUsed.erase(Old->getCanonicalDecl());
2649   }
2650 
2651   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
2652     // (C++98 13.1p2):
2653     //   Certain function declarations cannot be overloaded:
2654     //     -- Function declarations that differ only in the return type
2655     //        cannot be overloaded.
2656 
2657     // Go back to the type source info to compare the declared return types,
2658     // per C++1y [dcl.type.auto]p13:
2659     //   Redeclarations or specializations of a function or function template
2660     //   with a declared return type that uses a placeholder type shall also
2661     //   use that placeholder, not a deduced type.
2662     QualType OldDeclaredReturnType =
2663         (Old->getTypeSourceInfo()
2664              ? Old->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>()
2665              : OldType)->getReturnType();
2666     QualType NewDeclaredReturnType =
2667         (New->getTypeSourceInfo()
2668              ? New->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>()
2669              : NewType)->getReturnType();
2670     QualType ResQT;
2671     if (!Context.hasSameType(OldDeclaredReturnType, NewDeclaredReturnType) &&
2672         !((NewQType->isDependentType() || OldQType->isDependentType()) &&
2673           New->isLocalExternDecl())) {
2674       if (NewDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
2675           OldDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType())
2676         ResQT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewQType, OldQType);
2677       if (ResQT.isNull()) {
2678         if (New->isCXXClassMember() && New->isOutOfLine())
2679           Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_def_does_not_match_ret_type)
2680               << New << New->getReturnTypeSourceRange();
2681         else
2682           Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_diff_return_type)
2683               << New->getReturnTypeSourceRange();
2684         Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType()
2685                                     << Old->getReturnTypeSourceRange();
2686         return true;
2687       }
2688       else
2689         NewQType = ResQT;
2690     }
2691 
2692     QualType OldReturnType = OldType->getReturnType();
2693     QualType NewReturnType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType)->getReturnType();
2694     if (OldReturnType != NewReturnType) {
2695       // If this function has a deduced return type and has already been
2696       // defined, copy the deduced value from the old declaration.
2697       AutoType *OldAT = Old->getReturnType()->getContainedAutoType();
2698       if (OldAT && OldAT->isDeduced()) {
2699         New->setType(
2700             SubstAutoType(New->getType(),
2701                           OldAT->isDependentType() ? Context.DependentTy
2702                                                    : OldAT->getDeducedType()));
2703         NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(
2704             SubstAutoType(NewQType,
2705                           OldAT->isDependentType() ? Context.DependentTy
2706                                                    : OldAT->getDeducedType()));
2707       }
2708     }
2709 
2710     const CXXMethodDecl *OldMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Old);
2711     CXXMethodDecl *NewMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(New);
2712     if (OldMethod && NewMethod) {
2713       // Preserve triviality.
2714       NewMethod->setTrivial(OldMethod->isTrivial());
2715 
2716       // MSVC allows explicit template specialization at class scope:
2717       // 2 CXXMethodDecls referring to the same function will be injected.
2718       // We don't want a redeclaration error.
2719       bool IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization =
2720                               OldMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() &&
2721                               NewMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization();
2722       bool isFriend = NewMethod->getFriendObjectKind();
2723 
2724       if (!isFriend && NewMethod->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() &&
2725           !IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) {
2726         //    -- Member function declarations with the same name and the
2727         //       same parameter types cannot be overloaded if any of them
2728         //       is a static member function declaration.
2729         if (OldMethod->isStatic() != NewMethod->isStatic()) {
2730           Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_static_nonstatic_member);
2731           Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
2732           return true;
2733         }
2734 
2735         // C++ [class.mem]p1:
2736         //   [...] A member shall not be declared twice in the
2737         //   member-specification, except that a nested class or member
2738         //   class template can be declared and then later defined.
2739         if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) {
2740           unsigned NewDiag;
2741           if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(OldMethod))
2742             NewDiag = diag::err_constructor_redeclared;
2743           else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewMethod))
2744             NewDiag = diag::err_destructor_redeclared;
2745           else if (isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewMethod))
2746             NewDiag = diag::err_conv_function_redeclared;
2747           else
2748             NewDiag = diag::err_member_redeclared;
2749 
2750           Diag(New->getLocation(), NewDiag);
2751         } else {
2752           Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_redeclared_in_instantiation)
2753             << New << New->getType();
2754         }
2755         Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
2756 
2757       // Complain if this is an explicit declaration of a special
2758       // member that was initially declared implicitly.
2759       //
2760       // As an exception, it's okay to befriend such methods in order
2761       // to permit the implicit constructor/destructor/operator calls.
2762       } else if (OldMethod->isImplicit()) {
2763         if (isFriend) {
2764           NewMethod->setImplicit();
2765         } else {
2766           Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(),
2767                diag::err_definition_of_implicitly_declared_member)
2768             << New << getSpecialMember(OldMethod);
2769           return true;
2770         }
2771       } else if (OldMethod->isExplicitlyDefaulted() && !isFriend) {
2772         Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(),
2773              diag::err_definition_of_explicitly_defaulted_member)
2774           << getSpecialMember(OldMethod);
2775         return true;
2776       }
2777     }
2778 
2779     // C++11 [dcl.attr.noreturn]p1:
2780     //   The first declaration of a function shall specify the noreturn
2781     //   attribute if any declaration of that function specifies the noreturn
2782     //   attribute.
2783     const CXX11NoReturnAttr *NRA = New->getAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>();
2784     if (NRA && !Old->hasAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>()) {
2785       Diag(NRA->getLocation(), diag::err_noreturn_missing_on_first_decl);
2786       Diag(Old->getFirstDecl()->getLocation(),
2787            diag::note_noreturn_missing_first_decl);
2788     }
2789 
2790     // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2:
2791     //   The first declaration of a function shall specify the
2792     //   carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration
2793     //   of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute.
2794     const CarriesDependencyAttr *CDA = New->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>();
2795     if (CDA && !Old->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) {
2796       Diag(CDA->getLocation(),
2797            diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/;
2798       Diag(Old->getFirstDecl()->getLocation(),
2799            diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/;
2800     }
2801 
2802     // (C++98 8.3.5p3):
2803     //   All declarations for a function shall agree exactly in both the
2804     //   return type and the parameter-type-list.
2805     // We also want to respect all the extended bits except noreturn.
2806 
2807     // noreturn should now match unless the old type info didn't have it.
2808     QualType OldQTypeForComparison = OldQType;
2809     if (!OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) {
2810       assert(OldQType == QualType(OldType, 0));
2811       const FunctionType *OldTypeForComparison
2812         = Context.adjustFunctionType(OldType, OldTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true));
2813       OldQTypeForComparison = QualType(OldTypeForComparison, 0);
2814       assert(OldQTypeForComparison.isCanonical());
2815     }
2816 
2817     if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) {
2818       // As a special case, retain the language linkage from previous
2819       // declarations of a friend function as an extension.
2820       //
2821       // This liberal interpretation of C++ [class.friend]p3 matches GCC/MSVC
2822       // and is useful because there's otherwise no way to specify language
2823       // linkage within class scope.
2824       //
2825       // Check cautiously as the friend object kind isn't yet complete.
2826       if (New->getFriendObjectKind() != Decl::FOK_None) {
2827         Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_retained_language_linkage) << New;
2828         Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
2829       } else {
2830         Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New;
2831         Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
2832         return true;
2833       }
2834     }
2835 
2836     if (OldQTypeForComparison == NewQType)
2837       return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld);
2838 
2839     if ((NewQType->isDependentType() || OldQType->isDependentType()) &&
2840         New->isLocalExternDecl()) {
2841       // It's OK if we couldn't merge types for a local function declaraton
2842       // if either the old or new type is dependent. We'll merge the types
2843       // when we instantiate the function.
2844       return false;
2845     }
2846 
2847     // Fall through for conflicting redeclarations and redefinitions.
2848   }
2849 
2850   // C: Function types need to be compatible, not identical. This handles
2851   // duplicate function decls like "void f(int); void f(enum X);" properly.
2852   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
2853       Context.typesAreCompatible(OldQType, NewQType)) {
2854     const FunctionType *OldFuncType = OldQType->getAs<FunctionType>();
2855     const FunctionType *NewFuncType = NewQType->getAs<FunctionType>();
2856     const FunctionProtoType *OldProto = nullptr;
2857     if (MergeTypeWithOld && isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewFuncType) &&
2858         (OldProto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(OldFuncType))) {
2859       // The old declaration provided a function prototype, but the
2860       // new declaration does not. Merge in the prototype.
2861       assert(!OldProto->hasExceptionSpec() && "Exception spec in C");
2862       SmallVector<QualType, 16> ParamTypes(OldProto->param_types());
2863       NewQType =
2864           Context.getFunctionType(NewFuncType->getReturnType(), ParamTypes,
2865                                   OldProto->getExtProtoInfo());
2866       New->setType(NewQType);
2867       New->setHasInheritedPrototype();
2868 
2869       // Synthesize parameters with the same types.
2870       SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params;
2871       for (const auto &ParamType : OldProto->param_types()) {
2872         ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(),
2873                                                  SourceLocation(), nullptr,
2874                                                  ParamType, /*TInfo=*/nullptr,
2875                                                  SC_None, nullptr);
2876         Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size());
2877         Param->setImplicit();
2878         Params.push_back(Param);
2879       }
2880 
2881       New->setParams(Params);
2882     }
2883 
2884     return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld);
2885   }
2886 
2887   // GNU C permits a K&R definition to follow a prototype declaration
2888   // if the declared types of the parameters in the K&R definition
2889   // match the types in the prototype declaration, even when the
2890   // promoted types of the parameters from the K&R definition differ
2891   // from the types in the prototype. GCC then keeps the types from
2892   // the prototype.
2893   //
2894   // If a variadic prototype is followed by a non-variadic K&R definition,
2895   // the K&R definition becomes variadic.  This is sort of an edge case, but
2896   // it's legal per the standard depending on how you read C99 6.7.5.3p15 and
2897   // C99 6.9.1p8.
2898   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
2899       Old->hasPrototype() && !New->hasPrototype() &&
2900       New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>() &&
2901       Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams()) {
2902     SmallVector<QualType, 16> ArgTypes;
2903     SmallVector<GNUCompatibleParamWarning, 16> Warnings;
2904     const FunctionProtoType *OldProto
2905       = Old->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
2906     const FunctionProtoType *NewProto
2907       = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
2908 
2909     // Determine whether this is the GNU C extension.
2910     QualType MergedReturn = Context.mergeTypes(OldProto->getReturnType(),
2911                                                NewProto->getReturnType());
2912     bool LooseCompatible = !MergedReturn.isNull();
2913     for (unsigned Idx = 0, End = Old->getNumParams();
2914          LooseCompatible && Idx != End; ++Idx) {
2915       ParmVarDecl *OldParm = Old->getParamDecl(Idx);
2916       ParmVarDecl *NewParm = New->getParamDecl(Idx);
2917       if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(),
2918                                      NewProto->getParamType(Idx))) {
2919         ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType());
2920       } else if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(),
2921                                             NewParm->getType(),
2922                                             /*CompareUnqualified=*/true)) {
2923         GNUCompatibleParamWarning Warn = { OldParm, NewParm,
2924                                            NewProto->getParamType(Idx) };
2925         Warnings.push_back(Warn);
2926         ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType());
2927       } else
2928         LooseCompatible = false;
2929     }
2930 
2931     if (LooseCompatible) {
2932       for (unsigned Warn = 0; Warn < Warnings.size(); ++Warn) {
2933         Diag(Warnings[Warn].NewParm->getLocation(),
2934              diag::ext_param_promoted_not_compatible_with_prototype)
2935           << Warnings[Warn].PromotedType
2936           << Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getType();
2937         if (Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation().isValid())
2938           Diag(Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation(),
2939                diag::note_previous_declaration);
2940       }
2941 
2942       if (MergeTypeWithOld)
2943         New->setType(Context.getFunctionType(MergedReturn, ArgTypes,
2944                                              OldProto->getExtProtoInfo()));
2945       return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld);
2946     }
2947 
2948     // Fall through to diagnose conflicting types.
2949   }
2950 
2951   // A function that has already been declared has been redeclared or
2952   // defined with a different type; show an appropriate diagnostic.
2953 
2954   // If the previous declaration was an implicitly-generated builtin
2955   // declaration, then at the very least we should use a specialized note.
2956   unsigned BuiltinID;
2957   if (Old->isImplicit() && (BuiltinID = Old->getBuiltinID())) {
2958     // If it's actually a library-defined builtin function like 'malloc'
2959     // or 'printf', just warn about the incompatible redeclaration.
2960     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) {
2961       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redecl_library_builtin) << New;
2962       Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration)
2963         << Old << Old->getType();
2964 
2965       // If this is a global redeclaration, just forget hereafter
2966       // about the "builtin-ness" of the function.
2967       //
2968       // Doing this for local extern declarations is problematic.  If
2969       // the builtin declaration remains visible, a second invalid
2970       // local declaration will produce a hard error; if it doesn't
2971       // remain visible, a single bogus local redeclaration (which is
2972       // actually only a warning) could break all the downstream code.
2973       if (!New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
2974         New->getIdentifier()->setBuiltinID(Builtin::NotBuiltin);
2975 
2976       return false;
2977     }
2978 
2979     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration;
2980   }
2981 
2982   Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_conflicting_types) << New->getDeclName();
2983   Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
2984   return true;
2985 }
2986 
2987 /// \brief Completes the merge of two function declarations that are
2988 /// known to be compatible.
2989 ///
2990 /// This routine handles the merging of attributes and other
2991 /// properties of function declarations from the old declaration to
2992 /// the new declaration, once we know that New is in fact a
2993 /// redeclaration of Old.
2994 ///
2995 /// \returns false
2996 bool Sema::MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old,
2997                                         Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld) {
2998   // Merge the attributes
2999   mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old);
3000 
3001   // Merge "pure" flag.
3002   if (Old->isPure())
3003     New->setPure();
3004 
3005   // Merge "used" flag.
3006   if (Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isUsed(false))
3007     New->setIsUsed();
3008 
3009   // Merge attributes from the parameters.  These can mismatch with K&R
3010   // declarations.
3011   if (New->getNumParams() == Old->getNumParams())
3012     for (unsigned i = 0, e = New->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i)
3013       mergeParamDeclAttributes(New->getParamDecl(i), Old->getParamDecl(i),
3014                                *this);
3015 
3016   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
3017     return MergeCXXFunctionDecl(New, Old, S);
3018 
3019   // Merge the function types so the we get the composite types for the return
3020   // and argument types. Per C11 6.2.7/4, only update the type if the old decl
3021   // was visible.
3022   QualType Merged = Context.mergeTypes(Old->getType(), New->getType());
3023   if (!Merged.isNull() && MergeTypeWithOld)
3024     New->setType(Merged);
3025 
3026   return false;
3027 }
3028 
3029 
3030 void Sema::mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *newMethod,
3031                                 ObjCMethodDecl *oldMethod) {
3032 
3033   // Merge the attributes, including deprecated/unavailable
3034   AvailabilityMergeKind MergeKind =
3035     isa<ObjCImplDecl>(newMethod->getDeclContext()) ? AMK_Redeclaration
3036                                                    : AMK_Override;
3037   mergeDeclAttributes(newMethod, oldMethod, MergeKind);
3038 
3039   // Merge attributes from the parameters.
3040   ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator oi = oldMethod->param_begin(),
3041                                        oe = oldMethod->param_end();
3042   for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator
3043          ni = newMethod->param_begin(), ne = newMethod->param_end();
3044        ni != ne && oi != oe; ++ni, ++oi)
3045     mergeParamDeclAttributes(*ni, *oi, *this);
3046 
3047   CheckObjCMethodOverride(newMethod, oldMethod);
3048 }
3049 
3050 /// MergeVarDeclTypes - We parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name and
3051 /// scope as a previous declaration 'Old'.  Figure out how to merge their types,
3052 /// emitting diagnostics as appropriate.
3053 ///
3054 /// Declarations using the auto type specifier (C++ [decl.spec.auto]) call back
3055 /// to here in AddInitializerToDecl. We can't check them before the initializer
3056 /// is attached.
3057 void Sema::MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old,
3058                              bool MergeTypeWithOld) {
3059   if (New->isInvalidDecl() || Old->isInvalidDecl())
3060     return;
3061 
3062   QualType MergedT;
3063   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
3064     if (New->getType()->isUndeducedType()) {
3065       // We don't know what the new type is until the initializer is attached.
3066       return;
3067     } else if (Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType())) {
3068       // These could still be something that needs exception specs checked.
3069       return MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(New, Old);
3070     }
3071     // C++ [basic.link]p10:
3072     //   [...] the types specified by all declarations referring to a given
3073     //   object or function shall be identical, except that declarations for an
3074     //   array object can specify array types that differ by the presence or
3075     //   absence of a major array bound (8.3.4).
3076     else if (Old->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType() &&
3077              New->getType()->isArrayType()) {
3078       const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType());
3079       const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType());
3080       if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(),
3081                               NewArray->getElementType()))
3082         MergedT = New->getType();
3083     } else if (Old->getType()->isArrayType() &&
3084                New->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType()) {
3085       const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType());
3086       const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType());
3087       if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(),
3088                               NewArray->getElementType()))
3089         MergedT = Old->getType();
3090     } else if (New->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
3091                Old->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
3092       MergedT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(New->getType(),
3093                                               Old->getType());
3094     }
3095   } else {
3096     // C 6.2.7p2:
3097     //   All declarations that refer to the same object or function shall have
3098     //   compatible type.
3099     MergedT = Context.mergeTypes(New->getType(), Old->getType());
3100   }
3101   if (MergedT.isNull()) {
3102     // It's OK if we couldn't merge types if either type is dependent, for a
3103     // block-scope variable. In other cases (static data members of class
3104     // templates, variable templates, ...), we require the types to be
3105     // equivalent.
3106     // FIXME: The C++ standard doesn't say anything about this.
3107     if ((New->getType()->isDependentType() ||
3108          Old->getType()->isDependentType()) && New->isLocalVarDecl()) {
3109       // If the old type was dependent, we can't merge with it, so the new type
3110       // becomes dependent for now. We'll reproduce the original type when we
3111       // instantiate the TypeSourceInfo for the variable.
3112       if (!New->getType()->isDependentType() && MergeTypeWithOld)
3113         New->setType(Context.DependentTy);
3114       return;
3115     }
3116 
3117     // FIXME: Even if this merging succeeds, some other non-visible declaration
3118     // of this variable might have an incompatible type. For instance:
3119     //
3120     //   extern int arr[];
3121     //   void f() { extern int arr[2]; }
3122     //   void g() { extern int arr[3]; }
3123     //
3124     // Neither C nor C++ requires a diagnostic for this, but we should still try
3125     // to diagnose it.
3126     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_type)
3127       << New->getDeclName() << New->getType() << Old->getType();
3128     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
3129     return New->setInvalidDecl();
3130   }
3131 
3132   // Don't actually update the type on the new declaration if the old
3133   // declaration was an extern declaration in a different scope.
3134   if (MergeTypeWithOld)
3135     New->setType(MergedT);
3136 }
3137 
3138 static bool mergeTypeWithPrevious(Sema &S, VarDecl *NewVD, VarDecl *OldVD,
3139                                   LookupResult &Previous) {
3140   // C11 6.2.7p4:
3141   //   For an identifier with internal or external linkage declared
3142   //   in a scope in which a prior declaration of that identifier is
3143   //   visible, if the prior declaration specifies internal or
3144   //   external linkage, the type of the identifier at the later
3145   //   declaration becomes the composite type.
3146   //
3147   // If the variable isn't visible, we do not merge with its type.
3148   if (Previous.isShadowed())
3149     return false;
3150 
3151   if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
3152     // C++11 [dcl.array]p3:
3153     //   If there is a preceding declaration of the entity in the same
3154     //   scope in which the bound was specified, an omitted array bound
3155     //   is taken to be the same as in that earlier declaration.
3156     return NewVD->isPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope() ||
3157            (!OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() &&
3158             !NewVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod());
3159   } else {
3160     // If the old declaration was function-local, don't merge with its
3161     // type unless we're in the same function.
3162     return !OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() ||
3163            OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext() == NewVD->getLexicalDeclContext();
3164   }
3165 }
3166 
3167 /// MergeVarDecl - We just parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name
3168 /// and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'.  Figure out how to resolve this
3169 /// situation, merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate.
3170 ///
3171 /// Tentative definition rules (C99 6.9.2p2) are checked by
3172 /// FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. Unfortunately, we can't analyze tentative
3173 /// definitions here, since the initializer hasn't been attached.
3174 ///
3175 void Sema::MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous) {
3176   // If the new decl is already invalid, don't do any other checking.
3177   if (New->isInvalidDecl())
3178     return;
3179 
3180   VarTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = New->getDescribedVarTemplate();
3181 
3182   // Verify the old decl was also a variable or variable template.
3183   VarDecl *Old = nullptr;
3184   VarTemplateDecl *OldTemplate = nullptr;
3185   if (Previous.isSingleResult()) {
3186     if (NewTemplate) {
3187       OldTemplate = dyn_cast<VarTemplateDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl());
3188       Old = OldTemplate ? OldTemplate->getTemplatedDecl() : nullptr;
3189     } else
3190       Old = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl());
3191   }
3192   if (!Old) {
3193     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind)
3194       << New->getDeclName();
3195     Diag(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()->getLocation(),
3196          diag::note_previous_definition);
3197     return New->setInvalidDecl();
3198   }
3199 
3200   if (!shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Old, New))
3201     return;
3202 
3203   // Ensure the template parameters are compatible.
3204   if (NewTemplate &&
3205       !TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(NewTemplate->getTemplateParameters(),
3206                                       OldTemplate->getTemplateParameters(),
3207                                       /*Complain=*/true, TPL_TemplateMatch))
3208     return;
3209 
3210   // C++ [class.mem]p1:
3211   //   A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification [...]
3212   //
3213   // Here, we need only consider static data members.
3214   if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && !New->isOutOfLine()) {
3215     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_duplicate_member)
3216       << New->getIdentifier();
3217     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
3218     New->setInvalidDecl();
3219   }
3220 
3221   mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old);
3222   // Warn if an already-declared variable is made a weak_import in a subsequent
3223   // declaration
3224   if (New->hasAttr<WeakImportAttr>() &&
3225       Old->getStorageClass() == SC_None &&
3226       !Old->hasAttr<WeakImportAttr>()) {
3227     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_weak_import) << New->getDeclName();
3228     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
3229     // Remove weak_import attribute on new declaration.
3230     New->dropAttr<WeakImportAttr>();
3231   }
3232 
3233   // Merge the types.
3234   MergeVarDeclTypes(New, Old, mergeTypeWithPrevious(*this, New, Old, Previous));
3235 
3236   if (New->isInvalidDecl())
3237     return;
3238 
3239   diag::kind PrevDiag;
3240   SourceLocation OldLocation;
3241   std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) =
3242       getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New);
3243 
3244   // [dcl.stc]p8: Check if we have a non-static decl followed by a static.
3245   if (New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static &&
3246       !New->isStaticDataMember() &&
3247       Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage()) {
3248     if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) {
3249       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_static_non_static)
3250           << New->getDeclName();
3251       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3252     } else {
3253       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static)
3254           << New->getDeclName();
3255       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3256       return New->setInvalidDecl();
3257     }
3258   }
3259   // C99 6.2.2p4:
3260   //   For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier
3261   //   extern in a scope in which a prior declaration of that
3262   //   identifier is visible,23) if the prior declaration specifies
3263   //   internal or external linkage, the linkage of the identifier at
3264   //   the later declaration is the same as the linkage specified at
3265   //   the prior declaration. If no prior declaration is visible, or
3266   //   if the prior declaration specifies no linkage, then the
3267   //   identifier has external linkage.
3268   if (New->hasExternalStorage() && Old->hasLinkage())
3269     /* Okay */;
3270   else if (New->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() != SC_Static &&
3271            !New->isStaticDataMember() &&
3272            Old->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) {
3273     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_static_static) << New->getDeclName();
3274     Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3275     return New->setInvalidDecl();
3276   }
3277 
3278   // Check if extern is followed by non-extern and vice-versa.
3279   if (New->hasExternalStorage() &&
3280       !Old->hasLinkage() && Old->isLocalVarDecl()) {
3281     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_non_extern) << New->getDeclName();
3282     Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3283     return New->setInvalidDecl();
3284   }
3285   if (Old->hasLinkage() && New->isLocalVarDecl() &&
3286       !New->hasExternalStorage()) {
3287     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_extern_extern) << New->getDeclName();
3288     Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3289     return New->setInvalidDecl();
3290   }
3291 
3292   // Variables with external linkage are analyzed in FinalizeDeclaratorGroup.
3293 
3294   // FIXME: The test for external storage here seems wrong? We still
3295   // need to check for mismatches.
3296   if (!New->hasExternalStorage() && !New->isFileVarDecl() &&
3297       // Don't complain about out-of-line definitions of static members.
3298       !(Old->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() &&
3299         !New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) {
3300     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New->getDeclName();
3301     Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3302     return New->setInvalidDecl();
3303   }
3304 
3305   if (New->getTLSKind() != Old->getTLSKind()) {
3306     if (!Old->getTLSKind()) {
3307       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_non_thread) << New->getDeclName();
3308       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3309     } else if (!New->getTLSKind()) {
3310       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_thread_thread) << New->getDeclName();
3311       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3312     } else {
3313       // Do not allow redeclaration to change the variable between requiring
3314       // static and dynamic initialization.
3315       // FIXME: GCC allows this, but uses the TLS keyword on the first
3316       // declaration to determine the kind. Do we need to be compatible here?
3317       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_thread_different_kind)
3318         << New->getDeclName() << (New->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Dynamic);
3319       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3320     }
3321   }
3322 
3323   // C++ doesn't have tentative definitions, so go right ahead and check here.
3324   const VarDecl *Def;
3325   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
3326       New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::Definition &&
3327       (Def = Old->getDefinition())) {
3328     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New;
3329     Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
3330     New->setInvalidDecl();
3331     return;
3332   }
3333 
3334   if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) {
3335     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New;
3336     Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3337     New->setInvalidDecl();
3338     return;
3339   }
3340 
3341   // Merge "used" flag.
3342   if (Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isUsed(false))
3343     New->setIsUsed();
3344 
3345   // Keep a chain of previous declarations.
3346   New->setPreviousDecl(Old);
3347   if (NewTemplate)
3348     NewTemplate->setPreviousDecl(OldTemplate);
3349 
3350   // Inherit access appropriately.
3351   New->setAccess(Old->getAccess());
3352   if (NewTemplate)
3353     NewTemplate->setAccess(New->getAccess());
3354 }
3355 
3356 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with
3357 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed.
3358 Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
3359                                        DeclSpec &DS) {
3360   return ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(S, AS, DS, MultiTemplateParamsArg());
3361 }
3362 
3363 static void HandleTagNumbering(Sema &S, const TagDecl *Tag, Scope *TagScope) {
3364   if (!S.Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
3365     return;
3366 
3367   if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag->getParent())) {
3368     // If this tag is the direct child of a class, number it if
3369     // it is anonymous.
3370     if (!Tag->getName().empty() || Tag->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl())
3371       return;
3372     MangleNumberingContext &MCtx =
3373         S.Context.getManglingNumberContext(Tag->getParent());
3374     S.Context.setManglingNumber(
3375         Tag, MCtx.getManglingNumber(Tag, TagScope->getMSLocalManglingNumber()));
3376     return;
3377   }
3378 
3379   // If this tag isn't a direct child of a class, number it if it is local.
3380   Decl *ManglingContextDecl;
3381   if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx =
3382           S.getCurrentMangleNumberContext(Tag->getDeclContext(),
3383                                           ManglingContextDecl)) {
3384     S.Context.setManglingNumber(
3385         Tag,
3386         MCtx->getManglingNumber(Tag, TagScope->getMSLocalManglingNumber()));
3387   }
3388 }
3389 
3390 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with
3391 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. It also accepts template
3392 /// parameters to cope with template friend declarations.
3393 Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
3394                                        DeclSpec &DS,
3395                                        MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams,
3396                                        bool IsExplicitInstantiation) {
3397   Decl *TagD = nullptr;
3398   TagDecl *Tag = nullptr;
3399   if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class ||
3400       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct ||
3401       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface ||
3402       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union ||
3403       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_enum) {
3404     TagD = DS.getRepAsDecl();
3405 
3406     if (!TagD) // We probably had an error
3407       return nullptr;
3408 
3409     // Note that the above type specs guarantee that the
3410     // type rep is a Decl, whereas in many of the others
3411     // it's a Type.
3412     if (isa<TagDecl>(TagD))
3413       Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
3414     else if (ClassTemplateDecl *CTD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(TagD))
3415       Tag = CTD->getTemplatedDecl();
3416   }
3417 
3418   if (Tag) {
3419     HandleTagNumbering(*this, Tag, S);
3420     Tag->setFreeStanding();
3421     if (Tag->isInvalidDecl())
3422       return Tag;
3423   }
3424 
3425   if (unsigned TypeQuals = DS.getTypeQualifiers()) {
3426     // Enforce C99 6.7.3p2: "Types other than pointer types derived from object
3427     // or incomplete types shall not be restrict-qualified."
3428     if (TypeQuals & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict)
3429       Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(),
3430            diag::err_typecheck_invalid_restrict_not_pointer_noarg)
3431            << DS.getSourceRange();
3432   }
3433 
3434   if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) {
3435     // C++0x [dcl.constexpr]p1: constexpr can only be applied to declarations
3436     // and definitions of functions and variables.
3437     if (Tag)
3438       Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_tag)
3439         << (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 :
3440             DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 :
3441             DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface ? 2 :
3442             DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 3 : 4);
3443     else
3444       Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_no_declarators);
3445     // Don't emit warnings after this error.
3446     return TagD;
3447   }
3448 
3449   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS);
3450 
3451   if (DS.isFriendSpecified()) {
3452     // If we're dealing with a decl but not a TagDecl, assume that
3453     // whatever routines created it handled the friendship aspect.
3454     if (TagD && !Tag)
3455       return nullptr;
3456     return ActOnFriendTypeDecl(S, DS, TemplateParams);
3457   }
3458 
3459   CXXScopeSpec &SS = DS.getTypeSpecScope();
3460   bool IsExplicitSpecialization =
3461     !TemplateParams.empty() && TemplateParams.back()->size() == 0;
3462   if (Tag && SS.isNotEmpty() && !Tag->isCompleteDefinition() &&
3463       !IsExplicitInstantiation && !IsExplicitSpecialization) {
3464     // Per C++ [dcl.type.elab]p1, a class declaration cannot have a
3465     // nested-name-specifier unless it is an explicit instantiation
3466     // or an explicit specialization.
3467     // Per C++ [dcl.enum]p1, an opaque-enum-declaration can't either.
3468     Diag(SS.getBeginLoc(), diag::err_standalone_class_nested_name_specifier)
3469       << (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 :
3470           DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 :
3471           DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface ? 2 :
3472           DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 3 : 4)
3473       << SS.getRange();
3474     return nullptr;
3475   }
3476 
3477   // Track whether this decl-specifier declares anything.
3478   bool DeclaresAnything = true;
3479 
3480   // Handle anonymous struct definitions.
3481   if (RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag)) {
3482     if (!Record->getDeclName() && Record->isCompleteDefinition() &&
3483         DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) {
3484       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ||
3485           Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord())
3486         return BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(S, DS, AS, Record, Context.getPrintingPolicy());
3487 
3488       DeclaresAnything = false;
3489     }
3490   }
3491 
3492   // C11 6.7.2.1p2:
3493   //   A struct-declaration that does not declare an anonymous structure or
3494   //   anonymous union shall contain a struct-declarator-list.
3495   //
3496   // This rule also existed in C89 and C99; the grammar for struct-declaration
3497   // did not permit a struct-declaration without a struct-declarator-list.
3498   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && CurContext->isRecord() &&
3499       DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) {
3500     // Check for Microsoft C extension: anonymous struct/union member.
3501     // Handle 2 kinds of anonymous struct/union:
3502     //   struct STRUCT;
3503     //   union UNION;
3504     // and
3505     //   STRUCT_TYPE;  <- where STRUCT_TYPE is a typedef struct.
3506     //   UNION_TYPE;   <- where UNION_TYPE is a typedef union.
3507     if ((Tag && Tag->getDeclName()) ||
3508         DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typename) {
3509       RecordDecl *Record = nullptr;
3510       if (Tag)
3511         Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag);
3512       else if (const RecordType *RT =
3513                    DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsStructureType())
3514         Record = RT->getDecl();
3515       else if (const RecordType *UT = DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsUnionType())
3516         Record = UT->getDecl();
3517 
3518       if (Record && getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) {
3519         Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_ms_anonymous_record)
3520           << Record->isUnion() << DS.getSourceRange();
3521         return BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(S, DS, Record);
3522       }
3523 
3524       DeclaresAnything = false;
3525     }
3526   }
3527 
3528   // Skip all the checks below if we have a type error.
3529   if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_error ||
3530       (TagD && TagD->isInvalidDecl()))
3531     return TagD;
3532 
3533   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
3534       DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
3535     if (EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(Tag))
3536       if (Enum->enumerator_begin() == Enum->enumerator_end() &&
3537           !Enum->getIdentifier() && !Enum->isInvalidDecl())
3538         DeclaresAnything = false;
3539 
3540   if (!DS.isMissingDeclaratorOk()) {
3541     // Customize diagnostic for a typedef missing a name.
3542     if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
3543       Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_typedef_without_a_name)
3544         << DS.getSourceRange();
3545     else
3546       DeclaresAnything = false;
3547   }
3548 
3549   if (DS.isModulePrivateSpecified() &&
3550       Tag && Tag->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
3551     Diag(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc(), diag::err_module_private_local_class)
3552       << Tag->getTagKind()
3553       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
3554 
3555   ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD);
3556 
3557   // C 6.7/2:
3558   //   A declaration [...] shall declare at least a declarator [...], a tag,
3559   //   or the members of an enumeration.
3560   // C++ [dcl.dcl]p3:
3561   //   [If there are no declarators], and except for the declaration of an
3562   //   unnamed bit-field, the decl-specifier-seq shall introduce one or more
3563   //   names into the program, or shall redeclare a name introduced by a
3564   //   previous declaration.
3565   if (!DeclaresAnything) {
3566     // In C, we allow this as a (popular) extension / bug. Don't bother
3567     // producing further diagnostics for redundant qualifiers after this.
3568     Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_no_declarators) << DS.getSourceRange();
3569     return TagD;
3570   }
3571 
3572   // C++ [dcl.stc]p1:
3573   //   If a storage-class-specifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, [...] the
3574   //   init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty.
3575   // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p1:
3576   //   If a cv-qualifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, the
3577   //   init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty.
3578   //
3579   // Spurious qualifiers here appear to be valid in C.
3580   unsigned DiagID = diag::warn_standalone_specifier;
3581   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
3582     DiagID = diag::ext_standalone_specifier;
3583 
3584   // Note that a linkage-specification sets a storage class, but
3585   // 'extern "C" struct foo;' is actually valid and not theoretically
3586   // useless.
3587   if (DeclSpec::SCS SCS = DS.getStorageClassSpec()) {
3588     if (SCS == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable)
3589       // Since mutable is not a viable storage class specifier in C, there is
3590       // no reason to treat it as an extension. Instead, diagnose as an error.
3591       Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember);
3592     else if (!DS.isExternInLinkageSpec() && SCS != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
3593       Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID)
3594         << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(SCS);
3595   }
3596 
3597   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec())
3598     Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID)
3599       << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
3600   if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) {
3601     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const)
3602       Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "const";
3603     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile)
3604       Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "volatile";
3605     // Restrict is covered above.
3606     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic)
3607       Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "_Atomic";
3608   }
3609 
3610   // Warn about ignored type attributes, for example:
3611   // __attribute__((aligned)) struct A;
3612   // Attributes should be placed after tag to apply to type declaration.
3613   if (!DS.getAttributes().empty()) {
3614     DeclSpec::TST TypeSpecType = DS.getTypeSpecType();
3615     if (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class ||
3616         TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct ||
3617         TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_interface ||
3618         TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union ||
3619         TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_enum) {
3620       AttributeList* attrs = DS.getAttributes().getList();
3621       while (attrs) {
3622         Diag(attrs->getLoc(), diag::warn_declspec_attribute_ignored)
3623         << attrs->getName()
3624         << (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 :
3625             TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 :
3626             TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 2 :
3627             TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_interface ? 3 : 4);
3628         attrs = attrs->getNext();
3629       }
3630     }
3631   }
3632 
3633   return TagD;
3634 }
3635 
3636 /// We are trying to inject an anonymous member into the given scope;
3637 /// check if there's an existing declaration that can't be overloaded.
3638 ///
3639 /// \return true if this is a forbidden redeclaration
3640 static bool CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(Sema &SemaRef,
3641                                          Scope *S,
3642                                          DeclContext *Owner,
3643                                          DeclarationName Name,
3644                                          SourceLocation NameLoc,
3645                                          unsigned diagnostic) {
3646   LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupMemberName,
3647                  Sema::ForRedeclaration);
3648   if (!SemaRef.LookupName(R, S)) return false;
3649 
3650   if (R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>())
3651     return false;
3652 
3653   // Pick a representative declaration.
3654   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getRepresentativeDecl()->getUnderlyingDecl();
3655   assert(PrevDecl && "Expected a non-null Decl");
3656 
3657   if (!SemaRef.isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Owner, S))
3658     return false;
3659 
3660   SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diagnostic) << Name;
3661   SemaRef.Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
3662 
3663   return true;
3664 }
3665 
3666 /// InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers - Inject the members of the
3667 /// anonymous struct or union AnonRecord into the owning context Owner
3668 /// and scope S. This routine will be invoked just after we realize
3669 /// that an unnamed union or struct is actually an anonymous union or
3670 /// struct, e.g.,
3671 ///
3672 /// @code
3673 /// union {
3674 ///   int i;
3675 ///   float f;
3676 /// }; // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers called here to inject i and
3677 ///    // f into the surrounding scope.x
3678 /// @endcode
3679 ///
3680 /// This routine is recursive, injecting the names of nested anonymous
3681 /// structs/unions into the owning context and scope as well.
3682 static bool InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S,
3683                                          DeclContext *Owner,
3684                                          RecordDecl *AnonRecord,
3685                                          AccessSpecifier AS,
3686                                          SmallVectorImpl<NamedDecl *> &Chaining,
3687                                          bool MSAnonStruct) {
3688   unsigned diagKind
3689     = AnonRecord->isUnion() ? diag::err_anonymous_union_member_redecl
3690                             : diag::err_anonymous_struct_member_redecl;
3691 
3692   bool Invalid = false;
3693 
3694   // Look every FieldDecl and IndirectFieldDecl with a name.
3695   for (auto *D : AnonRecord->decls()) {
3696     if ((isa<FieldDecl>(D) || isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(D)) &&
3697         cast<NamedDecl>(D)->getDeclName()) {
3698       ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(D);
3699       if (CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(SemaRef, S, Owner, VD->getDeclName(),
3700                                        VD->getLocation(), diagKind)) {
3701         // C++ [class.union]p2:
3702         //   The names of the members of an anonymous union shall be
3703         //   distinct from the names of any other entity in the
3704         //   scope in which the anonymous union is declared.
3705         Invalid = true;
3706       } else {
3707         // C++ [class.union]p2:
3708         //   For the purpose of name lookup, after the anonymous union
3709         //   definition, the members of the anonymous union are
3710         //   considered to have been defined in the scope in which the
3711         //   anonymous union is declared.
3712         unsigned OldChainingSize = Chaining.size();
3713         if (IndirectFieldDecl *IF = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(VD))
3714           for (auto *PI : IF->chain())
3715             Chaining.push_back(PI);
3716         else
3717           Chaining.push_back(VD);
3718 
3719         assert(Chaining.size() >= 2);
3720         NamedDecl **NamedChain =
3721           new (SemaRef.Context)NamedDecl*[Chaining.size()];
3722         for (unsigned i = 0; i < Chaining.size(); i++)
3723           NamedChain[i] = Chaining[i];
3724 
3725         IndirectFieldDecl *IndirectField = IndirectFieldDecl::Create(
3726             SemaRef.Context, Owner, VD->getLocation(), VD->getIdentifier(),
3727             VD->getType(), NamedChain, Chaining.size());
3728 
3729         for (const auto *Attr : VD->attrs())
3730           IndirectField->addAttr(Attr->clone(SemaRef.Context));
3731 
3732         IndirectField->setAccess(AS);
3733         IndirectField->setImplicit();
3734         SemaRef.PushOnScopeChains(IndirectField, S);
3735 
3736         // That includes picking up the appropriate access specifier.
3737         if (AS != AS_none) IndirectField->setAccess(AS);
3738 
3739         Chaining.resize(OldChainingSize);
3740       }
3741     }
3742   }
3743 
3744   return Invalid;
3745 }
3746 
3747 /// StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to
3748 /// a VarDecl::StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller:
3749 /// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None.
3750 static StorageClass
3751 StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(const DeclSpec &DS) {
3752   DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec();
3753   assert(StorageClassSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef &&
3754          "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl.");
3755   switch (StorageClassSpec) {
3756   case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified:    return SC_None;
3757   case DeclSpec::SCS_extern:
3758     if (DS.isExternInLinkageSpec())
3759       return SC_None;
3760     return SC_Extern;
3761   case DeclSpec::SCS_static:         return SC_Static;
3762   case DeclSpec::SCS_auto:           return SC_Auto;
3763   case DeclSpec::SCS_register:       return SC_Register;
3764   case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern;
3765     // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller.
3766   case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable:        // Fall through.
3767   case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef:        return SC_None;
3768   }
3769   llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier");
3770 }
3771 
3772 static SourceLocation findDefaultInitializer(const CXXRecordDecl *Record) {
3773   assert(Record->hasInClassInitializer());
3774 
3775   for (const auto *I : Record->decls()) {
3776     const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(I);
3777     if (const auto *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(I))
3778       FD = IFD->getAnonField();
3779     if (FD && FD->hasInClassInitializer())
3780       return FD->getLocation();
3781   }
3782 
3783   llvm_unreachable("couldn't find in-class initializer");
3784 }
3785 
3786 static void checkDuplicateDefaultInit(Sema &S, CXXRecordDecl *Parent,
3787                                       SourceLocation DefaultInitLoc) {
3788   if (!Parent->isUnion() || !Parent->hasInClassInitializer())
3789     return;
3790 
3791   S.Diag(DefaultInitLoc, diag::err_multiple_mem_union_initialization);
3792   S.Diag(findDefaultInitializer(Parent), diag::note_previous_initializer) << 0;
3793 }
3794 
3795 static void checkDuplicateDefaultInit(Sema &S, CXXRecordDecl *Parent,
3796                                       CXXRecordDecl *AnonUnion) {
3797   if (!Parent->isUnion() || !Parent->hasInClassInitializer())
3798     return;
3799 
3800   checkDuplicateDefaultInit(S, Parent, findDefaultInitializer(AnonUnion));
3801 }
3802 
3803 /// BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion - Handle the declaration of an
3804 /// anonymous structure or union. Anonymous unions are a C++ feature
3805 /// (C++ [class.union]) and a C11 feature; anonymous structures
3806 /// are a C11 feature and GNU C++ extension.
3807 Decl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
3808                                         AccessSpecifier AS,
3809                                         RecordDecl *Record,
3810                                         const PrintingPolicy &Policy) {
3811   DeclContext *Owner = Record->getDeclContext();
3812 
3813   // Diagnose whether this anonymous struct/union is an extension.
3814   if (Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !getLangOpts().C11)
3815     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_union);
3816   else if (!Record->isUnion() && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
3817     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_gnu_anonymous_struct);
3818   else if (!Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().C11)
3819     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_c11_anonymous_struct);
3820 
3821   // C and C++ require different kinds of checks for anonymous
3822   // structs/unions.
3823   bool Invalid = false;
3824   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
3825     const char *PrevSpec = nullptr;
3826     unsigned DiagID;
3827     if (Record->isUnion()) {
3828       // C++ [class.union]p6:
3829       //   Anonymous unions declared in a named namespace or in the
3830       //   global namespace shall be declared static.
3831       if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static &&
3832           (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(Owner) ||
3833            (isa<NamespaceDecl>(Owner) &&
3834             cast<NamespaceDecl>(Owner)->getDeclName()))) {
3835         Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_union_not_static)
3836           << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Record->getLocation(), "static ");
3837 
3838         // Recover by adding 'static'.
3839         DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_static, SourceLocation(),
3840                                PrevSpec, DiagID, Policy);
3841       }
3842       // C++ [class.union]p6:
3843       //   A storage class is not allowed in a declaration of an
3844       //   anonymous union in a class scope.
3845       else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified &&
3846                isa<RecordDecl>(Owner)) {
3847         Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
3848              diag::err_anonymous_union_with_storage_spec)
3849           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc());
3850 
3851         // Recover by removing the storage specifier.
3852         DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified,
3853                                SourceLocation(),
3854                                PrevSpec, DiagID, Context.getPrintingPolicy());
3855       }
3856     }
3857 
3858     // Ignore const/volatile/restrict qualifiers.
3859     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) {
3860       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const)
3861         Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
3862           << Record->isUnion() << "const"
3863           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstSpecLoc());
3864       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile)
3865         Diag(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc(),
3866              diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
3867           << Record->isUnion() << "volatile"
3868           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc());
3869       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict)
3870         Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(),
3871              diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
3872           << Record->isUnion() << "restrict"
3873           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc());
3874       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic)
3875         Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(),
3876              diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
3877           << Record->isUnion() << "_Atomic"
3878           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc());
3879 
3880       DS.ClearTypeQualifiers();
3881     }
3882 
3883     // C++ [class.union]p2:
3884     //   The member-specification of an anonymous union shall only
3885     //   define non-static data members. [Note: nested types and
3886     //   functions cannot be declared within an anonymous union. ]
3887     for (auto *Mem : Record->decls()) {
3888       if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Mem)) {
3889         // C++ [class.union]p3:
3890         //   An anonymous union shall not have private or protected
3891         //   members (clause 11).
3892         assert(FD->getAccess() != AS_none);
3893         if (FD->getAccess() != AS_public) {
3894           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_nonpublic_member)
3895             << (int)Record->isUnion() << (int)(FD->getAccess() == AS_protected);
3896           Invalid = true;
3897         }
3898 
3899         // C++ [class.union]p1
3900         //   An object of a class with a non-trivial constructor, a non-trivial
3901         //   copy constructor, a non-trivial destructor, or a non-trivial copy
3902         //   assignment operator cannot be a member of a union, nor can an
3903         //   array of such objects.
3904         if (CheckNontrivialField(FD))
3905           Invalid = true;
3906       } else if (Mem->isImplicit()) {
3907         // Any implicit members are fine.
3908       } else if (isa<TagDecl>(Mem) && Mem->getDeclContext() != Record) {
3909         // This is a type that showed up in an
3910         // elaborated-type-specifier inside the anonymous struct or
3911         // union, but which actually declares a type outside of the
3912         // anonymous struct or union. It's okay.
3913       } else if (auto *MemRecord = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Mem)) {
3914         if (!MemRecord->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() &&
3915             MemRecord->getDeclName()) {
3916           // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union.
3917           if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)
3918             Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type)
3919               << (int)Record->isUnion();
3920           else {
3921             // This is a nested type declaration.
3922             Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type)
3923               << (int)Record->isUnion();
3924             Invalid = true;
3925           }
3926         } else {
3927           // This is an anonymous type definition within another anonymous type.
3928           // This is a popular extension, provided by Plan9, MSVC and GCC, but
3929           // not part of standard C++.
3930           Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(),
3931                diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_anonymous_type)
3932             << (int)Record->isUnion();
3933         }
3934       } else if (isa<AccessSpecDecl>(Mem)) {
3935         // Any access specifier is fine.
3936       } else if (isa<StaticAssertDecl>(Mem)) {
3937         // In C++1z, static_assert declarations are also fine.
3938       } else {
3939         // We have something that isn't a non-static data
3940         // member. Complain about it.
3941         unsigned DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_bad_member;
3942         if (isa<TypeDecl>(Mem))
3943           DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type;
3944         else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Mem))
3945           DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_function;
3946         else if (isa<VarDecl>(Mem))
3947           DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_static;
3948 
3949         // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union.
3950         if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt &&
3951             DK == diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type)
3952           Diag(Mem->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type)
3953             << (int)Record->isUnion();
3954         else {
3955           Diag(Mem->getLocation(), DK)
3956               << (int)Record->isUnion();
3957           Invalid = true;
3958         }
3959       }
3960     }
3961 
3962     // C++11 [class.union]p8 (DR1460):
3963     //   At most one variant member of a union may have a
3964     //   brace-or-equal-initializer.
3965     if (cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)->hasInClassInitializer() &&
3966         Owner->isRecord())
3967       checkDuplicateDefaultInit(*this, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Owner),
3968                                 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record));
3969   }
3970 
3971   if (!Record->isUnion() && !Owner->isRecord()) {
3972     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_struct_not_member)
3973       << (int)getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
3974     Invalid = true;
3975   }
3976 
3977   // Mock up a declarator.
3978   Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::MemberContext);
3979   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S);
3980   assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct/union");
3981 
3982   // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct/union.
3983   NamedDecl *Anon = nullptr;
3984   if (RecordDecl *OwningClass = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Owner)) {
3985     Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, OwningClass,
3986                              DS.getLocStart(),
3987                              Record->getLocation(),
3988                              /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr,
3989                              Context.getTypeDeclType(Record),
3990                              TInfo,
3991                              /*BitWidth=*/nullptr, /*Mutable=*/false,
3992                              /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit);
3993     Anon->setAccess(AS);
3994     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
3995       FieldCollector->Add(cast<FieldDecl>(Anon));
3996   } else {
3997     DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec();
3998     StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(DS);
3999     if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) {
4000       // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always
4001       // an error here
4002       Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember);
4003       Invalid = true;
4004       SC = SC_None;
4005     }
4006 
4007     Anon = VarDecl::Create(Context, Owner,
4008                            DS.getLocStart(),
4009                            Record->getLocation(), /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr,
4010                            Context.getTypeDeclType(Record),
4011                            TInfo, SC);
4012 
4013     // Default-initialize the implicit variable. This initialization will be
4014     // trivial in almost all cases, except if a union member has an in-class
4015     // initializer:
4016     //   union { int n = 0; };
4017     ActOnUninitializedDecl(Anon, /*TypeMayContainAuto=*/false);
4018   }
4019   Anon->setImplicit();
4020 
4021   // Mark this as an anonymous struct/union type.
4022   Record->setAnonymousStructOrUnion(true);
4023 
4024   // Add the anonymous struct/union object to the current
4025   // context. We'll be referencing this object when we refer to one of
4026   // its members.
4027   Owner->addDecl(Anon);
4028 
4029   // Inject the members of the anonymous struct/union into the owning
4030   // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup
4031   // purposes.
4032   SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain;
4033   Chain.push_back(Anon);
4034 
4035   if (InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, Owner, Record, AS,
4036                                           Chain, false))
4037     Invalid = true;
4038 
4039   if (VarDecl *NewVD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Anon)) {
4040     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) {
4041       Decl *ManglingContextDecl;
4042       if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx =
4043               getCurrentMangleNumberContext(NewVD->getDeclContext(),
4044                                             ManglingContextDecl)) {
4045         Context.setManglingNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getManglingNumber(NewVD, S->getMSLocalManglingNumber()));
4046         Context.setStaticLocalNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getStaticLocalNumber(NewVD));
4047       }
4048     }
4049   }
4050 
4051   if (Invalid)
4052     Anon->setInvalidDecl();
4053 
4054   return Anon;
4055 }
4056 
4057 /// BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct - Handle the declaration of an
4058 /// Microsoft C anonymous structure.
4059 /// Ref: http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/z2cx9y4f.aspx
4060 /// Example:
4061 ///
4062 /// struct A { int a; };
4063 /// struct B { struct A; int b; };
4064 ///
4065 /// void foo() {
4066 ///   B var;
4067 ///   var.a = 3;
4068 /// }
4069 ///
4070 Decl *Sema::BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
4071                                            RecordDecl *Record) {
4072   assert(Record && "expected a record!");
4073 
4074   // Mock up a declarator.
4075   Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::TypeNameContext);
4076   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S);
4077   assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct");
4078 
4079   auto *ParentDecl = cast<RecordDecl>(CurContext);
4080   QualType RecTy = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record);
4081 
4082   // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct.
4083   NamedDecl *Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context,
4084                              ParentDecl,
4085                              DS.getLocStart(),
4086                              DS.getLocStart(),
4087                              /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr,
4088                              RecTy,
4089                              TInfo,
4090                              /*BitWidth=*/nullptr, /*Mutable=*/false,
4091                              /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit);
4092   Anon->setImplicit();
4093 
4094   // Add the anonymous struct object to the current context.
4095   CurContext->addDecl(Anon);
4096 
4097   // Inject the members of the anonymous struct into the current
4098   // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup
4099   // purposes.
4100   SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain;
4101   Chain.push_back(Anon);
4102 
4103   RecordDecl *RecordDef = Record->getDefinition();
4104   if (RequireCompleteType(Anon->getLocation(), RecTy,
4105                           diag::err_field_incomplete) ||
4106       InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, CurContext, RecordDef,
4107                                           AS_none, Chain, true)) {
4108     Anon->setInvalidDecl();
4109     ParentDecl->setInvalidDecl();
4110   }
4111 
4112   return Anon;
4113 }
4114 
4115 /// GetNameForDeclarator - Determine the full declaration name for the
4116 /// given Declarator.
4117 DeclarationNameInfo Sema::GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D) {
4118   return GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(D.getName());
4119 }
4120 
4121 /// \brief Retrieves the declaration name from a parsed unqualified-id.
4122 DeclarationNameInfo
4123 Sema::GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name) {
4124   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo;
4125   NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
4126 
4127   switch (Name.getKind()) {
4128 
4129   case UnqualifiedId::IK_ImplicitSelfParam:
4130   case UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier:
4131     NameInfo.setName(Name.Identifier);
4132     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
4133     return NameInfo;
4134 
4135   case UnqualifiedId::IK_OperatorFunctionId:
4136     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(
4137                                            Name.OperatorFunctionId.Operator));
4138     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
4139     NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc
4140       = Name.OperatorFunctionId.SymbolLocations[0];
4141     NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc
4142       = Name.EndLocation.getRawEncoding();
4143     return NameInfo;
4144 
4145   case UnqualifiedId::IK_LiteralOperatorId:
4146     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXLiteralOperatorName(
4147                                                            Name.Identifier));
4148     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
4149     NameInfo.setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(Name.EndLocation);
4150     return NameInfo;
4151 
4152   case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConversionFunctionId: {
4153     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
4154     QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConversionFunctionId, &TInfo);
4155     if (Ty.isNull())
4156       return DeclarationNameInfo();
4157     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConversionFunctionName(
4158                                                Context.getCanonicalType(Ty)));
4159     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
4160     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo);
4161     return NameInfo;
4162   }
4163 
4164   case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorName: {
4165     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
4166     QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConstructorName, &TInfo);
4167     if (Ty.isNull())
4168       return DeclarationNameInfo();
4169     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName(
4170                                               Context.getCanonicalType(Ty)));
4171     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
4172     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo);
4173     return NameInfo;
4174   }
4175 
4176   case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorTemplateId: {
4177     // In well-formed code, we can only have a constructor
4178     // template-id that refers to the current context, so go there
4179     // to find the actual type being constructed.
4180     CXXRecordDecl *CurClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext);
4181     if (!CurClass || CurClass->getIdentifier() != Name.TemplateId->Name)
4182       return DeclarationNameInfo();
4183 
4184     // Determine the type of the class being constructed.
4185     QualType CurClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(CurClass);
4186 
4187     // FIXME: Check two things: that the template-id names the same type as
4188     // CurClassType, and that the template-id does not occur when the name
4189     // was qualified.
4190 
4191     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName(
4192                                     Context.getCanonicalType(CurClassType)));
4193     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
4194     // FIXME: should we retrieve TypeSourceInfo?
4195     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(nullptr);
4196     return NameInfo;
4197   }
4198 
4199   case UnqualifiedId::IK_DestructorName: {
4200     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
4201     QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.DestructorName, &TInfo);
4202     if (Ty.isNull())
4203       return DeclarationNameInfo();
4204     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(
4205                                               Context.getCanonicalType(Ty)));
4206     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
4207     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo);
4208     return NameInfo;
4209   }
4210 
4211   case UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId: {
4212     TemplateName TName = Name.TemplateId->Template.get();
4213     SourceLocation TNameLoc = Name.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc;
4214     return Context.getNameForTemplate(TName, TNameLoc);
4215   }
4216 
4217   } // switch (Name.getKind())
4218 
4219   llvm_unreachable("Unknown name kind");
4220 }
4221 
4222 static QualType getCoreType(QualType Ty) {
4223   do {
4224     if (Ty->isPointerType() || Ty->isReferenceType())
4225       Ty = Ty->getPointeeType();
4226     else if (Ty->isArrayType())
4227       Ty = Ty->castAsArrayTypeUnsafe()->getElementType();
4228     else
4229       return Ty.withoutLocalFastQualifiers();
4230   } while (true);
4231 }
4232 
4233 /// hasSimilarParameters - Determine whether the C++ functions Declaration
4234 /// and Definition have "nearly" matching parameters. This heuristic is
4235 /// used to improve diagnostics in the case where an out-of-line function
4236 /// definition doesn't match any declaration within the class or namespace.
4237 /// Also sets Params to the list of indices to the parameters that differ
4238 /// between the declaration and the definition. If hasSimilarParameters
4239 /// returns true and Params is empty, then all of the parameters match.
4240 static bool hasSimilarParameters(ASTContext &Context,
4241                                      FunctionDecl *Declaration,
4242                                      FunctionDecl *Definition,
4243                                      SmallVectorImpl<unsigned> &Params) {
4244   Params.clear();
4245   if (Declaration->param_size() != Definition->param_size())
4246     return false;
4247   for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < Declaration->param_size(); ++Idx) {
4248     QualType DeclParamTy = Declaration->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType();
4249     QualType DefParamTy = Definition->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType();
4250 
4251     // The parameter types are identical
4252     if (Context.hasSameType(DefParamTy, DeclParamTy))
4253       continue;
4254 
4255     QualType DeclParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DeclParamTy);
4256     QualType DefParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DefParamTy);
4257     const IdentifierInfo *DeclTyName = DeclParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier();
4258     const IdentifierInfo *DefTyName = DefParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier();
4259 
4260     if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DeclParamBaseTy, DefParamBaseTy) ||
4261         (DeclTyName && DeclTyName == DefTyName))
4262       Params.push_back(Idx);
4263     else  // The two parameters aren't even close
4264       return false;
4265   }
4266 
4267   return true;
4268 }
4269 
4270 /// NeedsRebuildingInCurrentInstantiation - Checks whether the given
4271 /// declarator needs to be rebuilt in the current instantiation.
4272 /// Any bits of declarator which appear before the name are valid for
4273 /// consideration here.  That's specifically the type in the decl spec
4274 /// and the base type in any member-pointer chunks.
4275 static bool RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(Sema &S, Declarator &D,
4276                                                     DeclarationName Name) {
4277   // The types we specifically need to rebuild are:
4278   //   - typenames, typeofs, and decltypes
4279   //   - types which will become injected class names
4280   // Of course, we also need to rebuild any type referencing such a
4281   // type.  It's safest to just say "dependent", but we call out a
4282   // few cases here.
4283 
4284   DeclSpec &DS = D.getMutableDeclSpec();
4285   switch (DS.getTypeSpecType()) {
4286   case DeclSpec::TST_typename:
4287   case DeclSpec::TST_typeofType:
4288   case DeclSpec::TST_underlyingType:
4289   case DeclSpec::TST_atomic: {
4290     // Grab the type from the parser.
4291     TypeSourceInfo *TSI = nullptr;
4292     QualType T = S.GetTypeFromParser(DS.getRepAsType(), &TSI);
4293     if (T.isNull() || !T->isDependentType()) break;
4294 
4295     // Make sure there's a type source info.  This isn't really much
4296     // of a waste; most dependent types should have type source info
4297     // attached already.
4298     if (!TSI)
4299       TSI = S.Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc());
4300 
4301     // Rebuild the type in the current instantiation.
4302     TSI = S.RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TSI, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name);
4303     if (!TSI) return true;
4304 
4305     // Store the new type back in the decl spec.
4306     ParsedType LocType = S.CreateParsedType(TSI->getType(), TSI);
4307     DS.UpdateTypeRep(LocType);
4308     break;
4309   }
4310 
4311   case DeclSpec::TST_decltype:
4312   case DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr: {
4313     Expr *E = DS.getRepAsExpr();
4314     ExprResult Result = S.RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(E);
4315     if (Result.isInvalid()) return true;
4316     DS.UpdateExprRep(Result.get());
4317     break;
4318   }
4319 
4320   default:
4321     // Nothing to do for these decl specs.
4322     break;
4323   }
4324 
4325   // It doesn't matter what order we do this in.
4326   for (unsigned I = 0, E = D.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) {
4327     DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(I);
4328 
4329     // The only type information in the declarator which can come
4330     // before the declaration name is the base type of a member
4331     // pointer.
4332     if (Chunk.Kind != DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer)
4333       continue;
4334 
4335     // Rebuild the scope specifier in-place.
4336     CXXScopeSpec &SS = Chunk.Mem.Scope();
4337     if (S.RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(SS))
4338       return true;
4339   }
4340 
4341   return false;
4342 }
4343 
4344 Decl *Sema::ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) {
4345   D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Declaration);
4346   Decl *Dcl = HandleDeclarator(S, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg());
4347 
4348   if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer() &&
4349       Dcl && Dcl->getDeclContext()->isFileContext())
4350     Dcl->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer();
4351 
4352   return Dcl;
4353 }
4354 
4355 /// DiagnoseClassNameShadow - Implement C++ [class.mem]p13:
4356 ///   If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a
4357 ///   name different from T:
4358 ///     - every static data member of class T;
4359 ///     - every member function of class T
4360 ///     - every member of class T that is itself a type;
4361 /// \returns true if the declaration name violates these rules.
4362 bool Sema::DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC,
4363                                    DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo) {
4364   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
4365 
4366   if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))
4367     if (Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getDeclName() == Name) {
4368       Diag(NameInfo.getLoc(), diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Name;
4369       return true;
4370     }
4371 
4372   return false;
4373 }
4374 
4375 /// \brief Diagnose a declaration whose declarator-id has the given
4376 /// nested-name-specifier.
4377 ///
4378 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id.
4379 ///
4380 /// \param DC The declaration context to which the nested-name-specifier
4381 /// resolves.
4382 ///
4383 /// \param Name The name of the entity being declared.
4384 ///
4385 /// \param Loc The location of the name of the entity being declared.
4386 ///
4387 /// \returns true if we cannot safely recover from this error, false otherwise.
4388 bool Sema::diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC,
4389                                         DeclarationName Name,
4390                                         SourceLocation Loc) {
4391   DeclContext *Cur = CurContext;
4392   while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(Cur) || isa<CapturedDecl>(Cur))
4393     Cur = Cur->getParent();
4394 
4395   // If the user provided a superfluous scope specifier that refers back to the
4396   // class in which the entity is already declared, diagnose and ignore it.
4397   //
4398   // class X {
4399   //   void X::f();
4400   // };
4401   //
4402   // Note, it was once ill-formed to give redundant qualification in all
4403   // contexts, but that rule was removed by DR482.
4404   if (Cur->Equals(DC)) {
4405     if (Cur->isRecord()) {
4406       Diag(Loc, LangOpts.MicrosoftExt ? diag::warn_member_extra_qualification
4407                                       : diag::err_member_extra_qualification)
4408         << Name << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(SS.getRange());
4409       SS.clear();
4410     } else {
4411       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_namespace_member_extra_qualification) << Name;
4412     }
4413     return false;
4414   }
4415 
4416   // Check whether the qualifying scope encloses the scope of the original
4417   // declaration.
4418   if (!Cur->Encloses(DC)) {
4419     if (Cur->isRecord())
4420       Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification)
4421         << Name << SS.getRange();
4422     else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC))
4423       Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_global_scope)
4424         << Name << SS.getRange();
4425     else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Cur))
4426       Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_function)
4427         << Name << SS.getRange();
4428     else if (isa<BlockDecl>(Cur))
4429       Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_block)
4430         << Name << SS.getRange();
4431     else
4432       Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_scope)
4433       << Name << cast<NamedDecl>(Cur) << cast<NamedDecl>(DC) << SS.getRange();
4434 
4435     return true;
4436   }
4437 
4438   if (Cur->isRecord()) {
4439     // Cannot qualify members within a class.
4440     Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification)
4441       << Name << SS.getRange();
4442     SS.clear();
4443 
4444     // C++ constructors and destructors with incorrect scopes can break
4445     // our AST invariants by having the wrong underlying types. If
4446     // that's the case, then drop this declaration entirely.
4447     if ((Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName ||
4448          Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) &&
4449         !Context.hasSameType(Name.getCXXNameType(),
4450                              Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Cur))))
4451       return true;
4452 
4453     return false;
4454   }
4455 
4456   // C++11 [dcl.meaning]p1:
4457   //   [...] "The nested-name-specifier of the qualified declarator-id shall
4458   //   not begin with a decltype-specifer"
4459   NestedNameSpecifierLoc SpecLoc(SS.getScopeRep(), SS.location_data());
4460   while (SpecLoc.getPrefix())
4461     SpecLoc = SpecLoc.getPrefix();
4462   if (dyn_cast_or_null<DecltypeType>(
4463         SpecLoc.getNestedNameSpecifier()->getAsType()))
4464     Diag(Loc, diag::err_decltype_in_declarator)
4465       << SpecLoc.getTypeLoc().getSourceRange();
4466 
4467   return false;
4468 }
4469 
4470 NamedDecl *Sema::HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
4471                                   MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists) {
4472   // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic.
4473   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D);
4474   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
4475 
4476   // All of these full declarators require an identifier.  If it doesn't have
4477   // one, the ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec action should be used.
4478   if (!Name) {
4479     if (!D.isInvalidType())  // Reject this if we think it is valid.
4480       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(),
4481            diag::err_declarator_need_ident)
4482         << D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange() << D.getSourceRange();
4483     return nullptr;
4484   } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(NameInfo, UPPC_DeclarationType))
4485     return nullptr;
4486 
4487   // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope.  Zip up the scope tree until
4488   // we find one that is.
4489   while ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0 ||
4490          (S->getFlags() & Scope::TemplateParamScope) != 0)
4491     S = S->getParent();
4492 
4493   DeclContext *DC = CurContext;
4494   if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isInvalid())
4495     D.setInvalidType();
4496   else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
4497     if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getCXXScopeSpec(),
4498                                         UPPC_DeclarationQualifier))
4499       return nullptr;
4500 
4501     bool EnteringContext = !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified();
4502     DC = computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), EnteringContext);
4503     if (!DC || isa<EnumDecl>(DC)) {
4504       // If we could not compute the declaration context, it's because the
4505       // declaration context is dependent but does not refer to a class,
4506       // class template, or class template partial specialization. Complain
4507       // and return early, to avoid the coming semantic disaster.
4508       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
4509            diag::err_template_qualified_declarator_no_match)
4510         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()
4511         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
4512       return nullptr;
4513     }
4514     bool IsDependentContext = DC->isDependentContext();
4515 
4516     if (!IsDependentContext &&
4517         RequireCompleteDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC))
4518       return nullptr;
4519 
4520     if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC) && !cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->hasDefinition()) {
4521       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
4522            diag::err_member_def_undefined_record)
4523         << Name << DC << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
4524       D.setInvalidType();
4525     } else if (!D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) {
4526       if (diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC,
4527                                       Name, D.getIdentifierLoc())) {
4528         if (DC->isRecord())
4529           return nullptr;
4530 
4531         D.setInvalidType();
4532       }
4533     }
4534 
4535     // Check whether we need to rebuild the type of the given
4536     // declaration in the current instantiation.
4537     if (EnteringContext && IsDependentContext &&
4538         TemplateParamLists.size() != 0) {
4539       ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC);
4540       if (RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(*this, D, Name))
4541         D.setInvalidType();
4542     }
4543   }
4544 
4545   if (DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DC, NameInfo))
4546     // If this is a typedef, we'll end up spewing multiple diagnostics.
4547     // Just return early; it's safer.
4548     if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
4549       return nullptr;
4550 
4551   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
4552   QualType R = TInfo->getType();
4553 
4554   if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo,
4555                                       UPPC_DeclarationType))
4556     D.setInvalidType();
4557 
4558   LookupResult Previous(*this, NameInfo, LookupOrdinaryName,
4559                         ForRedeclaration);
4560 
4561   // See if this is a redefinition of a variable in the same scope.
4562   if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
4563     bool IsLinkageLookup = false;
4564     bool CreateBuiltins = false;
4565 
4566     // If the declaration we're planning to build will be a function
4567     // or object with linkage, then look for another declaration with
4568     // linkage (C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6).
4569     //
4570     // If the declaration we're planning to build will be declared with
4571     // external linkage in the translation unit, create any builtin with
4572     // the same name.
4573     if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
4574       /* Do nothing*/;
4575     else if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() &&
4576              (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_extern ||
4577               R->isFunctionType())) {
4578       IsLinkageLookup = true;
4579       CreateBuiltins =
4580           CurContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext()->isTranslationUnit();
4581     } else if (CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() &&
4582                D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static)
4583       CreateBuiltins = true;
4584 
4585     if (IsLinkageLookup)
4586       Previous.clear(LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage);
4587 
4588     LookupName(Previous, S, CreateBuiltins);
4589   } else { // Something like "int foo::x;"
4590     LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC);
4591 
4592     // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1:
4593     //   When the declarator-id is qualified, the declaration shall refer to a
4594     //  previously declared member of the class or namespace to which the
4595     //  qualifier refers (or, in the case of a namespace, of an element of the
4596     //  inline namespace set of that namespace (7.3.1)) or to a specialization
4597     //  thereof; [...]
4598     //
4599     // Note that we already checked the context above, and that we do not have
4600     // enough information to make sure that Previous contains the declaration
4601     // we want to match. For example, given:
4602     //
4603     //   class X {
4604     //     void f();
4605     //     void f(float);
4606     //   };
4607     //
4608     //   void X::f(int) { } // ill-formed
4609     //
4610     // In this case, Previous will point to the overload set
4611     // containing the two f's declared in X, but neither of them
4612     // matches.
4613 
4614     // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1:
4615     //   [...] the member shall not merely have been introduced by a
4616     //   using-declaration in the scope of the class or namespace nominated by
4617     //   the nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id.
4618     RemoveUsingDecls(Previous);
4619   }
4620 
4621   if (Previous.isSingleResult() &&
4622       Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) {
4623     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
4624     if (!D.isInvalidType())
4625       DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
4626                                       Previous.getFoundDecl());
4627 
4628     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
4629     Previous.clear();
4630   }
4631 
4632   // In C++, the previous declaration we find might be a tag type
4633   // (class or enum). In this case, the new declaration will hide the
4634   // tag type. Note that this does does not apply if we're declaring a
4635   // typedef (C++ [dcl.typedef]p4).
4636   if (Previous.isSingleTagDecl() &&
4637       D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
4638     Previous.clear();
4639 
4640   // Check that there are no default arguments other than in the parameters
4641   // of a function declaration (C++ only).
4642   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
4643     CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D);
4644 
4645   NamedDecl *New;
4646 
4647   bool AddToScope = true;
4648   if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) {
4649     if (TemplateParamLists.size()) {
4650       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_typedef);
4651       return nullptr;
4652     }
4653 
4654     New = ActOnTypedefDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous);
4655   } else if (R->isFunctionType()) {
4656     New = ActOnFunctionDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous,
4657                                   TemplateParamLists,
4658                                   AddToScope);
4659   } else {
4660     New = ActOnVariableDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, TemplateParamLists,
4661                                   AddToScope);
4662   }
4663 
4664   if (!New)
4665     return nullptr;
4666 
4667   // If this has an identifier and is not an invalid redeclaration or
4668   // function template specialization, add it to the scope stack.
4669   if (New->getDeclName() && AddToScope &&
4670        !(D.isRedeclaration() && New->isInvalidDecl())) {
4671     // Only make a locally-scoped extern declaration visible if it is the first
4672     // declaration of this entity. Qualified lookup for such an entity should
4673     // only find this declaration if there is no visible declaration of it.
4674     bool AddToContext = !D.isRedeclaration() || !New->isLocalExternDecl();
4675     PushOnScopeChains(New, S, AddToContext);
4676     if (!AddToContext)
4677       CurContext->addHiddenDecl(New);
4678   }
4679 
4680   return New;
4681 }
4682 
4683 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array
4684 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for
4685 /// GCC compatibility).
4686 static QualType TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(QualType T,
4687                                                     ASTContext &Context,
4688                                                     bool &SizeIsNegative,
4689                                                     llvm::APSInt &Oversized) {
4690   // This method tries to turn a variable array into a constant
4691   // array even when the size isn't an ICE.  This is necessary
4692   // for compatibility with code that depends on gcc's buggy
4693   // constant expression folding, like struct {char x[(int)(char*)2];}
4694   SizeIsNegative = false;
4695   Oversized = 0;
4696 
4697   if (T->isDependentType())
4698     return QualType();
4699 
4700   QualifierCollector Qs;
4701   const Type *Ty = Qs.strip(T);
4702 
4703   if (const PointerType* PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(Ty)) {
4704     QualType Pointee = PTy->getPointeeType();
4705     QualType FixedType =
4706         TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Pointee, Context, SizeIsNegative,
4707                                             Oversized);
4708     if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType;
4709     FixedType = Context.getPointerType(FixedType);
4710     return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType);
4711   }
4712   if (const ParenType* PTy = dyn_cast<ParenType>(Ty)) {
4713     QualType Inner = PTy->getInnerType();
4714     QualType FixedType =
4715         TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Inner, Context, SizeIsNegative,
4716                                             Oversized);
4717     if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType;
4718     FixedType = Context.getParenType(FixedType);
4719     return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType);
4720   }
4721 
4722   const VariableArrayType* VLATy = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(T);
4723   if (!VLATy)
4724     return QualType();
4725   // FIXME: We should probably handle this case
4726   if (VLATy->getElementType()->isVariablyModifiedType())
4727     return QualType();
4728 
4729   llvm::APSInt Res;
4730   if (!VLATy->getSizeExpr() ||
4731       !VLATy->getSizeExpr()->EvaluateAsInt(Res, Context))
4732     return QualType();
4733 
4734   // Check whether the array size is negative.
4735   if (Res.isSigned() && Res.isNegative()) {
4736     SizeIsNegative = true;
4737     return QualType();
4738   }
4739 
4740   // Check whether the array is too large to be addressed.
4741   unsigned ActiveSizeBits
4742     = ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(Context, VLATy->getElementType(),
4743                                               Res);
4744   if (ActiveSizeBits > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context)) {
4745     Oversized = Res;
4746     return QualType();
4747   }
4748 
4749   return Context.getConstantArrayType(VLATy->getElementType(),
4750                                       Res, ArrayType::Normal, 0);
4751 }
4752 
4753 static void
4754 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TypeLoc SrcTL, TypeLoc DstTL) {
4755   if (PointerTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<PointerTypeLoc>()) {
4756     PointerTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<PointerTypeLoc>();
4757     FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getPointeeLoc(),
4758                                       DstPTL.getPointeeLoc());
4759     DstPTL.setStarLoc(SrcPTL.getStarLoc());
4760     return;
4761   }
4762   if (ParenTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<ParenTypeLoc>()) {
4763     ParenTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<ParenTypeLoc>();
4764     FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getInnerLoc(),
4765                                       DstPTL.getInnerLoc());
4766     DstPTL.setLParenLoc(SrcPTL.getLParenLoc());
4767     DstPTL.setRParenLoc(SrcPTL.getRParenLoc());
4768     return;
4769   }
4770   ArrayTypeLoc SrcATL = SrcTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>();
4771   ArrayTypeLoc DstATL = DstTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>();
4772   TypeLoc SrcElemTL = SrcATL.getElementLoc();
4773   TypeLoc DstElemTL = DstATL.getElementLoc();
4774   DstElemTL.initializeFullCopy(SrcElemTL);
4775   DstATL.setLBracketLoc(SrcATL.getLBracketLoc());
4776   DstATL.setSizeExpr(SrcATL.getSizeExpr());
4777   DstATL.setRBracketLoc(SrcATL.getRBracketLoc());
4778 }
4779 
4780 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array
4781 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for
4782 /// GCC compatibility).
4783 static TypeSourceInfo*
4784 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
4785                                               ASTContext &Context,
4786                                               bool &SizeIsNegative,
4787                                               llvm::APSInt &Oversized) {
4788   QualType FixedTy
4789     = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(TInfo->getType(), Context,
4790                                           SizeIsNegative, Oversized);
4791   if (FixedTy.isNull())
4792     return nullptr;
4793   TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(FixedTy);
4794   FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TInfo->getTypeLoc(),
4795                                     FixedTInfo->getTypeLoc());
4796   return FixedTInfo;
4797 }
4798 
4799 /// \brief Register the given locally-scoped extern "C" declaration so
4800 /// that it can be found later for redeclarations. We include any extern "C"
4801 /// declaration that is not visible in the translation unit here, not just
4802 /// function-scope declarations.
4803 void
4804 Sema::RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S) {
4805   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
4806       ND->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit())
4807     // Don't need to track declarations in the TU in C.
4808     return;
4809 
4810   // Note that we have a locally-scoped external with this name.
4811   // FIXME: There can be multiple such declarations if they are functions marked
4812   // __attribute__((overloadable)) declared in function scope in C.
4813   LocallyScopedExternCDecls[ND->getDeclName()] = ND;
4814 }
4815 
4816 NamedDecl *Sema::findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(DeclarationName Name) {
4817   if (ExternalSource) {
4818     // Load locally-scoped external decls from the external source.
4819     // FIXME: This is inefficient. Maybe add a DeclContext for extern "C" decls?
4820     SmallVector<NamedDecl *, 4> Decls;
4821     ExternalSource->ReadLocallyScopedExternCDecls(Decls);
4822     for (unsigned I = 0, N = Decls.size(); I != N; ++I) {
4823       llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos
4824         = LocallyScopedExternCDecls.find(Decls[I]->getDeclName());
4825       if (Pos == LocallyScopedExternCDecls.end())
4826         LocallyScopedExternCDecls[Decls[I]->getDeclName()] = Decls[I];
4827     }
4828   }
4829 
4830   NamedDecl *D = LocallyScopedExternCDecls.lookup(Name);
4831   return D ? D->getMostRecentDecl() : nullptr;
4832 }
4833 
4834 /// \brief Diagnose function specifiers on a declaration of an identifier that
4835 /// does not identify a function.
4836 void Sema::DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(const DeclSpec &DS) {
4837   // FIXME: We should probably indicate the identifier in question to avoid
4838   // confusion for constructs like "inline int a(), b;"
4839   if (DS.isInlineSpecified())
4840     Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(),
4841          diag::err_inline_non_function);
4842 
4843   if (DS.isVirtualSpecified())
4844     Diag(DS.getVirtualSpecLoc(),
4845          diag::err_virtual_non_function);
4846 
4847   if (DS.isExplicitSpecified())
4848     Diag(DS.getExplicitSpecLoc(),
4849          diag::err_explicit_non_function);
4850 
4851   if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified())
4852     Diag(DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc(),
4853          diag::err_noreturn_non_function);
4854 }
4855 
4856 NamedDecl*
4857 Sema::ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC,
4858                              TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous) {
4859   // Typedef declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1).
4860   if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
4861     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_typedef_declarator)
4862       << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
4863     D.setInvalidType();
4864     // Pretend we didn't see the scope specifier.
4865     DC = CurContext;
4866     Previous.clear();
4867   }
4868 
4869   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec());
4870 
4871   if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified())
4872     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr)
4873       << 1;
4874 
4875   if (D.getName().Kind != UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) {
4876     Diag(D.getName().StartLocation, diag::err_typedef_not_identifier)
4877       << D.getName().getSourceRange();
4878     return nullptr;
4879   }
4880 
4881   TypedefDecl *NewTD = ParseTypedefDecl(S, D, TInfo->getType(), TInfo);
4882   if (!NewTD) return nullptr;
4883 
4884   // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl
4885   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewTD, D);
4886 
4887   CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(S, NewTD);
4888 
4889   bool Redeclaration = D.isRedeclaration();
4890   NamedDecl *ND = ActOnTypedefNameDecl(S, DC, NewTD, Previous, Redeclaration);
4891   D.setRedeclaration(Redeclaration);
4892   return ND;
4893 }
4894 
4895 void
4896 Sema::CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) {
4897   // C99 6.7.7p2: If a typedef name specifies a variably modified type
4898   // then it shall have block scope.
4899   // Note that variably modified types must be fixed before merging the decl so
4900   // that redeclarations will match.
4901   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewTD->getTypeSourceInfo();
4902   QualType T = TInfo->getType();
4903   if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
4904     getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
4905 
4906     if (S->getFnParent() == nullptr) {
4907       bool SizeIsNegative;
4908       llvm::APSInt Oversized;
4909       TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo =
4910         TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context,
4911                                                       SizeIsNegative,
4912                                                       Oversized);
4913       if (FixedTInfo) {
4914         Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size);
4915         NewTD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo);
4916       } else {
4917         if (SizeIsNegative)
4918           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size);
4919         else if (T->isVariableArrayType())
4920           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope);
4921         else if (Oversized.getBoolValue())
4922           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_array_too_large)
4923             << Oversized.toString(10);
4924         else
4925           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope);
4926         NewTD->setInvalidDecl();
4927       }
4928     }
4929   }
4930 }
4931 
4932 
4933 /// ActOnTypedefNameDecl - Perform semantic checking for a declaration which
4934 /// declares a typedef-name, either using the 'typedef' type specifier or via
4935 /// a C++0x [dcl.typedef]p2 alias-declaration: 'using T = A;'.
4936 NamedDecl*
4937 Sema::ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD,
4938                            LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration) {
4939   // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. If the decl is
4940   // in an outer scope, it isn't the same thing.
4941   FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, /*ConsiderLinkage*/false,
4942                        /*AllowInlineNamespace*/false);
4943   filterNonConflictingPreviousTypedefDecls(Context, NewTD, Previous);
4944   if (!Previous.empty()) {
4945     Redeclaration = true;
4946     MergeTypedefNameDecl(NewTD, Previous);
4947   }
4948 
4949   // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context.
4950   if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewTD->getIdentifier())
4951     if (!NewTD->isInvalidDecl() &&
4952         NewTD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) {
4953       if (II->isStr("FILE"))
4954         Context.setFILEDecl(NewTD);
4955       else if (II->isStr("jmp_buf"))
4956         Context.setjmp_bufDecl(NewTD);
4957       else if (II->isStr("sigjmp_buf"))
4958         Context.setsigjmp_bufDecl(NewTD);
4959       else if (II->isStr("ucontext_t"))
4960         Context.setucontext_tDecl(NewTD);
4961     }
4962 
4963   return NewTD;
4964 }
4965 
4966 /// \brief Determines whether the given declaration is an out-of-scope
4967 /// previous declaration.
4968 ///
4969 /// This routine should be invoked when name lookup has found a
4970 /// previous declaration (PrevDecl) that is not in the scope where a
4971 /// new declaration by the same name is being introduced. If the new
4972 /// declaration occurs in a local scope, previous declarations with
4973 /// linkage may still be considered previous declarations (C99
4974 /// 6.2.2p4-5, C++ [basic.link]p6).
4975 ///
4976 /// \param PrevDecl the previous declaration found by name
4977 /// lookup
4978 ///
4979 /// \param DC the context in which the new declaration is being
4980 /// declared.
4981 ///
4982 /// \returns true if PrevDecl is an out-of-scope previous declaration
4983 /// for a new delcaration with the same name.
4984 static bool
4985 isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *PrevDecl, DeclContext *DC,
4986                                 ASTContext &Context) {
4987   if (!PrevDecl)
4988     return false;
4989 
4990   if (!PrevDecl->hasLinkage())
4991     return false;
4992 
4993   if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
4994     // C++ [basic.link]p6:
4995     //   If there is a visible declaration of an entity with linkage
4996     //   having the same name and type, ignoring entities declared
4997     //   outside the innermost enclosing namespace scope, the block
4998     //   scope declaration declares that same entity and receives the
4999     //   linkage of the previous declaration.
5000     DeclContext *OuterContext = DC->getRedeclContext();
5001     if (!OuterContext->isFunctionOrMethod())
5002       // This rule only applies to block-scope declarations.
5003       return false;
5004 
5005     DeclContext *PrevOuterContext = PrevDecl->getDeclContext();
5006     if (PrevOuterContext->isRecord())
5007       // We found a member function: ignore it.
5008       return false;
5009 
5010     // Find the innermost enclosing namespace for the new and
5011     // previous declarations.
5012     OuterContext = OuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
5013     PrevOuterContext = PrevOuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
5014 
5015     // The previous declaration is in a different namespace, so it
5016     // isn't the same function.
5017     if (!OuterContext->Equals(PrevOuterContext))
5018       return false;
5019   }
5020 
5021   return true;
5022 }
5023 
5024 static void SetNestedNameSpecifier(DeclaratorDecl *DD, Declarator &D) {
5025   CXXScopeSpec &SS = D.getCXXScopeSpec();
5026   if (!SS.isSet()) return;
5027   DD->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(DD->getASTContext()));
5028 }
5029 
5030 bool Sema::inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl) {
5031   QualType type = decl->getType();
5032   Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = type.getObjCLifetime();
5033   if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing) {
5034     // Various kinds of declaration aren't allowed to be __autoreleasing.
5035     unsigned kind = -1U;
5036     if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) {
5037       if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>())
5038         kind = 0; // __block
5039       else if (!var->hasLocalStorage())
5040         kind = 1; // global
5041     } else if (isa<ObjCIvarDecl>(decl)) {
5042       kind = 3; // ivar
5043     } else if (isa<FieldDecl>(decl)) {
5044       kind = 2; // field
5045     }
5046 
5047     if (kind != -1U) {
5048       Diag(decl->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_autoreleasing_var)
5049         << kind;
5050     }
5051   } else if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_None) {
5052     // Try to infer lifetime.
5053     if (!type->isObjCLifetimeType())
5054       return false;
5055 
5056     lifetime = type->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime();
5057     type = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(type, lifetime);
5058     decl->setType(type);
5059   }
5060 
5061   if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) {
5062     // Thread-local variables cannot have lifetime.
5063     if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone &&
5064         var->getTLSKind()) {
5065       Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_thread_ownership)
5066         << var->getType();
5067       return true;
5068     }
5069   }
5070 
5071   return false;
5072 }
5073 
5074 static void checkAttributesAfterMerging(Sema &S, NamedDecl &ND) {
5075   // Ensure that an auto decl is deduced otherwise the checks below might cache
5076   // the wrong linkage.
5077   assert(S.ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(&ND) == 0);
5078 
5079   // 'weak' only applies to declarations with external linkage.
5080   if (WeakAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakAttr>()) {
5081     if (!ND.isExternallyVisible()) {
5082       S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weak_static);
5083       ND.dropAttr<WeakAttr>();
5084     }
5085   }
5086   if (WeakRefAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakRefAttr>()) {
5087     if (ND.isExternallyVisible()) {
5088       S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weakref_not_static);
5089       ND.dropAttr<WeakRefAttr>();
5090     }
5091   }
5092 
5093   // 'selectany' only applies to externally visible varable declarations.
5094   // It does not apply to functions.
5095   if (SelectAnyAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<SelectAnyAttr>()) {
5096     if (isa<FunctionDecl>(ND) || !ND.isExternallyVisible()) {
5097       S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_selectany_non_extern_data);
5098       ND.dropAttr<SelectAnyAttr>();
5099     }
5100   }
5101 
5102   // dll attributes require external linkage.
5103   if (const InheritableAttr *Attr = getDLLAttr(&ND)) {
5104     if (!ND.isExternallyVisible()) {
5105       S.Diag(ND.getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dll_not_extern)
5106         << &ND << Attr;
5107       ND.setInvalidDecl();
5108     }
5109   }
5110 }
5111 
5112 static void checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration(Sema &S, NamedDecl *OldDecl,
5113                                            NamedDecl *NewDecl,
5114                                            bool IsSpecialization) {
5115   if (TemplateDecl *OldTD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(OldDecl))
5116     OldDecl = OldTD->getTemplatedDecl();
5117   if (TemplateDecl *NewTD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(NewDecl))
5118     NewDecl = NewTD->getTemplatedDecl();
5119 
5120   if (!OldDecl || !NewDecl)
5121     return;
5122 
5123   const DLLImportAttr *OldImportAttr = OldDecl->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
5124   const DLLExportAttr *OldExportAttr = OldDecl->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>();
5125   const DLLImportAttr *NewImportAttr = NewDecl->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
5126   const DLLExportAttr *NewExportAttr = NewDecl->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>();
5127 
5128   // dllimport and dllexport are inheritable attributes so we have to exclude
5129   // inherited attribute instances.
5130   bool HasNewAttr = (NewImportAttr && !NewImportAttr->isInherited()) ||
5131                     (NewExportAttr && !NewExportAttr->isInherited());
5132 
5133   // A redeclaration is not allowed to add a dllimport or dllexport attribute,
5134   // the only exception being explicit specializations.
5135   // Implicitly generated declarations are also excluded for now because there
5136   // is no other way to switch these to use dllimport or dllexport.
5137   bool AddsAttr = !(OldImportAttr || OldExportAttr) && HasNewAttr;
5138 
5139   if (AddsAttr && !IsSpecialization && !OldDecl->isImplicit()) {
5140     // If the declaration hasn't been used yet, allow with a warning for
5141     // free functions and global variables.
5142     bool JustWarn = false;
5143     if (!OldDecl->isUsed() && !OldDecl->isCXXClassMember()) {
5144       auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(OldDecl);
5145       if (VD && !VD->getDescribedVarTemplate())
5146         JustWarn = true;
5147       auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl);
5148       if (FD && FD->getTemplatedKind() == FunctionDecl::TK_NonTemplate)
5149         JustWarn = true;
5150     }
5151 
5152     unsigned DiagID = JustWarn ? diag::warn_attribute_dll_redeclaration
5153                                : diag::err_attribute_dll_redeclaration;
5154     S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), DiagID)
5155         << NewDecl
5156         << (NewImportAttr ? (const Attr *)NewImportAttr : NewExportAttr);
5157     S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
5158     if (!JustWarn) {
5159       NewDecl->setInvalidDecl();
5160       return;
5161     }
5162   }
5163 
5164   // A redeclaration is not allowed to drop a dllimport attribute, the only
5165   // exceptions being inline function definitions, local extern declarations,
5166   // and qualified friend declarations.
5167   // NB: MSVC converts such a declaration to dllexport.
5168   bool IsInline = false, IsStaticDataMember = false, IsQualifiedFriend = false;
5169   if (const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(NewDecl))
5170     // Ignore static data because out-of-line definitions are diagnosed
5171     // separately.
5172     IsStaticDataMember = VD->isStaticDataMember();
5173   else if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(NewDecl)) {
5174     IsInline = FD->isInlined();
5175     IsQualifiedFriend = FD->getQualifier() &&
5176                         FD->getFriendObjectKind() == Decl::FOK_Declared;
5177   }
5178 
5179   if (OldImportAttr && !HasNewAttr && !IsInline && !IsStaticDataMember &&
5180       !NewDecl->isLocalExternDecl() && !IsQualifiedFriend) {
5181     S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(),
5182            diag::warn_redeclaration_without_attribute_prev_attribute_ignored)
5183       << NewDecl << OldImportAttr;
5184     S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
5185     S.Diag(OldImportAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_attribute);
5186     OldDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
5187     NewDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
5188   } else if (IsInline && OldImportAttr &&
5189              !S.Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) {
5190     // In MinGW, seeing a function declared inline drops the dllimport attribute.
5191     OldDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
5192     NewDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
5193     S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(),
5194            diag::warn_dllimport_dropped_from_inline_function)
5195         << NewDecl << OldImportAttr;
5196   }
5197 }
5198 
5199 /// Given that we are within the definition of the given function,
5200 /// will that definition behave like C99's 'inline', where the
5201 /// definition is discarded except for optimization purposes?
5202 static bool isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *FD) {
5203   // Try to avoid calling GetGVALinkageForFunction.
5204 
5205   // All cases of this require the 'inline' keyword.
5206   if (!FD->isInlined()) return false;
5207 
5208   // This is only possible in C++ with the gnu_inline attribute.
5209   if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>())
5210     return false;
5211 
5212   // Okay, go ahead and call the relatively-more-expensive function.
5213 
5214 #ifndef NDEBUG
5215   // AST quite reasonably asserts that it's working on a function
5216   // definition.  We don't really have a way to tell it that we're
5217   // currently defining the function, so just lie to it in +Asserts
5218   // builds.  This is an awful hack.
5219   FD->setLazyBody(1);
5220 #endif
5221 
5222   bool isC99Inline =
5223       S.Context.GetGVALinkageForFunction(FD) == GVA_AvailableExternally;
5224 
5225 #ifndef NDEBUG
5226   FD->setLazyBody(0);
5227 #endif
5228 
5229   return isC99Inline;
5230 }
5231 
5232 /// Determine whether a variable is extern "C" prior to attaching
5233 /// an initializer. We can't just call isExternC() here, because that
5234 /// will also compute and cache whether the declaration is externally
5235 /// visible, which might change when we attach the initializer.
5236 ///
5237 /// This can only be used if the declaration is known to not be a
5238 /// redeclaration of an internal linkage declaration.
5239 ///
5240 /// For instance:
5241 ///
5242 ///   auto x = []{};
5243 ///
5244 /// Attaching the initializer here makes this declaration not externally
5245 /// visible, because its type has internal linkage.
5246 ///
5247 /// FIXME: This is a hack.
5248 template<typename T>
5249 static bool isIncompleteDeclExternC(Sema &S, const T *D) {
5250   if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
5251     // In C++, the overloadable attribute negates the effects of extern "C".
5252     if (!D->isInExternCContext() || D->template hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>())
5253       return false;
5254   }
5255   return D->isExternC();
5256 }
5257 
5258 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const VarDecl *VD) {
5259   const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
5260   if (DC->isFunctionOrMethod())
5261     return VD->hasExternalStorage();
5262   if (DC->isFileContext())
5263     return true;
5264   if (DC->isRecord())
5265     return false;
5266   llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context");
5267 }
5268 
5269 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const FunctionDecl *FD) {
5270   const DeclContext *DC = FD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
5271   if (DC->isFileContext() || DC->isFunctionOrMethod())
5272     return true;
5273   if (DC->isRecord())
5274     return false;
5275   llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context");
5276 }
5277 
5278 static bool hasParsedAttr(Scope *S, const AttributeList *AttrList,
5279                           AttributeList::Kind Kind) {
5280   for (const AttributeList *L = AttrList; L; L = L->getNext())
5281     if (L->getKind() == Kind)
5282       return true;
5283   return false;
5284 }
5285 
5286 static bool hasParsedAttr(Scope *S, const Declarator &PD,
5287                           AttributeList::Kind Kind) {
5288   // Check decl attributes on the DeclSpec.
5289   if (hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getDeclSpec().getAttributes().getList(), Kind))
5290     return true;
5291 
5292   // Walk the declarator structure, checking decl attributes that were in a type
5293   // position to the decl itself.
5294   for (unsigned I = 0, E = PD.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) {
5295     if (hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getTypeObject(I).getAttrs(), Kind))
5296       return true;
5297   }
5298 
5299   // Finally, check attributes on the decl itself.
5300   return hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getAttributes(), Kind);
5301 }
5302 
5303 /// Adjust the \c DeclContext for a function or variable that might be a
5304 /// function-local external declaration.
5305 bool Sema::adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DeclContext *&DC) {
5306   if (!DC->isFunctionOrMethod())
5307     return false;
5308 
5309   // If this is a local extern function or variable declared within a function
5310   // template, don't add it into the enclosing namespace scope until it is
5311   // instantiated; it might have a dependent type right now.
5312   if (DC->isDependentContext())
5313     return true;
5314 
5315   // C++11 [basic.link]p7:
5316   //   When a block scope declaration of an entity with linkage is not found to
5317   //   refer to some other declaration, then that entity is a member of the
5318   //   innermost enclosing namespace.
5319   //
5320   // Per C++11 [namespace.def]p6, the innermost enclosing namespace is a
5321   // semantically-enclosing namespace, not a lexically-enclosing one.
5322   while (!DC->isFileContext() && !isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC))
5323     DC = DC->getParent();
5324   return true;
5325 }
5326 
5327 NamedDecl *
5328 Sema::ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC,
5329                               TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous,
5330                               MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists,
5331                               bool &AddToScope) {
5332   QualType R = TInfo->getType();
5333   DeclarationName Name = GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName();
5334 
5335   DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec();
5336   StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(D.getDeclSpec());
5337 
5338   // dllimport globals without explicit storage class are treated as extern. We
5339   // have to change the storage class this early to get the right DeclContext.
5340   if (SC == SC_None && !DC->isRecord() &&
5341       hasParsedAttr(S, D, AttributeList::AT_DLLImport) &&
5342       !hasParsedAttr(S, D, AttributeList::AT_DLLExport))
5343     SC = SC_Extern;
5344 
5345   DeclContext *OriginalDC = DC;
5346   bool IsLocalExternDecl = SC == SC_Extern &&
5347                            adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DC);
5348 
5349   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
5350     // OpenCL v1.0 s6.8.a.3: Pointers to functions are not allowed.
5351     QualType NR = R;
5352     while (NR->isPointerType()) {
5353       if (NR->isFunctionPointerType()) {
5354         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_function_pointer_variable);
5355         D.setInvalidType();
5356         break;
5357       }
5358       NR = NR->getPointeeType();
5359     }
5360 
5361     if (!getOpenCLOptions().cl_khr_fp16) {
5362       // OpenCL v1.2 s6.1.1.1: reject declaring variables of the half and
5363       // half array type (unless the cl_khr_fp16 extension is enabled).
5364       if (Context.getBaseElementType(R)->isHalfType()) {
5365         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_half_declaration) << R;
5366         D.setInvalidType();
5367       }
5368     }
5369   }
5370 
5371   if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) {
5372     // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always
5373     // an error here
5374     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember);
5375     D.setInvalidType();
5376     SC = SC_None;
5377   }
5378 
5379   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_register &&
5380       !D.getAsmLabel() && !getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro(
5381                               D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc())) {
5382     // In C++11, the 'register' storage class specifier is deprecated.
5383     // Suppress the warning in system macros, it's used in macros in some
5384     // popular C system headers, such as in glibc's htonl() macro.
5385     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
5386          diag::warn_deprecated_register)
5387       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
5388   }
5389 
5390   IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
5391   if (!II) {
5392     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_variable_name)
5393       << Name;
5394     return nullptr;
5395   }
5396 
5397   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec());
5398 
5399   if (!DC->isRecord() && S->getFnParent() == nullptr) {
5400     // C99 6.9p2: The storage-class specifiers auto and register shall not
5401     // appear in the declaration specifiers in an external declaration.
5402     // Global Register+Asm is a GNU extension we support.
5403     if (SC == SC_Auto || (SC == SC_Register && !D.getAsmLabel())) {
5404       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_sclass_fscope);
5405       D.setInvalidType();
5406     }
5407   }
5408 
5409   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
5410     // Set up the special work-group-local storage class for variables in the
5411     // OpenCL __local address space.
5412     if (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local) {
5413       SC = SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal;
5414     }
5415 
5416     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.b p4:
5417     // The sampler type cannot be used with the __local and __global address
5418     // space qualifiers.
5419     if (R->isSamplerT() && (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local ||
5420       R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global)) {
5421       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_wrong_sampler_addressspace);
5422     }
5423 
5424     // OpenCL 1.2 spec, p6.9 r:
5425     // The event type cannot be used to declare a program scope variable.
5426     // The event type cannot be used with the __local, __constant and __global
5427     // address space qualifiers.
5428     if (R->isEventT()) {
5429       if (S->getParent() == nullptr) {
5430         Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_event_t_global_var);
5431         D.setInvalidType();
5432       }
5433 
5434       if (R.getAddressSpace()) {
5435         Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_event_t_addr_space_qual);
5436         D.setInvalidType();
5437       }
5438     }
5439   }
5440 
5441   bool IsExplicitSpecialization = false;
5442   bool IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = false;
5443   bool IsPartialSpecialization = false;
5444   bool IsVariableTemplate = false;
5445   VarDecl *NewVD = nullptr;
5446   VarTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = nullptr;
5447   TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = nullptr;
5448   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
5449     NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(),
5450                             D.getIdentifierLoc(), II,
5451                             R, TInfo, SC);
5452 
5453     if (D.isInvalidType())
5454       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5455   } else {
5456     bool Invalid = false;
5457 
5458     if (DC->isRecord() && !CurContext->isRecord()) {
5459       // This is an out-of-line definition of a static data member.
5460       switch (SC) {
5461       case SC_None:
5462         break;
5463       case SC_Static:
5464         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
5465              diag::err_static_out_of_line)
5466           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
5467         break;
5468       case SC_Auto:
5469       case SC_Register:
5470       case SC_Extern:
5471         // [dcl.stc] p2: The auto or register specifiers shall be applied only
5472         // to names of variables declared in a block or to function parameters.
5473         // [dcl.stc] p6: The extern specifier cannot be used in the declaration
5474         // of class members
5475 
5476         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
5477              diag::err_storage_class_for_static_member)
5478           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
5479         break;
5480       case SC_PrivateExtern:
5481         llvm_unreachable("C storage class in c++!");
5482       case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal:
5483         llvm_unreachable("OpenCL storage class in c++!");
5484       }
5485     }
5486 
5487     if (SC == SC_Static && CurContext->isRecord()) {
5488       if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) {
5489         if (RD->isLocalClass())
5490           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5491                diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_local_class)
5492             << Name << RD->getDeclName();
5493 
5494         // C++98 [class.union]p1: If a union contains a static data member,
5495         // the program is ill-formed. C++11 drops this restriction.
5496         if (RD->isUnion())
5497           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5498                getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11
5499                  ? diag::warn_cxx98_compat_static_data_member_in_union
5500                  : diag::ext_static_data_member_in_union) << Name;
5501         // We conservatively disallow static data members in anonymous structs.
5502         else if (!RD->getDeclName())
5503           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5504                diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_anon_struct)
5505             << Name << RD->isUnion();
5506       }
5507     }
5508 
5509     // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then
5510     // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization.
5511     TemplateParams = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(
5512         D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5513         D.getCXXScopeSpec(),
5514         D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId
5515             ? D.getName().TemplateId
5516             : nullptr,
5517         TemplateParamLists,
5518         /*never a friend*/ false, IsExplicitSpecialization, Invalid);
5519 
5520     if (TemplateParams) {
5521       if (!TemplateParams->size() &&
5522           D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
5523         // There is an extraneous 'template<>' for this variable. Complain
5524         // about it, but allow the declaration of the variable.
5525         Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(),
5526              diag::err_template_variable_noparams)
5527           << II
5528           << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(),
5529                          TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc());
5530         TemplateParams = nullptr;
5531       } else {
5532         if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
5533           // This is an explicit specialization or a partial specialization.
5534           // FIXME: Check that we can declare a specialization here.
5535           IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = true;
5536           IsPartialSpecialization = TemplateParams->size() > 0;
5537         } else { // if (TemplateParams->size() > 0)
5538           // This is a template declaration.
5539           IsVariableTemplate = true;
5540 
5541           // Check that we can declare a template here.
5542           if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams))
5543             return nullptr;
5544 
5545           // Only C++1y supports variable templates (N3651).
5546           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5547                getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14
5548                    ? diag::warn_cxx11_compat_variable_template
5549                    : diag::ext_variable_template);
5550         }
5551       }
5552     } else {
5553       assert(D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId &&
5554              "should have a 'template<>' for this decl");
5555     }
5556 
5557     if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) {
5558       SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc =
5559           TemplateParamLists.size() > 0
5560               ? TemplateParamLists[0]->getTemplateLoc()
5561               : SourceLocation();
5562       DeclResult Res = ActOnVarTemplateSpecialization(
5563           S, D, TInfo, TemplateKWLoc, TemplateParams, SC,
5564           IsPartialSpecialization);
5565       if (Res.isInvalid())
5566         return nullptr;
5567       NewVD = cast<VarDecl>(Res.get());
5568       AddToScope = false;
5569     } else
5570       NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(),
5571                               D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, R, TInfo, SC);
5572 
5573     // If this is supposed to be a variable template, create it as such.
5574     if (IsVariableTemplate) {
5575       NewTemplate =
5576           VarTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name,
5577                                   TemplateParams, NewVD);
5578       NewVD->setDescribedVarTemplate(NewTemplate);
5579     }
5580 
5581     // If this decl has an auto type in need of deduction, make a note of the
5582     // Decl so we can diagnose uses of it in its own initializer.
5583     if (D.getDeclSpec().containsPlaceholderType() && R->getContainedAutoType())
5584       ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD);
5585 
5586     if (D.isInvalidType() || Invalid) {
5587       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5588       if (NewTemplate)
5589         NewTemplate->setInvalidDecl();
5590     }
5591 
5592     SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewVD, D);
5593 
5594     // If we have any template parameter lists that don't directly belong to
5595     // the variable (matching the scope specifier), store them.
5596     unsigned VDTemplateParamLists = TemplateParams ? 1 : 0;
5597     if (TemplateParamLists.size() > VDTemplateParamLists)
5598       NewVD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(
5599           Context, TemplateParamLists.size() - VDTemplateParamLists,
5600           TemplateParamLists.data());
5601 
5602     if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified())
5603       NewVD->setConstexpr(true);
5604   }
5605 
5606   // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ scope specifier, the
5607   // lexical context will be different from the semantic context.
5608   NewVD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
5609   if (NewTemplate)
5610     NewTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
5611 
5612   if (IsLocalExternDecl)
5613     NewVD->setLocalExternDecl();
5614 
5615   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) {
5616     // C++11 [dcl.stc]p4:
5617     //   When thread_local is applied to a variable of block scope the
5618     //   storage-class-specifier static is implied if it does not appear
5619     //   explicitly.
5620     // Core issue: 'static' is not implied if the variable is declared
5621     //   'extern'.
5622     if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() &&
5623         (SCSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified ||
5624          TSCS != DeclSpec::TSCS_thread_local ||
5625          !DC->isFunctionOrMethod()))
5626       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
5627            diag::err_thread_non_global)
5628         << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
5629     else if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isTLSSupported())
5630       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
5631            diag::err_thread_unsupported);
5632     else
5633       NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS);
5634   }
5635 
5636   // C99 6.7.4p3
5637   //   An inline definition of a function with external linkage shall
5638   //   not contain a definition of a modifiable object with static or
5639   //   thread storage duration...
5640   // We only apply this when the function is required to be defined
5641   // elsewhere, i.e. when the function is not 'extern inline'.  Note
5642   // that a local variable with thread storage duration still has to
5643   // be marked 'static'.  Also note that it's possible to get these
5644   // semantics in C++ using __attribute__((gnu_inline)).
5645   if (SC == SC_Static && S->getFnParent() != nullptr &&
5646       !NewVD->getType().isConstQualified()) {
5647     FunctionDecl *CurFD = getCurFunctionDecl();
5648     if (CurFD && isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(*this, CurFD)) {
5649       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
5650            diag::warn_static_local_in_extern_inline);
5651       MaybeSuggestAddingStaticToDecl(CurFD);
5652     }
5653   }
5654 
5655   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) {
5656     if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization)
5657       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization)
5658           << (IsPartialSpecialization ? 1 : 0)
5659           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
5660                  D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
5661     else if (IsExplicitSpecialization)
5662       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization)
5663         << 2
5664         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
5665     else if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage())
5666       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local)
5667         << 0 << NewVD->getDeclName()
5668         << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc())
5669         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
5670     else {
5671       NewVD->setModulePrivate();
5672       if (NewTemplate)
5673         NewTemplate->setModulePrivate();
5674     }
5675   }
5676 
5677   // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl
5678   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewVD, D);
5679 
5680   if (getLangOpts().CUDA) {
5681     // CUDA B.2.5: "__shared__ and __constant__ variables have implied static
5682     // storage [duration]."
5683     if (SC == SC_None && S->getFnParent() != nullptr &&
5684         (NewVD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>() ||
5685          NewVD->hasAttr<CUDAConstantAttr>())) {
5686       NewVD->setStorageClass(SC_Static);
5687     }
5688   }
5689 
5690   // Ensure that dllimport globals without explicit storage class are treated as
5691   // extern. The storage class is set above using parsed attributes. Now we can
5692   // check the VarDecl itself.
5693   assert(!NewVD->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() ||
5694          NewVD->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>()->isInherited() ||
5695          NewVD->isStaticDataMember() || NewVD->getStorageClass() != SC_None);
5696 
5697   // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for variables of
5698   // retainable type.
5699   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewVD))
5700     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5701 
5702   // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute).
5703   if (Expr *E = (Expr*)D.getAsmLabel()) {
5704     // The parser guarantees this is a string.
5705     StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E);
5706     StringRef Label = SE->getString();
5707     if (S->getFnParent() != nullptr) {
5708       switch (SC) {
5709       case SC_None:
5710       case SC_Auto:
5711         Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_asm_label_on_auto_decl) << Label;
5712         break;
5713       case SC_Register:
5714         // Local Named register
5715         if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isValidGCCRegisterName(Label))
5716           Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label;
5717         break;
5718       case SC_Static:
5719       case SC_Extern:
5720       case SC_PrivateExtern:
5721       case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal:
5722         break;
5723       }
5724     } else if (SC == SC_Register) {
5725       // Global Named register
5726       if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isValidGCCRegisterName(Label))
5727         Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label;
5728       if (!R->isIntegralType(Context) && !R->isPointerType()) {
5729         Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_asm_bad_register_type);
5730         NewVD->setInvalidDecl(true);
5731       }
5732     }
5733 
5734     NewVD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0),
5735                                                 Context, Label, 0));
5736   } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) {
5737     llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I =
5738       ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewVD->getIdentifier());
5739     if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) {
5740       NewVD->addAttr(I->second);
5741       ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I);
5742     }
5743   }
5744 
5745   // Diagnose shadowed variables before filtering for scope.
5746   if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isEmpty())
5747     CheckShadow(S, NewVD, Previous);
5748 
5749   // Don't consider existing declarations that are in a different
5750   // scope and are out-of-semantic-context declarations (if the new
5751   // declaration has linkage).
5752   FilterLookupForScope(Previous, OriginalDC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewVD),
5753                        D.getCXXScopeSpec().isNotEmpty() ||
5754                        IsExplicitSpecialization ||
5755                        IsVariableTemplateSpecialization);
5756 
5757   // Check whether the previous declaration is in the same block scope. This
5758   // affects whether we merge types with it, per C++11 [dcl.array]p3.
5759   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
5760       NewVD->isLocalVarDecl() && NewVD->hasExternalStorage())
5761     NewVD->setPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope(
5762         Previous.isSingleResult() && !Previous.isShadowed() &&
5763         isDeclInScope(Previous.getFoundDecl(), OriginalDC, S, false));
5764 
5765   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
5766     D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous));
5767   } else {
5768     // If this is an explicit specialization of a static data member, check it.
5769     if (IsExplicitSpecialization && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() &&
5770         CheckMemberSpecialization(NewVD, Previous))
5771       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5772 
5773     // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate.
5774     if (!Previous.empty()) {
5775       if (Previous.isSingleResult() &&
5776           isa<FieldDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()) &&
5777           D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
5778         // The user tried to define a non-static data member
5779         // out-of-line (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1).
5780         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_nonstatic_member_out_of_line)
5781           << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
5782         Previous.clear();
5783         NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5784       }
5785     } else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
5786       // No previous declaration in the qualifying scope.
5787       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_no_member)
5788         << Name << computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), true)
5789         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
5790       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5791     }
5792 
5793     if (!IsVariableTemplateSpecialization)
5794       D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous));
5795 
5796     if (NewTemplate) {
5797       VarTemplateDecl *PrevVarTemplate =
5798           NewVD->getPreviousDecl()
5799               ? NewVD->getPreviousDecl()->getDescribedVarTemplate()
5800               : nullptr;
5801 
5802       // Check the template parameter list of this declaration, possibly
5803       // merging in the template parameter list from the previous variable
5804       // template declaration.
5805       if (CheckTemplateParameterList(
5806               TemplateParams,
5807               PrevVarTemplate ? PrevVarTemplate->getTemplateParameters()
5808                               : nullptr,
5809               (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && DC && DC->isRecord() &&
5810                DC->isDependentContext())
5811                   ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember
5812                   : TPC_VarTemplate))
5813         NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5814 
5815       // If we are providing an explicit specialization of a static variable
5816       // template, make a note of that.
5817       if (PrevVarTemplate &&
5818           PrevVarTemplate->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate())
5819         PrevVarTemplate->setMemberSpecialization();
5820     }
5821   }
5822 
5823   ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewVD);
5824 
5825   // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update
5826   // the map of such variables.
5827   if (NewVD->isFirstDecl() && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() &&
5828       isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewVD))
5829     RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewVD, S);
5830 
5831   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) {
5832     Decl *ManglingContextDecl;
5833     if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx =
5834             getCurrentMangleNumberContext(NewVD->getDeclContext(),
5835                                           ManglingContextDecl)) {
5836       Context.setManglingNumber(
5837           NewVD, MCtx->getManglingNumber(NewVD, S->getMSLocalManglingNumber()));
5838       Context.setStaticLocalNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getStaticLocalNumber(NewVD));
5839     }
5840   }
5841 
5842   if (D.isRedeclaration() && !Previous.empty()) {
5843     checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration(
5844         *this, dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()), NewVD,
5845         IsExplicitSpecialization);
5846   }
5847 
5848   if (NewTemplate) {
5849     if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl())
5850       NewTemplate->setInvalidDecl();
5851     ActOnDocumentableDecl(NewTemplate);
5852     return NewTemplate;
5853   }
5854 
5855   return NewVD;
5856 }
5857 
5858 /// \brief Diagnose variable or built-in function shadowing.  Implements
5859 /// -Wshadow.
5860 ///
5861 /// This method is called whenever a VarDecl is added to a "useful"
5862 /// scope.
5863 ///
5864 /// \param S the scope in which the shadowing name is being declared
5865 /// \param R the lookup of the name
5866 ///
5867 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R) {
5868   // Return if warning is ignored.
5869   if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_decl_shadow, R.getNameLoc()))
5870     return;
5871 
5872   // Don't diagnose declarations at file scope.
5873   if (D->hasGlobalStorage())
5874     return;
5875 
5876   DeclContext *NewDC = D->getDeclContext();
5877 
5878   // Only diagnose if we're shadowing an unambiguous field or variable.
5879   if (R.getResultKind() != LookupResult::Found)
5880     return;
5881 
5882   NamedDecl* ShadowedDecl = R.getFoundDecl();
5883   if (!isa<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl) && !isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
5884     return;
5885 
5886   // Fields are not shadowed by variables in C++ static methods.
5887   if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
5888     if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDC))
5889       if (MD->isStatic())
5890         return;
5891 
5892   if (VarDecl *shadowedVar = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
5893     if (shadowedVar->isExternC()) {
5894       // For shadowing external vars, make sure that we point to the global
5895       // declaration, not a locally scoped extern declaration.
5896       for (auto I : shadowedVar->redecls())
5897         if (I->isFileVarDecl()) {
5898           ShadowedDecl = I;
5899           break;
5900         }
5901     }
5902 
5903   DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext();
5904 
5905   // Only warn about certain kinds of shadowing for class members.
5906   if (NewDC && NewDC->isRecord()) {
5907     // In particular, don't warn about shadowing non-class members.
5908     if (!OldDC->isRecord())
5909       return;
5910 
5911     // TODO: should we warn about static data members shadowing
5912     // static data members from base classes?
5913 
5914     // TODO: don't diagnose for inaccessible shadowed members.
5915     // This is hard to do perfectly because we might friend the
5916     // shadowing context, but that's just a false negative.
5917   }
5918 
5919   // Determine what kind of declaration we're shadowing.
5920   unsigned Kind;
5921   if (isa<RecordDecl>(OldDC)) {
5922     if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
5923       Kind = 3; // field
5924     else
5925       Kind = 2; // static data member
5926   } else if (OldDC->isFileContext())
5927     Kind = 1; // global
5928   else
5929     Kind = 0; // local
5930 
5931   DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName();
5932 
5933   // Emit warning and note.
5934   if (getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro(R.getNameLoc()))
5935     return;
5936   Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::warn_decl_shadow) << Name << Kind << OldDC;
5937   Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
5938 }
5939 
5940 /// \brief Check -Wshadow without the advantage of a previous lookup.
5941 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D) {
5942   if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_decl_shadow, D->getLocation()))
5943     return;
5944 
5945   LookupResult R(*this, D->getDeclName(), D->getLocation(),
5946                  Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration);
5947   LookupName(R, S);
5948   CheckShadow(S, D, R);
5949 }
5950 
5951 /// Check for conflict between this global or extern "C" declaration and
5952 /// previous global or extern "C" declarations. This is only used in C++.
5953 template<typename T>
5954 static bool checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(
5955     Sema &S, const T *ND, bool IsGlobal, LookupResult &Previous) {
5956   assert(S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "only C++ has extern \"C\"");
5957   NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName());
5958 
5959   if (!Prev && IsGlobal && !isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) {
5960     // The common case: this global doesn't conflict with any extern "C"
5961     // declaration.
5962     return false;
5963   }
5964 
5965   if (Prev) {
5966     if (!IsGlobal || isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) {
5967       // Both the old and new declarations have C language linkage. This is a
5968       // redeclaration.
5969       Previous.clear();
5970       Previous.addDecl(Prev);
5971       return true;
5972     }
5973 
5974     // This is a global, non-extern "C" declaration, and there is a previous
5975     // non-global extern "C" declaration. Diagnose if this is a variable
5976     // declaration.
5977     if (!isa<VarDecl>(ND))
5978       return false;
5979   } else {
5980     // The declaration is extern "C". Check for any declaration in the
5981     // translation unit which might conflict.
5982     if (IsGlobal) {
5983       // We have already performed the lookup into the translation unit.
5984       IsGlobal = false;
5985       for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end();
5986            I != E; ++I) {
5987         if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) {
5988           Prev = *I;
5989           break;
5990         }
5991       }
5992     } else {
5993       DeclContext::lookup_result R =
5994           S.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->lookup(ND->getDeclName());
5995       for (DeclContext::lookup_result::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end();
5996            I != E; ++I) {
5997         if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) {
5998           Prev = *I;
5999           break;
6000         }
6001         // FIXME: If we have any other entity with this name in global scope,
6002         // the declaration is ill-formed, but that is a defect: it breaks the
6003         // 'stat' hack, for instance. Only variables can have mangled name
6004         // clashes with extern "C" declarations, so only they deserve a
6005         // diagnostic.
6006       }
6007     }
6008 
6009     if (!Prev)
6010       return false;
6011   }
6012 
6013   // Use the first declaration's location to ensure we point at something which
6014   // is lexically inside an extern "C" linkage-spec.
6015   assert(Prev && "should have found a previous declaration to diagnose");
6016   if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Prev))
6017     Prev = FD->getFirstDecl();
6018   else
6019     Prev = cast<VarDecl>(Prev)->getFirstDecl();
6020 
6021   S.Diag(ND->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_c_global_conflict)
6022     << IsGlobal << ND;
6023   S.Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_extern_c_global_conflict)
6024     << IsGlobal;
6025   return false;
6026 }
6027 
6028 /// Apply special rules for handling extern "C" declarations. Returns \c true
6029 /// if we have found that this is a redeclaration of some prior entity.
6030 ///
6031 /// Per C++ [dcl.link]p6:
6032 ///   Two declarations [for a function or variable] with C language linkage
6033 ///   with the same name that appear in different scopes refer to the same
6034 ///   [entity]. An entity with C language linkage shall not be declared with
6035 ///   the same name as an entity in global scope.
6036 template<typename T>
6037 static bool checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(Sema &S, const T *ND,
6038                                                   LookupResult &Previous) {
6039   if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
6040     // In C, when declaring a global variable, look for a corresponding 'extern'
6041     // variable declared in function scope. We don't need this in C++, because
6042     // we find local extern decls in the surrounding file-scope DeclContext.
6043     if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) {
6044       if (NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName())) {
6045         Previous.clear();
6046         Previous.addDecl(Prev);
6047         return true;
6048       }
6049     }
6050     return false;
6051   }
6052 
6053   // A declaration in the translation unit can conflict with an extern "C"
6054   // declaration.
6055   if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit())
6056     return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/true, Previous);
6057 
6058   // An extern "C" declaration can conflict with a declaration in the
6059   // translation unit or can be a redeclaration of an extern "C" declaration
6060   // in another scope.
6061   if (isIncompleteDeclExternC(S,ND))
6062     return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/false, Previous);
6063 
6064   // Neither global nor extern "C": nothing to do.
6065   return false;
6066 }
6067 
6068 void Sema::CheckVariableDeclarationType(VarDecl *NewVD) {
6069   // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it.
6070   if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl())
6071     return;
6072 
6073   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewVD->getTypeSourceInfo();
6074   QualType T = TInfo->getType();
6075 
6076   // Defer checking an 'auto' type until its initializer is attached.
6077   if (T->isUndeducedType())
6078     return;
6079 
6080   if (NewVD->hasAttrs())
6081     CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewVD);
6082 
6083   if (T->isObjCObjectType()) {
6084     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object)
6085       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NewVD->getLocation(), "*");
6086     T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T);
6087     NewVD->setType(T);
6088   }
6089 
6090   // Emit an error if an address space was applied to decl with local storage.
6091   // This includes arrays of objects with address space qualifiers, but not
6092   // automatic variables that point to other address spaces.
6093   // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S5.1.2
6094   if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.getAddressSpace() != 0) {
6095     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_as_qualified_auto_decl);
6096     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6097     return;
6098   }
6099 
6100   // OpenCL v1.2 s6.5 - All program scope variables must be declared in the
6101   // __constant address space.
6102   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL && NewVD->isFileVarDecl()
6103       && T.getAddressSpace() != LangAS::opencl_constant
6104       && !T->isSamplerT()){
6105     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_global_invalid_addr_space);
6106     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6107     return;
6108   }
6109 
6110   // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 -- The static qualifier is valid only in program
6111   // scope.
6112   if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120)
6113       && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) {
6114     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_static_function_scope);
6115     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6116     return;
6117   }
6118 
6119   if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.isObjCGCWeak()
6120       && !NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
6121     if (getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC)
6122       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_gc_attribute_weak_on_local);
6123     else {
6124       assert(!getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount);
6125       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_local);
6126     }
6127   }
6128 
6129   bool isVM = T->isVariablyModifiedType();
6130   if (isVM || NewVD->hasAttr<CleanupAttr>() ||
6131       NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>())
6132     getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
6133 
6134   if ((isVM && NewVD->hasLinkage()) ||
6135       (T->isVariableArrayType() && NewVD->hasGlobalStorage())) {
6136     bool SizeIsNegative;
6137     llvm::APSInt Oversized;
6138     TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo =
6139       TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context,
6140                                                     SizeIsNegative, Oversized);
6141     if (!FixedTInfo && T->isVariableArrayType()) {
6142       const VariableArrayType *VAT = Context.getAsVariableArrayType(T);
6143       // FIXME: This won't give the correct result for
6144       // int a[10][n];
6145       SourceRange SizeRange = VAT->getSizeExpr()->getSourceRange();
6146 
6147       if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl())
6148         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope)
6149         << SizeRange;
6150       else if (NewVD->isStaticLocal())
6151         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_static_storage)
6152         << SizeRange;
6153       else
6154         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_extern_linkage)
6155         << SizeRange;
6156       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6157       return;
6158     }
6159 
6160     if (!FixedTInfo) {
6161       if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl())
6162         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope);
6163       else
6164         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_has_extern_linkage);
6165       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6166       return;
6167     }
6168 
6169     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size);
6170     NewVD->setType(FixedTInfo->getType());
6171     NewVD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo);
6172   }
6173 
6174   if (T->isVoidType()) {
6175     // C++98 [dcl.stc]p5: The extern specifier can be applied only to the names
6176     //                    of objects and functions.
6177     if (NewVD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() || getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
6178       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)
6179         << T;
6180       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6181       return;
6182     }
6183   }
6184 
6185   if (!NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
6186     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal);
6187     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6188     return;
6189   }
6190 
6191   if (isVM && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
6192     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_vm);
6193     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6194     return;
6195   }
6196 
6197   if (NewVD->isConstexpr() && !T->isDependentType() &&
6198       RequireLiteralType(NewVD->getLocation(), T,
6199                          diag::err_constexpr_var_non_literal)) {
6200     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6201     return;
6202   }
6203 }
6204 
6205 /// \brief Perform semantic checking on a newly-created variable
6206 /// declaration.
6207 ///
6208 /// This routine performs all of the type-checking required for a
6209 /// variable declaration once it has been built. It is used both to
6210 /// check variables after they have been parsed and their declarators
6211 /// have been translated into a declaration, and to check variables
6212 /// that have been instantiated from a template.
6213 ///
6214 /// Sets NewVD->isInvalidDecl() if an error was encountered.
6215 ///
6216 /// Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration.
6217 bool Sema::CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, LookupResult &Previous) {
6218   CheckVariableDeclarationType(NewVD);
6219 
6220   // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it.
6221   if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl())
6222     return false;
6223 
6224   // If we did not find anything by this name, look for a non-visible
6225   // extern "C" declaration with the same name.
6226   if (Previous.empty() &&
6227       checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewVD, Previous))
6228     Previous.setShadowed();
6229 
6230   // Filter out any non-conflicting previous declarations.
6231   filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(Context, NewVD, Previous);
6232 
6233   if (!Previous.empty()) {
6234     MergeVarDecl(NewVD, Previous);
6235     return true;
6236   }
6237   return false;
6238 }
6239 
6240 /// \brief Data used with FindOverriddenMethod
6241 struct FindOverriddenMethodData {
6242   Sema *S;
6243   CXXMethodDecl *Method;
6244 };
6245 
6246 /// \brief Member lookup function that determines whether a given C++
6247 /// method overrides a method in a base class, to be used with
6248 /// CXXRecordDecl::lookupInBases().
6249 static bool FindOverriddenMethod(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier,
6250                                  CXXBasePath &Path,
6251                                  void *UserData) {
6252   RecordDecl *BaseRecord = Specifier->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
6253 
6254   FindOverriddenMethodData *Data
6255     = reinterpret_cast<FindOverriddenMethodData*>(UserData);
6256 
6257   DeclarationName Name = Data->Method->getDeclName();
6258 
6259   // FIXME: Do we care about other names here too?
6260   if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
6261     // We really want to find the base class destructor here.
6262     QualType T = Data->S->Context.getTypeDeclType(BaseRecord);
6263     CanQualType CT = Data->S->Context.getCanonicalType(T);
6264 
6265     Name = Data->S->Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(CT);
6266   }
6267 
6268   for (Path.Decls = BaseRecord->lookup(Name);
6269        !Path.Decls.empty();
6270        Path.Decls = Path.Decls.slice(1)) {
6271     NamedDecl *D = Path.Decls.front();
6272     if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
6273       if (MD->isVirtual() && !Data->S->IsOverload(Data->Method, MD, false))
6274         return true;
6275     }
6276   }
6277 
6278   return false;
6279 }
6280 
6281 namespace {
6282   enum OverrideErrorKind { OEK_All, OEK_NonDeleted, OEK_Deleted };
6283 }
6284 /// \brief Report an error regarding overriding, along with any relevant
6285 /// overriden methods.
6286 ///
6287 /// \param DiagID the primary error to report.
6288 /// \param MD the overriding method.
6289 /// \param OEK which overrides to include as notes.
6290 static void ReportOverrides(Sema& S, unsigned DiagID, const CXXMethodDecl *MD,
6291                             OverrideErrorKind OEK = OEK_All) {
6292   S.Diag(MD->getLocation(), DiagID) << MD->getDeclName();
6293   for (CXXMethodDecl::method_iterator I = MD->begin_overridden_methods(),
6294                                       E = MD->end_overridden_methods();
6295        I != E; ++I) {
6296     // This check (& the OEK parameter) could be replaced by a predicate, but
6297     // without lambdas that would be overkill. This is still nicer than writing
6298     // out the diag loop 3 times.
6299     if ((OEK == OEK_All) ||
6300         (OEK == OEK_NonDeleted && !(*I)->isDeleted()) ||
6301         (OEK == OEK_Deleted && (*I)->isDeleted()))
6302       S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_overridden_virtual_function);
6303   }
6304 }
6305 
6306 /// AddOverriddenMethods - See if a method overrides any in the base classes,
6307 /// and if so, check that it's a valid override and remember it.
6308 bool Sema::AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD) {
6309   // Look for methods in base classes that this method might override.
6310   CXXBasePaths Paths;
6311   FindOverriddenMethodData Data;
6312   Data.Method = MD;
6313   Data.S = this;
6314   bool hasDeletedOverridenMethods = false;
6315   bool hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods = false;
6316   bool AddedAny = false;
6317   if (DC->lookupInBases(&FindOverriddenMethod, &Data, Paths)) {
6318     for (auto *I : Paths.found_decls()) {
6319       if (CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(I)) {
6320         MD->addOverriddenMethod(OldMD->getCanonicalDecl());
6321         if (!CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(MD, OldMD) &&
6322             !CheckOverridingFunctionAttributes(MD, OldMD) &&
6323             !CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(MD, OldMD) &&
6324             !CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(MD, OldMD)) {
6325           hasDeletedOverridenMethods |= OldMD->isDeleted();
6326           hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods |= !OldMD->isDeleted();
6327           AddedAny = true;
6328         }
6329       }
6330     }
6331   }
6332 
6333   if (hasDeletedOverridenMethods && !MD->isDeleted()) {
6334     ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_non_deleted_override, MD, OEK_Deleted);
6335   }
6336   if (hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods && MD->isDeleted()) {
6337     ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_deleted_override, MD, OEK_NonDeleted);
6338   }
6339 
6340   return AddedAny;
6341 }
6342 
6343 namespace {
6344   // Struct for holding all of the extra arguments needed by
6345   // DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration to call Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator.
6346   struct ActOnFDArgs {
6347     Scope *S;
6348     Declarator &D;
6349     MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists;
6350     bool AddToScope;
6351   };
6352 }
6353 
6354 namespace {
6355 
6356 // Callback to only accept typo corrections that have a non-zero edit distance.
6357 // Also only accept corrections that have the same parent decl.
6358 class DifferentNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback {
6359  public:
6360   DifferentNameValidatorCCC(ASTContext &Context, FunctionDecl *TypoFD,
6361                             CXXRecordDecl *Parent)
6362       : Context(Context), OriginalFD(TypoFD),
6363         ExpectedParent(Parent ? Parent->getCanonicalDecl() : nullptr) {}
6364 
6365   bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) override {
6366     if (candidate.getEditDistance() == 0)
6367       return false;
6368 
6369     SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams;
6370     for (TypoCorrection::const_decl_iterator CDecl = candidate.begin(),
6371                                           CDeclEnd = candidate.end();
6372          CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) {
6373       FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl);
6374 
6375       if (FD && !FD->hasBody() &&
6376           hasSimilarParameters(Context, FD, OriginalFD, MismatchedParams)) {
6377         if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) {
6378           CXXRecordDecl *Parent = MD->getParent();
6379           if (Parent && Parent->getCanonicalDecl() == ExpectedParent)
6380             return true;
6381         } else if (!ExpectedParent) {
6382           return true;
6383         }
6384       }
6385     }
6386 
6387     return false;
6388   }
6389 
6390  private:
6391   ASTContext &Context;
6392   FunctionDecl *OriginalFD;
6393   CXXRecordDecl *ExpectedParent;
6394 };
6395 
6396 }
6397 
6398 /// \brief Generate diagnostics for an invalid function redeclaration.
6399 ///
6400 /// This routine handles generating the diagnostic messages for an invalid
6401 /// function redeclaration, including finding possible similar declarations
6402 /// or performing typo correction if there are no previous declarations with
6403 /// the same name.
6404 ///
6405 /// Returns a NamedDecl iff typo correction was performed and substituting in
6406 /// the new declaration name does not cause new errors.
6407 static NamedDecl *DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(
6408     Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Previous, FunctionDecl *NewFD,
6409     ActOnFDArgs &ExtraArgs, bool IsLocalFriend, Scope *S) {
6410   DeclarationName Name = NewFD->getDeclName();
6411   DeclContext *NewDC = NewFD->getDeclContext();
6412   SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams;
6413   SmallVector<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned>, 1> NearMatches;
6414   TypoCorrection Correction;
6415   bool IsDefinition = ExtraArgs.D.isFunctionDefinition();
6416   unsigned DiagMsg = IsLocalFriend ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend
6417                                    : diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match;
6418   LookupResult Prev(SemaRef, Name, NewFD->getLocation(),
6419                     IsLocalFriend ? Sema::LookupLocalFriendName
6420                                   : Sema::LookupOrdinaryName,
6421                     Sema::ForRedeclaration);
6422 
6423   NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
6424   if (IsLocalFriend)
6425     SemaRef.LookupName(Prev, S);
6426   else
6427     SemaRef.LookupQualifiedName(Prev, NewDC);
6428   assert(!Prev.isAmbiguous() &&
6429          "Cannot have an ambiguity in previous-declaration lookup");
6430   CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD);
6431   if (!Prev.empty()) {
6432     for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Prev.begin(), FuncEnd = Prev.end();
6433          Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) {
6434       FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func);
6435       if (FD &&
6436           hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) {
6437         // Add 1 to the index so that 0 can mean the mismatch didn't
6438         // involve a parameter
6439         unsigned ParamNum =
6440             MismatchedParams.empty() ? 0 : MismatchedParams.front() + 1;
6441         NearMatches.push_back(std::make_pair(FD, ParamNum));
6442       }
6443     }
6444   // If the qualified name lookup yielded nothing, try typo correction
6445   } else if ((Correction = SemaRef.CorrectTypo(
6446                   Prev.getLookupNameInfo(), Prev.getLookupKind(), S,
6447                   &ExtraArgs.D.getCXXScopeSpec(),
6448                   llvm::make_unique<DifferentNameValidatorCCC>(
6449                       SemaRef.Context, NewFD, MD ? MD->getParent() : nullptr),
6450                   Sema::CTK_ErrorRecovery, IsLocalFriend ? nullptr : NewDC))) {
6451     // Set up everything for the call to ActOnFunctionDeclarator
6452     ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(),
6453                               ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc());
6454     Previous.clear();
6455     Previous.setLookupName(Correction.getCorrection());
6456     for (TypoCorrection::decl_iterator CDecl = Correction.begin(),
6457                                     CDeclEnd = Correction.end();
6458          CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) {
6459       FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl);
6460       if (FD && !FD->hasBody() &&
6461           hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) {
6462         Previous.addDecl(FD);
6463       }
6464     }
6465     bool wasRedeclaration = ExtraArgs.D.isRedeclaration();
6466 
6467     NamedDecl *Result;
6468     // Retry building the function declaration with the new previous
6469     // declarations, and with errors suppressed.
6470     {
6471       // Trap errors.
6472       Sema::SFINAETrap Trap(SemaRef);
6473 
6474       // TODO: Refactor ActOnFunctionDeclarator so that we can call only the
6475       // pieces need to verify the typo-corrected C++ declaration and hopefully
6476       // eliminate the need for the parameter pack ExtraArgs.
6477       Result = SemaRef.ActOnFunctionDeclarator(
6478           ExtraArgs.S, ExtraArgs.D,
6479           Correction.getCorrectionDecl()->getDeclContext(),
6480           NewFD->getTypeSourceInfo(), Previous, ExtraArgs.TemplateParamLists,
6481           ExtraArgs.AddToScope);
6482 
6483       if (Trap.hasErrorOccurred())
6484         Result = nullptr;
6485     }
6486 
6487     if (Result) {
6488       // Determine which correction we picked.
6489       Decl *Canonical = Result->getCanonicalDecl();
6490       for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end();
6491            I != E; ++I)
6492         if ((*I)->getCanonicalDecl() == Canonical)
6493           Correction.setCorrectionDecl(*I);
6494 
6495       SemaRef.diagnoseTypo(
6496           Correction,
6497           SemaRef.PDiag(IsLocalFriend
6498                           ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend_suggest
6499                           : diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match_suggest)
6500             << Name << NewDC << IsDefinition);
6501       return Result;
6502     }
6503 
6504     // Pretend the typo correction never occurred
6505     ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(),
6506                               ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc());
6507     ExtraArgs.D.setRedeclaration(wasRedeclaration);
6508     Previous.clear();
6509     Previous.setLookupName(Name);
6510   }
6511 
6512   SemaRef.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagMsg)
6513       << Name << NewDC << IsDefinition << NewFD->getLocation();
6514 
6515   bool NewFDisConst = false;
6516   if (CXXMethodDecl *NewMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD))
6517     NewFDisConst = NewMD->isConst();
6518 
6519   for (SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned> >::iterator
6520        NearMatch = NearMatches.begin(), NearMatchEnd = NearMatches.end();
6521        NearMatch != NearMatchEnd; ++NearMatch) {
6522     FunctionDecl *FD = NearMatch->first;
6523     CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD);
6524     bool FDisConst = MD && MD->isConst();
6525     bool IsMember = MD || !IsLocalFriend;
6526 
6527     // FIXME: These notes are poorly worded for the local friend case.
6528     if (unsigned Idx = NearMatch->second) {
6529       ParmVarDecl *FDParam = FD->getParamDecl(Idx-1);
6530       SourceLocation Loc = FDParam->getTypeSpecStartLoc();
6531       if (Loc.isInvalid()) Loc = FD->getLocation();
6532       SemaRef.Diag(Loc, IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_param_match
6533                                  : diag::note_local_decl_close_param_match)
6534         << Idx << FDParam->getType()
6535         << NewFD->getParamDecl(Idx - 1)->getType();
6536     } else if (FDisConst != NewFDisConst) {
6537       SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_const_match)
6538           << NewFDisConst << FD->getSourceRange().getEnd();
6539     } else
6540       SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(),
6541                    IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_match
6542                             : diag::note_local_decl_close_match);
6543   }
6544   return nullptr;
6545 }
6546 
6547 static StorageClass getFunctionStorageClass(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D) {
6548   switch (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec()) {
6549   default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown storage class!");
6550   case DeclSpec::SCS_auto:
6551   case DeclSpec::SCS_register:
6552   case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable:
6553     SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
6554                  diag::err_typecheck_sclass_func);
6555     D.setInvalidType();
6556     break;
6557   case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: break;
6558   case DeclSpec::SCS_extern:
6559     if (D.getDeclSpec().isExternInLinkageSpec())
6560       return SC_None;
6561     return SC_Extern;
6562   case DeclSpec::SCS_static: {
6563     if (SemaRef.CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) {
6564       // C99 6.7.1p5:
6565       //   The declaration of an identifier for a function that has
6566       //   block scope shall have no explicit storage-class specifier
6567       //   other than extern
6568       // See also (C++ [dcl.stc]p4).
6569       SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
6570                    diag::err_static_block_func);
6571       break;
6572     } else
6573       return SC_Static;
6574   }
6575   case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern;
6576   }
6577 
6578   // No explicit storage class has already been returned
6579   return SC_None;
6580 }
6581 
6582 static FunctionDecl* CreateNewFunctionDecl(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D,
6583                                            DeclContext *DC, QualType &R,
6584                                            TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
6585                                            StorageClass SC,
6586                                            bool &IsVirtualOkay) {
6587   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = SemaRef.GetNameForDeclarator(D);
6588   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
6589 
6590   FunctionDecl *NewFD = nullptr;
6591   bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified();
6592 
6593   if (!SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
6594     // Determine whether the function was written with a
6595     // prototype. This true when:
6596     //   - there is a prototype in the declarator, or
6597     //   - the type R of the function is some kind of typedef or other reference
6598     //     to a type name (which eventually refers to a function type).
6599     bool HasPrototype =
6600       (D.isFunctionDeclarator() && D.getFunctionTypeInfo().hasPrototype) ||
6601       (!isa<FunctionType>(R.getTypePtr()) && R->isFunctionProtoType());
6602 
6603     NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC,
6604                                  D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R,
6605                                  TInfo, SC, isInline,
6606                                  HasPrototype, false);
6607     if (D.isInvalidType())
6608       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
6609 
6610     // Set the lexical context.
6611     NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(SemaRef.CurContext);
6612 
6613     return NewFD;
6614   }
6615 
6616   bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified();
6617   bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified();
6618 
6619   // Check that the return type is not an abstract class type.
6620   // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once
6621   // the class has been completely parsed.
6622   if (!DC->isRecord() &&
6623       SemaRef.RequireNonAbstractType(
6624           D.getIdentifierLoc(), R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType(),
6625           diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, SemaRef.AbstractReturnType))
6626     D.setInvalidType();
6627 
6628   if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName) {
6629     // This is a C++ constructor declaration.
6630     assert(DC->isRecord() &&
6631            "Constructors can only be declared in a member context");
6632 
6633     R = SemaRef.CheckConstructorDeclarator(D, R, SC);
6634     return CXXConstructorDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC),
6635                                       D.getLocStart(), NameInfo,
6636                                       R, TInfo, isExplicit, isInline,
6637                                       /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false,
6638                                       isConstexpr);
6639 
6640   } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
6641     // This is a C++ destructor declaration.
6642     if (DC->isRecord()) {
6643       R = SemaRef.CheckDestructorDeclarator(D, R, SC);
6644       CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC);
6645       CXXDestructorDecl *NewDD = CXXDestructorDecl::Create(
6646                                         SemaRef.Context, Record,
6647                                         D.getLocStart(),
6648                                         NameInfo, R, TInfo, isInline,
6649                                         /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false);
6650 
6651       // If the class is complete, then we now create the implicit exception
6652       // specification. If the class is incomplete or dependent, we can't do
6653       // it yet.
6654       if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && !Record->isDependentType() &&
6655           Record->getDefinition() && !Record->isBeingDefined() &&
6656           R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getExceptionSpecType() == EST_None) {
6657         SemaRef.AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(Record, NewDD);
6658       }
6659 
6660       IsVirtualOkay = true;
6661       return NewDD;
6662 
6663     } else {
6664       SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_destructor_not_member);
6665       D.setInvalidType();
6666 
6667       // Create a FunctionDecl to satisfy the function definition parsing
6668       // code path.
6669       return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC,
6670                                   D.getLocStart(),
6671                                   D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, R, TInfo,
6672                                   SC, isInline,
6673                                   /*hasPrototype=*/true, isConstexpr);
6674     }
6675 
6676   } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) {
6677     if (!DC->isRecord()) {
6678       SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
6679            diag::err_conv_function_not_member);
6680       return nullptr;
6681     }
6682 
6683     SemaRef.CheckConversionDeclarator(D, R, SC);
6684     IsVirtualOkay = true;
6685     return CXXConversionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC),
6686                                      D.getLocStart(), NameInfo,
6687                                      R, TInfo, isInline, isExplicit,
6688                                      isConstexpr, SourceLocation());
6689 
6690   } else if (DC->isRecord()) {
6691     // If the name of the function is the same as the name of the record,
6692     // then this must be an invalid constructor that has a return type.
6693     // (The parser checks for a return type and makes the declarator a
6694     // constructor if it has no return type).
6695     if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() &&
6696         Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() == cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->getIdentifier()){
6697       SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_constructor_return_type)
6698         << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc())
6699         << SourceRange(D.getIdentifierLoc());
6700       return nullptr;
6701     }
6702 
6703     // This is a C++ method declaration.
6704     CXXMethodDecl *Ret = CXXMethodDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context,
6705                                                cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC),
6706                                                D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R,
6707                                                TInfo, SC, isInline,
6708                                                isConstexpr, SourceLocation());
6709     IsVirtualOkay = !Ret->isStatic();
6710     return Ret;
6711   } else {
6712     // Determine whether the function was written with a
6713     // prototype. This true when:
6714     //   - we're in C++ (where every function has a prototype),
6715     return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC,
6716                                 D.getLocStart(),
6717                                 NameInfo, R, TInfo, SC, isInline,
6718                                 true/*HasPrototype*/, isConstexpr);
6719   }
6720 }
6721 
6722 enum OpenCLParamType {
6723   ValidKernelParam,
6724   PtrPtrKernelParam,
6725   PtrKernelParam,
6726   PrivatePtrKernelParam,
6727   InvalidKernelParam,
6728   RecordKernelParam
6729 };
6730 
6731 static OpenCLParamType getOpenCLKernelParameterType(QualType PT) {
6732   if (PT->isPointerType()) {
6733     QualType PointeeType = PT->getPointeeType();
6734     if (PointeeType->isPointerType())
6735       return PtrPtrKernelParam;
6736     return PointeeType.getAddressSpace() == 0 ? PrivatePtrKernelParam
6737                                               : PtrKernelParam;
6738   }
6739 
6740   // TODO: Forbid the other integer types (size_t, ptrdiff_t...) when they can
6741   // be used as builtin types.
6742 
6743   if (PT->isImageType())
6744     return PtrKernelParam;
6745 
6746   if (PT->isBooleanType())
6747     return InvalidKernelParam;
6748 
6749   if (PT->isEventT())
6750     return InvalidKernelParam;
6751 
6752   if (PT->isHalfType())
6753     return InvalidKernelParam;
6754 
6755   if (PT->isRecordType())
6756     return RecordKernelParam;
6757 
6758   return ValidKernelParam;
6759 }
6760 
6761 static void checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter(
6762   Sema &S,
6763   Declarator &D,
6764   ParmVarDecl *Param,
6765   llvm::SmallPtrSetImpl<const Type *> &ValidTypes) {
6766   QualType PT = Param->getType();
6767 
6768   // Cache the valid types we encounter to avoid rechecking structs that are
6769   // used again
6770   if (ValidTypes.count(PT.getTypePtr()))
6771     return;
6772 
6773   switch (getOpenCLKernelParameterType(PT)) {
6774   case PtrPtrKernelParam:
6775     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.a:
6776     // A kernel function argument cannot be declared as a
6777     // pointer to a pointer type.
6778     S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_ptrptr_kernel_param);
6779     D.setInvalidType();
6780     return;
6781 
6782   case PrivatePtrKernelParam:
6783     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.a:
6784     // A kernel function argument cannot be declared as a
6785     // pointer to the private address space.
6786     S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_private_ptr_kernel_param);
6787     D.setInvalidType();
6788     return;
6789 
6790     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.k:
6791     // Arguments to kernel functions in a program cannot be declared with the
6792     // built-in scalar types bool, half, size_t, ptrdiff_t, intptr_t, and
6793     // uintptr_t or a struct and/or union that contain fields declared to be
6794     // one of these built-in scalar types.
6795 
6796   case InvalidKernelParam:
6797     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 n:
6798     // A kernel function argument cannot be declared
6799     // of event_t type.
6800     S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT;
6801     D.setInvalidType();
6802     return;
6803 
6804   case PtrKernelParam:
6805   case ValidKernelParam:
6806     ValidTypes.insert(PT.getTypePtr());
6807     return;
6808 
6809   case RecordKernelParam:
6810     break;
6811   }
6812 
6813   // Track nested structs we will inspect
6814   SmallVector<const Decl *, 4> VisitStack;
6815 
6816   // Track where we are in the nested structs. Items will migrate from
6817   // VisitStack to HistoryStack as we do the DFS for bad field.
6818   SmallVector<const FieldDecl *, 4> HistoryStack;
6819   HistoryStack.push_back(nullptr);
6820 
6821   const RecordDecl *PD = PT->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
6822   VisitStack.push_back(PD);
6823 
6824   assert(VisitStack.back() && "First decl null?");
6825 
6826   do {
6827     const Decl *Next = VisitStack.pop_back_val();
6828     if (!Next) {
6829       assert(!HistoryStack.empty());
6830       // Found a marker, we have gone up a level
6831       if (const FieldDecl *Hist = HistoryStack.pop_back_val())
6832         ValidTypes.insert(Hist->getType().getTypePtr());
6833 
6834       continue;
6835     }
6836 
6837     // Adds everything except the original parameter declaration (which is not a
6838     // field itself) to the history stack.
6839     const RecordDecl *RD;
6840     if (const FieldDecl *Field = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Next)) {
6841       HistoryStack.push_back(Field);
6842       RD = Field->getType()->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
6843     } else {
6844       RD = cast<RecordDecl>(Next);
6845     }
6846 
6847     // Add a null marker so we know when we've gone back up a level
6848     VisitStack.push_back(nullptr);
6849 
6850     for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) {
6851       QualType QT = FD->getType();
6852 
6853       if (ValidTypes.count(QT.getTypePtr()))
6854         continue;
6855 
6856       OpenCLParamType ParamType = getOpenCLKernelParameterType(QT);
6857       if (ParamType == ValidKernelParam)
6858         continue;
6859 
6860       if (ParamType == RecordKernelParam) {
6861         VisitStack.push_back(FD);
6862         continue;
6863       }
6864 
6865       // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.p:
6866       // Arguments to kernel functions that are declared to be a struct or union
6867       // do not allow OpenCL objects to be passed as elements of the struct or
6868       // union.
6869       if (ParamType == PtrKernelParam || ParamType == PtrPtrKernelParam ||
6870           ParamType == PrivatePtrKernelParam) {
6871         S.Diag(Param->getLocation(),
6872                diag::err_record_with_pointers_kernel_param)
6873           << PT->isUnionType()
6874           << PT;
6875       } else {
6876         S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT;
6877       }
6878 
6879       S.Diag(PD->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type)
6880         << PD->getDeclName();
6881 
6882       // We have an error, now let's go back up through history and show where
6883       // the offending field came from
6884       for (ArrayRef<const FieldDecl *>::const_iterator I = HistoryStack.begin() + 1,
6885              E = HistoryStack.end(); I != E; ++I) {
6886         const FieldDecl *OuterField = *I;
6887         S.Diag(OuterField->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type)
6888           << OuterField->getType();
6889       }
6890 
6891       S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_illegal_field_declared_here)
6892         << QT->isPointerType()
6893         << QT;
6894       D.setInvalidType();
6895       return;
6896     }
6897   } while (!VisitStack.empty());
6898 }
6899 
6900 NamedDecl*
6901 Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC,
6902                               TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous,
6903                               MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists,
6904                               bool &AddToScope) {
6905   QualType R = TInfo->getType();
6906 
6907   assert(R.getTypePtr()->isFunctionType());
6908 
6909   // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic.
6910   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D);
6911   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
6912   StorageClass SC = getFunctionStorageClass(*this, D);
6913 
6914   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec())
6915     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
6916          diag::err_invalid_thread)
6917       << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
6918 
6919   if (D.isFirstDeclarationOfMember())
6920     adjustMemberFunctionCC(R, D.isStaticMember());
6921 
6922   bool isFriend = false;
6923   FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = nullptr;
6924   bool isExplicitSpecialization = false;
6925   bool isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false;
6926 
6927   bool isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = false;
6928   bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false;
6929   TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgs;
6930 
6931   bool isVirtualOkay = false;
6932 
6933   DeclContext *OriginalDC = DC;
6934   bool IsLocalExternDecl = adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DC);
6935 
6936   FunctionDecl *NewFD = CreateNewFunctionDecl(*this, D, DC, R, TInfo, SC,
6937                                               isVirtualOkay);
6938   if (!NewFD) return nullptr;
6939 
6940   if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer())
6941     NewFD->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer();
6942 
6943   // Set the lexical context. If this is a function-scope declaration, or has a
6944   // C++ scope specifier, or is the object of a friend declaration, the lexical
6945   // context will be different from the semantic context.
6946   NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
6947 
6948   if (IsLocalExternDecl)
6949     NewFD->setLocalExternDecl();
6950 
6951   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
6952     bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified();
6953     bool isVirtual = D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified();
6954     bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified();
6955     bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified();
6956     isFriend = D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified();
6957     if (isFriend && !isInline && D.isFunctionDefinition()) {
6958       // C++ [class.friend]p5
6959       //   A function can be defined in a friend declaration of a
6960       //   class . . . . Such a function is implicitly inline.
6961       NewFD->setImplicitlyInline();
6962     }
6963 
6964     // If this is a method defined in an __interface, and is not a constructor
6965     // or an overloaded operator, then set the pure flag (isVirtual will already
6966     // return true).
6967     if (const CXXRecordDecl *Parent =
6968           dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) {
6969       if (Parent->isInterface() && cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)->isUserProvided())
6970         NewFD->setPure(true);
6971     }
6972 
6973     SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewFD, D);
6974     isExplicitSpecialization = false;
6975     isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false;
6976     if (D.isInvalidType())
6977       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
6978 
6979     // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then
6980     // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization.
6981     bool Invalid = false;
6982     if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams =
6983             MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(
6984                 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), D.getIdentifierLoc(),
6985                 D.getCXXScopeSpec(),
6986                 D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId
6987                     ? D.getName().TemplateId
6988                     : nullptr,
6989                 TemplateParamLists, isFriend, isExplicitSpecialization,
6990                 Invalid)) {
6991       if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) {
6992         // This is a function template
6993 
6994         // Check that we can declare a template here.
6995         if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams))
6996           return nullptr;
6997 
6998         // A destructor cannot be a template.
6999         if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
7000           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_template);
7001           return nullptr;
7002         }
7003 
7004         // If we're adding a template to a dependent context, we may need to
7005         // rebuilding some of the types used within the template parameter list,
7006         // now that we know what the current instantiation is.
7007         if (DC->isDependentContext()) {
7008           ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC);
7009           if (RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation(TemplateParams))
7010             Invalid = true;
7011         }
7012 
7013 
7014         FunctionTemplate = FunctionTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC,
7015                                                         NewFD->getLocation(),
7016                                                         Name, TemplateParams,
7017                                                         NewFD);
7018         FunctionTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
7019         NewFD->setDescribedFunctionTemplate(FunctionTemplate);
7020 
7021         // For source fidelity, store the other template param lists.
7022         if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 1) {
7023           NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context,
7024                                                TemplateParamLists.size() - 1,
7025                                                TemplateParamLists.data());
7026         }
7027       } else {
7028         // This is a function template specialization.
7029         isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true;
7030         // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists.
7031         if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0)
7032           NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context,
7033                                                TemplateParamLists.size(),
7034                                                TemplateParamLists.data());
7035 
7036         // C++0x [temp.expl.spec]p20 forbids "template<> friend void foo(int);".
7037         if (isFriend) {
7038           // We want to remove the "template<>", found here.
7039           SourceRange RemoveRange = TemplateParams->getSourceRange();
7040 
7041           // If we remove the template<> and the name is not a
7042           // template-id, we're actually silently creating a problem:
7043           // the friend declaration will refer to an untemplated decl,
7044           // and clearly the user wants a template specialization.  So
7045           // we need to insert '<>' after the name.
7046           SourceLocation InsertLoc;
7047           if (D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
7048             InsertLoc = D.getName().getSourceRange().getEnd();
7049             InsertLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(InsertLoc);
7050           }
7051 
7052           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_decl_friend)
7053             << Name << RemoveRange
7054             << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(RemoveRange)
7055             << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(InsertLoc, "<>");
7056         }
7057       }
7058     }
7059     else {
7060       // All template param lists were matched against the scope specifier:
7061       // this is NOT (an explicit specialization of) a template.
7062       if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0)
7063         // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists.
7064         NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context,
7065                                              TemplateParamLists.size(),
7066                                              TemplateParamLists.data());
7067     }
7068 
7069     if (Invalid) {
7070       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7071       if (FunctionTemplate)
7072         FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl();
7073     }
7074 
7075     // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p5:
7076     //   The virtual specifier shall only be used in declarations of
7077     //   nonstatic class member functions that appear within a
7078     //   member-specification of a class declaration; see 10.3.
7079     //
7080     if (isVirtual && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
7081       if (!isVirtualOkay) {
7082         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(),
7083              diag::err_virtual_non_function);
7084       } else if (!CurContext->isRecord()) {
7085         // 'virtual' was specified outside of the class.
7086         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(),
7087              diag::err_virtual_out_of_class)
7088           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc());
7089       } else if (NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) {
7090         // C++ [temp.mem]p3:
7091         //  A member function template shall not be virtual.
7092         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(),
7093              diag::err_virtual_member_function_template)
7094           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc());
7095       } else {
7096         // Okay: Add virtual to the method.
7097         NewFD->setVirtualAsWritten(true);
7098       }
7099 
7100       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 &&
7101           NewFD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType())
7102         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::err_auto_fn_virtual);
7103     }
7104 
7105     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 &&
7106         (NewFD->isDependentContext() ||
7107          (isFriend && CurContext->isDependentContext())) &&
7108         NewFD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) {
7109       // If the function template is referenced directly (for instance, as a
7110       // member of the current instantiation), pretend it has a dependent type.
7111       // This is not really justified by the standard, but is the only sane
7112       // thing to do.
7113       // FIXME: For a friend function, we have not marked the function as being
7114       // a friend yet, so 'isDependentContext' on the FD doesn't work.
7115       const FunctionProtoType *FPT =
7116           NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>();
7117       QualType Result =
7118           SubstAutoType(FPT->getReturnType(), Context.DependentTy);
7119       NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(Result, FPT->getParamTypes(),
7120                                              FPT->getExtProtoInfo()));
7121     }
7122 
7123     // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p3:
7124     //  The inline specifier shall not appear on a block scope function
7125     //  declaration.
7126     if (isInline && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
7127       if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) {
7128         // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope function declaration.
7129         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(),
7130              diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name
7131           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc());
7132       }
7133     }
7134 
7135     // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p6:
7136     //  The explicit specifier shall be used only in the declaration of a
7137     //  constructor or conversion function within its class definition;
7138     //  see 12.3.1 and 12.3.2.
7139     if (isExplicit && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
7140       if (!CurContext->isRecord()) {
7141         // 'explicit' was specified outside of the class.
7142         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(),
7143              diag::err_explicit_out_of_class)
7144           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc());
7145       } else if (!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD) &&
7146                  !isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) {
7147         // 'explicit' was specified on a function that wasn't a constructor
7148         // or conversion function.
7149         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(),
7150              diag::err_explicit_non_ctor_or_conv_function)
7151           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc());
7152       }
7153     }
7154 
7155     if (isConstexpr) {
7156       // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p2: constexpr functions and constexpr constructors
7157       // are implicitly inline.
7158       NewFD->setImplicitlyInline();
7159 
7160       // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p3: functions declared constexpr are required to
7161       // be either constructors or to return a literal type. Therefore,
7162       // destructors cannot be declared constexpr.
7163       if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD))
7164         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_dtor);
7165     }
7166 
7167     // If __module_private__ was specified, mark the function accordingly.
7168     if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) {
7169       if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) {
7170         SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc
7171           = D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc();
7172         Diag(ModulePrivateLoc, diag::err_module_private_specialization)
7173           << 0
7174           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc);
7175       } else {
7176         NewFD->setModulePrivate();
7177         if (FunctionTemplate)
7178           FunctionTemplate->setModulePrivate();
7179       }
7180     }
7181 
7182     if (isFriend) {
7183       if (FunctionTemplate) {
7184         FunctionTemplate->setObjectOfFriendDecl();
7185         FunctionTemplate->setAccess(AS_public);
7186       }
7187       NewFD->setObjectOfFriendDecl();
7188       NewFD->setAccess(AS_public);
7189     }
7190 
7191     // If a function is defined as defaulted or deleted, mark it as such now.
7192     // FIXME: Does this ever happen? ActOnStartOfFunctionDef forces the function
7193     // definition kind to FDK_Definition.
7194     switch (D.getFunctionDefinitionKind()) {
7195       case FDK_Declaration:
7196       case FDK_Definition:
7197         break;
7198 
7199       case FDK_Defaulted:
7200         NewFD->setDefaulted();
7201         break;
7202 
7203       case FDK_Deleted:
7204         NewFD->setDeletedAsWritten();
7205         break;
7206     }
7207 
7208     if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && DC == CurContext &&
7209         D.isFunctionDefinition()) {
7210       // C++ [class.mfct]p2:
7211       //   A member function may be defined (8.4) in its class definition, in
7212       //   which case it is an inline member function (7.1.2)
7213       NewFD->setImplicitlyInline();
7214     }
7215 
7216     if (SC == SC_Static && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) &&
7217         !CurContext->isRecord()) {
7218       // C++ [class.static]p1:
7219       //   A data or function member of a class may be declared static
7220       //   in a class definition, in which case it is a static member of
7221       //   the class.
7222 
7223       // Complain about the 'static' specifier if it's on an out-of-line
7224       // member function definition.
7225       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
7226            diag::err_static_out_of_line)
7227         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
7228     }
7229 
7230     // C++11 [except.spec]p15:
7231     //   A deallocation function with no exception-specification is treated
7232     //   as if it were specified with noexcept(true).
7233     const FunctionProtoType *FPT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
7234     if ((Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Delete ||
7235          Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_Delete) &&
7236         getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && FPT && !FPT->hasExceptionSpec())
7237       NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(
7238           FPT->getReturnType(), FPT->getParamTypes(),
7239           FPT->getExtProtoInfo().withExceptionSpec(EST_BasicNoexcept)));
7240   }
7241 
7242   // Filter out previous declarations that don't match the scope.
7243   FilterLookupForScope(Previous, OriginalDC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewFD),
7244                        D.getCXXScopeSpec().isNotEmpty() ||
7245                        isExplicitSpecialization ||
7246                        isFunctionTemplateSpecialization);
7247 
7248   // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute).
7249   if (Expr *E = (Expr*) D.getAsmLabel()) {
7250     // The parser guarantees this is a string.
7251     StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E);
7252     NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), Context,
7253                                                 SE->getString(), 0));
7254   } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) {
7255     llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I =
7256       ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewFD->getIdentifier());
7257     if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) {
7258       NewFD->addAttr(I->second);
7259       ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I);
7260     }
7261   }
7262 
7263   // Copy the parameter declarations from the declarator D to the function
7264   // declaration NewFD, if they are available.  First scavenge them into Params.
7265   SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params;
7266   if (D.isFunctionDeclarator()) {
7267     DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo();
7268 
7269     // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs
7270     // function that takes no arguments, not a function that takes a
7271     // single void argument.
7272     // We let through "const void" here because Sema::GetTypeForDeclarator
7273     // already checks for that case.
7274     if (FTIHasNonVoidParameters(FTI) && FTI.Params[0].Param) {
7275       for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumParams; i != e; ++i) {
7276         ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.Params[i].Param);
7277         assert(Param->getDeclContext() != NewFD && "Was set before ?");
7278         Param->setDeclContext(NewFD);
7279         Params.push_back(Param);
7280 
7281         if (Param->isInvalidDecl())
7282           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7283       }
7284     }
7285 
7286   } else if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
7287     // When we're declaring a function with a typedef, typeof, etc as in the
7288     // following example, we'll need to synthesize (unnamed)
7289     // parameters for use in the declaration.
7290     //
7291     // @code
7292     // typedef void fn(int);
7293     // fn f;
7294     // @endcode
7295 
7296     // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type.
7297     for (const auto &AI : FT->param_types()) {
7298       ParmVarDecl *Param =
7299           BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(NewFD, D.getIdentifierLoc(), AI);
7300       Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size());
7301       Params.push_back(Param);
7302     }
7303   } else {
7304     assert(R->isFunctionNoProtoType() && NewFD->getNumParams() == 0 &&
7305            "Should not need args for typedef of non-prototype fn");
7306   }
7307 
7308   // Finally, we know we have the right number of parameters, install them.
7309   NewFD->setParams(Params);
7310 
7311   // Find all anonymous symbols defined during the declaration of this function
7312   // and add to NewFD. This lets us track decls such 'enum Y' in:
7313   //
7314   //   void f(enum Y {AA} x) {}
7315   //
7316   // which would otherwise incorrectly end up in the translation unit scope.
7317   NewFD->setDeclsInPrototypeScope(DeclsInPrototypeScope);
7318   DeclsInPrototypeScope.clear();
7319 
7320   if (D.getDeclSpec().isNoreturnSpecified())
7321     NewFD->addAttr(
7322         ::new(Context) C11NoReturnAttr(D.getDeclSpec().getNoreturnSpecLoc(),
7323                                        Context, 0));
7324 
7325   // Functions returning a variably modified type violate C99 6.7.5.2p2
7326   // because all functions have linkage.
7327   if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() &&
7328       NewFD->getReturnType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
7329     Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_func_decl);
7330     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7331   }
7332 
7333   if (D.isFunctionDefinition() && CodeSegStack.CurrentValue &&
7334       !NewFD->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) {
7335     NewFD->addAttr(
7336         SectionAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, SectionAttr::Declspec_allocate,
7337                                     CodeSegStack.CurrentValue->getString(),
7338                                     CodeSegStack.CurrentPragmaLocation));
7339     if (UnifySection(CodeSegStack.CurrentValue->getString(),
7340                      ASTContext::PSF_Implicit | ASTContext::PSF_Execute |
7341                          ASTContext::PSF_Read,
7342                      NewFD))
7343       NewFD->dropAttr<SectionAttr>();
7344   }
7345 
7346   // Handle attributes.
7347   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D);
7348 
7349   QualType RetType = NewFD->getReturnType();
7350   const CXXRecordDecl *Ret = RetType->isRecordType() ?
7351       RetType->getAsCXXRecordDecl() : RetType->getPointeeCXXRecordDecl();
7352   if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && !NewFD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedResultAttr>() &&
7353       Ret && Ret->hasAttr<WarnUnusedResultAttr>()) {
7354     const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD);
7355     // Attach WarnUnusedResult to functions returning types with that attribute.
7356     // Don't apply the attribute to that type's own non-static member functions
7357     // (to avoid warning on things like assignment operators)
7358     if (!MD || MD->getParent() != Ret)
7359       NewFD->addAttr(WarnUnusedResultAttr::CreateImplicit(Context));
7360   }
7361 
7362   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
7363     // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5: Using an address space qualifier in a function return
7364     // type declaration will generate a compilation error.
7365     unsigned AddressSpace = RetType.getAddressSpace();
7366     if (AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_local ||
7367         AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_global ||
7368         AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_constant) {
7369       Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
7370            diag::err_opencl_return_value_with_address_space);
7371       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7372     }
7373   }
7374 
7375   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
7376     // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration.
7377     bool isExplicitSpecialization=false;
7378     if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain())
7379       CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec());
7380 
7381     if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMSVCRTEntryPoint())
7382       CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(NewFD);
7383 
7384     if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
7385       D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous,
7386                                                   isExplicitSpecialization));
7387     else if (!Previous.empty())
7388       // Make graceful recovery from an invalid redeclaration.
7389       D.setRedeclaration(true);
7390     assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() ||
7391             Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) &&
7392            "previous declaration set still overloaded");
7393 
7394     // Diagnose no-prototype function declarations with calling conventions that
7395     // don't support variadic calls. Only do this in C and do it after merging
7396     // possibly prototyped redeclarations.
7397     const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>();
7398     if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT) && !D.isFunctionDefinition()) {
7399       CallingConv CC = FT->getExtInfo().getCC();
7400       if (!supportsVariadicCall(CC)) {
7401         // Windows system headers sometimes accidentally use stdcall without
7402         // (void) parameters, so we relax this to a warning.
7403         int DiagID =
7404             CC == CC_X86StdCall ? diag::warn_cconv_knr : diag::err_cconv_knr;
7405         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagID)
7406             << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(CC);
7407       }
7408     }
7409   } else {
7410     // C++11 [replacement.functions]p3:
7411     //  The program's definitions shall not be specified as inline.
7412     //
7413     // N.B. We diagnose declarations instead of definitions per LWG issue 2340.
7414     //
7415     // Suppress the diagnostic if the function is __attribute__((used)), since
7416     // that forces an external definition to be emitted.
7417     if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified() &&
7418         NewFD->isReplaceableGlobalAllocationFunction() &&
7419         !NewFD->hasAttr<UsedAttr>())
7420       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(),
7421            diag::ext_operator_new_delete_declared_inline)
7422         << NewFD->getDeclName();
7423 
7424     // If the declarator is a template-id, translate the parser's template
7425     // argument list into our AST format.
7426     if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
7427       TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = D.getName().TemplateId;
7428       TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(TemplateId->LAngleLoc);
7429       TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(TemplateId->RAngleLoc);
7430       ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(),
7431                                          TemplateId->NumArgs);
7432       translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr,
7433                                  TemplateArgs);
7434 
7435       HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true;
7436 
7437       if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
7438         HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false;
7439       } else if (FunctionTemplate) {
7440         // Function template with explicit template arguments.
7441         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_function_template_partial_spec)
7442           << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc);
7443 
7444         HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false;
7445       } else {
7446         assert((isFunctionTemplateSpecialization ||
7447                 D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) &&
7448                "should have a 'template<>' for this decl");
7449         // "friend void foo<>(int);" is an implicit specialization decl.
7450         isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true;
7451       }
7452     } else if (isFriend && isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) {
7453       // This combination is only possible in a recovery case;  the user
7454       // wrote something like:
7455       //   template <> friend void foo(int);
7456       // which we're recovering from as if the user had written:
7457       //   friend void foo<>(int);
7458       // Go ahead and fake up a template id.
7459       HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true;
7460       TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc());
7461       TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc());
7462     }
7463 
7464     // If it's a friend (and only if it's a friend), it's possible
7465     // that either the specialized function type or the specialized
7466     // template is dependent, and therefore matching will fail.  In
7467     // this case, don't check the specialization yet.
7468     bool InstantiationDependent = false;
7469     if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && isFriend &&
7470         (NewFD->getType()->isDependentType() || DC->isDependentContext() ||
7471          TemplateSpecializationType::anyDependentTemplateArguments(
7472             TemplateArgs.getArgumentArray(), TemplateArgs.size(),
7473             InstantiationDependent))) {
7474       assert(HasExplicitTemplateArgs &&
7475              "friend function specialization without template args");
7476       if (CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, TemplateArgs,
7477                                                        Previous))
7478         NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7479     } else if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) {
7480       if (CurContext->isDependentContext() && CurContext->isRecord()
7481           && !isFriend) {
7482         isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = true;
7483         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ?
7484           diag::ext_function_specialization_in_class :
7485           diag::err_function_specialization_in_class)
7486           << NewFD->getDeclName();
7487       } else if (CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD,
7488                                   (HasExplicitTemplateArgs ? &TemplateArgs
7489                                                            : nullptr),
7490                                                      Previous))
7491         NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7492 
7493       // C++ [dcl.stc]p1:
7494       //   A storage-class-specifier shall not be specified in an explicit
7495       //   specialization (14.7.3)
7496       FunctionTemplateSpecializationInfo *Info =
7497           NewFD->getTemplateSpecializationInfo();
7498       if (Info && SC != SC_None) {
7499         if (SC != Info->getTemplate()->getTemplatedDecl()->getStorageClass())
7500           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
7501                diag::err_explicit_specialization_inconsistent_storage_class)
7502             << SC
7503             << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
7504                                       D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
7505 
7506         else
7507           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
7508                diag::ext_explicit_specialization_storage_class)
7509             << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
7510                                       D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
7511       }
7512 
7513     } else if (isExplicitSpecialization && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) {
7514       if (CheckMemberSpecialization(NewFD, Previous))
7515           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7516     }
7517 
7518     // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration.
7519     if (!isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) {
7520       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain())
7521         CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec());
7522 
7523       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMSVCRTEntryPoint())
7524         CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(NewFD);
7525 
7526       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
7527         D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous,
7528                                                     isExplicitSpecialization));
7529     }
7530 
7531     assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() ||
7532             Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) &&
7533            "previous declaration set still overloaded");
7534 
7535     NamedDecl *PrincipalDecl = (FunctionTemplate
7536                                 ? cast<NamedDecl>(FunctionTemplate)
7537                                 : NewFD);
7538 
7539     if (isFriend && D.isRedeclaration()) {
7540       AccessSpecifier Access = AS_public;
7541       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
7542         Access = NewFD->getPreviousDecl()->getAccess();
7543 
7544       NewFD->setAccess(Access);
7545       if (FunctionTemplate) FunctionTemplate->setAccess(Access);
7546     }
7547 
7548     if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && !DC->isRecord() &&
7549         PrincipalDecl->isInIdentifierNamespace(Decl::IDNS_Ordinary))
7550       PrincipalDecl->setNonMemberOperator();
7551 
7552     // If we have a function template, check the template parameter
7553     // list. This will check and merge default template arguments.
7554     if (FunctionTemplate) {
7555       FunctionTemplateDecl *PrevTemplate =
7556                                      FunctionTemplate->getPreviousDecl();
7557       CheckTemplateParameterList(FunctionTemplate->getTemplateParameters(),
7558                        PrevTemplate ? PrevTemplate->getTemplateParameters()
7559                                     : nullptr,
7560                             D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()
7561                               ? (D.isFunctionDefinition()
7562                                    ? TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition
7563                                    : TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate)
7564                               : (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() &&
7565                                  DC && DC->isRecord() &&
7566                                  DC->isDependentContext())
7567                                   ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember
7568                                   : TPC_FunctionTemplate);
7569     }
7570 
7571     if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
7572       // Ignore all the rest of this.
7573     } else if (!D.isRedeclaration()) {
7574       struct ActOnFDArgs ExtraArgs = { S, D, TemplateParamLists,
7575                                        AddToScope };
7576       // Fake up an access specifier if it's supposed to be a class member.
7577       if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext()))
7578         NewFD->setAccess(AS_public);
7579 
7580       // Qualified decls generally require a previous declaration.
7581       if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
7582         // ...with the major exception of templated-scope or
7583         // dependent-scope friend declarations.
7584 
7585         // TODO: we currently also suppress this check in dependent
7586         // contexts because (1) the parameter depth will be off when
7587         // matching friend templates and (2) we might actually be
7588         // selecting a friend based on a dependent factor.  But there
7589         // are situations where these conditions don't apply and we
7590         // can actually do this check immediately.
7591         if (isFriend &&
7592             (TemplateParamLists.size() ||
7593              D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()->isDependent() ||
7594              CurContext->isDependentContext())) {
7595           // ignore these
7596         } else {
7597           // The user tried to provide an out-of-line definition for a
7598           // function that is a member of a class or namespace, but there
7599           // was no such member function declared (C++ [class.mfct]p2,
7600           // C++ [namespace.memdef]p2). For example:
7601           //
7602           // class X {
7603           //   void f() const;
7604           // };
7605           //
7606           // void X::f() { } // ill-formed
7607           //
7608           // Complain about this problem, and attempt to suggest close
7609           // matches (e.g., those that differ only in cv-qualifiers and
7610           // whether the parameter types are references).
7611 
7612           if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(
7613                   *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, false, nullptr)) {
7614             AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope;
7615             return Result;
7616           }
7617         }
7618 
7619         // Unqualified local friend declarations are required to resolve
7620         // to something.
7621       } else if (isFriend && cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)->isLocalClass()) {
7622         if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(
7623                 *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, true, S)) {
7624           AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope;
7625           return Result;
7626         }
7627       }
7628 
7629     } else if (!D.isFunctionDefinition() &&
7630                isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && NewFD->isOutOfLine() &&
7631                !isFriend && !isFunctionTemplateSpecialization &&
7632                !isExplicitSpecialization) {
7633       // An out-of-line member function declaration must also be a
7634       // definition (C++ [class.mfct]p2).
7635       // Note that this is not the case for explicit specializations of
7636       // function templates or member functions of class templates, per
7637       // C++ [temp.expl.spec]p2. We also allow these declarations as an
7638       // extension for compatibility with old SWIG code which likes to
7639       // generate them.
7640       Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::ext_out_of_line_declaration)
7641         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
7642     }
7643   }
7644 
7645   ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewFD);
7646   checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *NewFD);
7647 
7648   AddKnownFunctionAttributes(NewFD);
7649 
7650   if (NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() &&
7651       !NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
7652     Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
7653          diag::err_attribute_overloadable_no_prototype)
7654       << NewFD;
7655 
7656     // Turn this into a variadic function with no parameters.
7657     const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
7658     FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI(
7659         Context.getDefaultCallingConvention(true, false));
7660     EPI.Variadic = true;
7661     EPI.ExtInfo = FT->getExtInfo();
7662 
7663     QualType R = Context.getFunctionType(FT->getReturnType(), None, EPI);
7664     NewFD->setType(R);
7665   }
7666 
7667   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class
7668   // member, set the visibility of this function.
7669   if (!DC->isRecord() && NewFD->isExternallyVisible())
7670     AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewFD);
7671 
7672   // If there's a #pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited in scope, consider
7673   // marking the function.
7674   AddCFAuditedAttribute(NewFD);
7675 
7676   // If this is a function definition, check if we have to apply optnone due to
7677   // a pragma.
7678   if(D.isFunctionDefinition())
7679     AddRangeBasedOptnone(NewFD);
7680 
7681   // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update
7682   // the map of such variables.
7683   if (NewFD->isFirstDecl() && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl() &&
7684       isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewFD))
7685     RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewFD, S);
7686 
7687   // Set this FunctionDecl's range up to the right paren.
7688   NewFD->setRangeEnd(D.getSourceRange().getEnd());
7689 
7690   if (D.isRedeclaration() && !Previous.empty()) {
7691     checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration(
7692         *this, dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()), NewFD,
7693         isExplicitSpecialization || isFunctionTemplateSpecialization);
7694   }
7695 
7696   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
7697     if (FunctionTemplate) {
7698       if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
7699         FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl();
7700       return FunctionTemplate;
7701     }
7702   }
7703 
7704   if (NewFD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) {
7705     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 static is invalid for kernel functions.
7706     if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120)
7707         && (SC == SC_Static)) {
7708       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_static_kernel);
7709       D.setInvalidType();
7710     }
7711 
7712     // OpenCL v1.2, s6.9 -- Kernels can only have return type void.
7713     if (!NewFD->getReturnType()->isVoidType()) {
7714       SourceRange RTRange = NewFD->getReturnTypeSourceRange();
7715       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_expected_kernel_void_return_type)
7716           << (RTRange.isValid() ? FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "void")
7717                                 : FixItHint());
7718       D.setInvalidType();
7719     }
7720 
7721     llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Type *, 16> ValidTypes;
7722     for (auto Param : NewFD->params())
7723       checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter(*this, D, Param, ValidTypes);
7724   }
7725 
7726   MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewFD);
7727 
7728   if (getLangOpts().CUDA)
7729     if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewFD->getIdentifier())
7730       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() &&
7731           NewFD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) {
7732         if (II->isStr("cudaConfigureCall")) {
7733           if (!R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType()->isScalarType())
7734             Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_config_scalar_return);
7735 
7736           Context.setcudaConfigureCallDecl(NewFD);
7737         }
7738       }
7739 
7740   // Here we have an function template explicit specialization at class scope.
7741   // The actually specialization will be postponed to template instatiation
7742   // time via the ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl node.
7743   if (isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) {
7744     ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl *NewSpec =
7745                          ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl::Create(
7746                                 Context, CurContext, SourceLocation(),
7747                                 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD),
7748                                 HasExplicitTemplateArgs, TemplateArgs);
7749     CurContext->addDecl(NewSpec);
7750     AddToScope = false;
7751   }
7752 
7753   return NewFD;
7754 }
7755 
7756 /// \brief Perform semantic checking of a new function declaration.
7757 ///
7758 /// Performs semantic analysis of the new function declaration
7759 /// NewFD. This routine performs all semantic checking that does not
7760 /// require the actual declarator involved in the declaration, and is
7761 /// used both for the declaration of functions as they are parsed
7762 /// (called via ActOnDeclarator) and for the declaration of functions
7763 /// that have been instantiated via C++ template instantiation (called
7764 /// via InstantiateDecl).
7765 ///
7766 /// \param IsExplicitSpecialization whether this new function declaration is
7767 /// an explicit specialization of the previous declaration.
7768 ///
7769 /// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error.
7770 ///
7771 /// \returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration.
7772 bool Sema::CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *NewFD,
7773                                     LookupResult &Previous,
7774                                     bool IsExplicitSpecialization) {
7775   assert(!NewFD->getReturnType()->isVariablyModifiedType() &&
7776          "Variably modified return types are not handled here");
7777 
7778   // Determine whether the type of this function should be merged with
7779   // a previous visible declaration. This never happens for functions in C++,
7780   // and always happens in C if the previous declaration was visible.
7781   bool MergeTypeWithPrevious = !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
7782                                !Previous.isShadowed();
7783 
7784   // Filter out any non-conflicting previous declarations.
7785   filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(Context, NewFD, Previous);
7786 
7787   bool Redeclaration = false;
7788   NamedDecl *OldDecl = nullptr;
7789 
7790   // Merge or overload the declaration with an existing declaration of
7791   // the same name, if appropriate.
7792   if (!Previous.empty()) {
7793     // Determine whether NewFD is an overload of PrevDecl or
7794     // a declaration that requires merging. If it's an overload,
7795     // there's no more work to do here; we'll just add the new
7796     // function to the scope.
7797     if (!AllowOverloadingOfFunction(Previous, Context)) {
7798       NamedDecl *Candidate = Previous.getFoundDecl();
7799       if (shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Candidate, NewFD)) {
7800         Redeclaration = true;
7801         OldDecl = Candidate;
7802       }
7803     } else {
7804       switch (CheckOverload(S, NewFD, Previous, OldDecl,
7805                             /*NewIsUsingDecl*/ false)) {
7806       case Ovl_Match:
7807         Redeclaration = true;
7808         break;
7809 
7810       case Ovl_NonFunction:
7811         Redeclaration = true;
7812         break;
7813 
7814       case Ovl_Overload:
7815         Redeclaration = false;
7816         break;
7817       }
7818 
7819       if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) {
7820         // If a function name is overloadable in C, then every function
7821         // with that name must be marked "overloadable".
7822         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing)
7823           << Redeclaration << NewFD;
7824         NamedDecl *OverloadedDecl = nullptr;
7825         if (Redeclaration)
7826           OverloadedDecl = OldDecl;
7827         else if (!Previous.empty())
7828           OverloadedDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl();
7829         if (OverloadedDecl)
7830           Diag(OverloadedDecl->getLocation(),
7831                diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload);
7832         NewFD->addAttr(OverloadableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context));
7833       }
7834     }
7835   }
7836 
7837   // Check for a previous extern "C" declaration with this name.
7838   if (!Redeclaration &&
7839       checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewFD, Previous)) {
7840     filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(Context, NewFD, Previous);
7841     if (!Previous.empty()) {
7842       // This is an extern "C" declaration with the same name as a previous
7843       // declaration, and thus redeclares that entity...
7844       Redeclaration = true;
7845       OldDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl();
7846       MergeTypeWithPrevious = false;
7847 
7848       // ... except in the presence of __attribute__((overloadable)).
7849       if (OldDecl->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) {
7850         if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) {
7851           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing)
7852             << Redeclaration << NewFD;
7853           Diag(Previous.getFoundDecl()->getLocation(),
7854                diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload);
7855           NewFD->addAttr(OverloadableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context));
7856         }
7857         if (IsOverload(NewFD, cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl), false)) {
7858           Redeclaration = false;
7859           OldDecl = nullptr;
7860         }
7861       }
7862     }
7863   }
7864 
7865   // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p8:
7866   //   A constexpr specifier for a non-static member function that is not
7867   //   a constructor declares that member function to be const.
7868   //
7869   // This needs to be delayed until we know whether this is an out-of-line
7870   // definition of a static member function.
7871   //
7872   // This rule is not present in C++1y, so we produce a backwards
7873   // compatibility warning whenever it happens in C++11.
7874   CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD);
7875   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && MD && MD->isConstexpr() &&
7876       !MD->isStatic() && !isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD) &&
7877       (MD->getTypeQualifiers() & Qualifiers::Const) == 0) {
7878     CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = nullptr;
7879     if (OldDecl)
7880       OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(OldDecl->getAsFunction());
7881     if (!OldMD || !OldMD->isStatic()) {
7882       const FunctionProtoType *FPT =
7883         MD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>();
7884       FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo();
7885       EPI.TypeQuals |= Qualifiers::Const;
7886       MD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(FPT->getReturnType(),
7887                                           FPT->getParamTypes(), EPI));
7888 
7889       // Warn that we did this, if we're not performing template instantiation.
7890       // In that case, we'll have warned already when the template was defined.
7891       if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) {
7892         SourceLocation AddConstLoc;
7893         if (FunctionTypeLoc FTL = MD->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc()
7894                 .IgnoreParens().getAs<FunctionTypeLoc>())
7895           AddConstLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(FTL.getRParenLoc());
7896 
7897         Diag(MD->getLocation(), diag::warn_cxx14_compat_constexpr_not_const)
7898           << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(AddConstLoc, " const");
7899       }
7900     }
7901   }
7902 
7903   if (Redeclaration) {
7904     // NewFD and OldDecl represent declarations that need to be
7905     // merged.
7906     if (MergeFunctionDecl(NewFD, OldDecl, S, MergeTypeWithPrevious)) {
7907       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7908       return Redeclaration;
7909     }
7910 
7911     Previous.clear();
7912     Previous.addDecl(OldDecl);
7913 
7914     if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTemplateDecl
7915                                   = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) {
7916       NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl());
7917       FunctionTemplateDecl *NewTemplateDecl
7918         = NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate();
7919       assert(NewTemplateDecl && "Template/non-template mismatch");
7920       if (CXXMethodDecl *Method
7921             = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl())) {
7922         Method->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess());
7923         NewTemplateDecl->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess());
7924       }
7925 
7926       // If this is an explicit specialization of a member that is a function
7927       // template, mark it as a member specialization.
7928       if (IsExplicitSpecialization &&
7929           NewTemplateDecl->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) {
7930         NewTemplateDecl->setMemberSpecialization();
7931         assert(OldTemplateDecl->isMemberSpecialization());
7932       }
7933 
7934     } else {
7935       // This needs to happen first so that 'inline' propagates.
7936       NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl));
7937 
7938       if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) {
7939         // A valid redeclaration of a C++ method must be out-of-line,
7940         // but (unfortunately) it's not necessarily a definition
7941         // because of templates, which means that the previous
7942         // declaration is not necessarily from the class definition.
7943 
7944         // For just setting the access, that doesn't matter.
7945         CXXMethodDecl *oldMethod = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(OldDecl);
7946         NewFD->setAccess(oldMethod->getAccess());
7947 
7948         // Update the key-function state if necessary for this ABI.
7949         if (NewFD->isInlined() &&
7950             !Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().canKeyFunctionBeInline()) {
7951           // setNonKeyFunction needs to work with the original
7952           // declaration from the class definition, and isVirtual() is
7953           // just faster in that case, so map back to that now.
7954           oldMethod = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(oldMethod->getFirstDecl());
7955           if (oldMethod->isVirtual()) {
7956             Context.setNonKeyFunction(oldMethod);
7957           }
7958         }
7959       }
7960     }
7961   }
7962 
7963   // Semantic checking for this function declaration (in isolation).
7964 
7965   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
7966     // C++-specific checks.
7967     if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD)) {
7968       CheckConstructor(Constructor);
7969     } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor =
7970                 dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) {
7971       CXXRecordDecl *Record = Destructor->getParent();
7972       QualType ClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record);
7973 
7974       // FIXME: Shouldn't we be able to perform this check even when the class
7975       // type is dependent? Both gcc and edg can handle that.
7976       if (!ClassType->isDependentType()) {
7977         DeclarationName Name
7978           = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(
7979                                         Context.getCanonicalType(ClassType));
7980         if (NewFD->getDeclName() != Name) {
7981           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_name);
7982           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7983           return Redeclaration;
7984         }
7985       }
7986     } else if (CXXConversionDecl *Conversion
7987                = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) {
7988       ActOnConversionDeclarator(Conversion);
7989     }
7990 
7991     // Find any virtual functions that this function overrides.
7992     if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) {
7993       if (!Method->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() &&
7994           !Method->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() &&
7995           Method->isCanonicalDecl()) {
7996         if (AddOverriddenMethods(Method->getParent(), Method)) {
7997           // If the function was marked as "static", we have a problem.
7998           if (NewFD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) {
7999             ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_static_overrides_virtual, Method);
8000           }
8001         }
8002       }
8003 
8004       if (Method->isStatic())
8005         checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(Method);
8006     }
8007 
8008     // Extra checking for C++ overloaded operators (C++ [over.oper]).
8009     if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() &&
8010         CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) {
8011       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
8012       return Redeclaration;
8013     }
8014 
8015     // Extra checking for C++0x literal operators (C++0x [over.literal]).
8016     if (NewFD->getLiteralIdentifier() &&
8017         CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) {
8018       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
8019       return Redeclaration;
8020     }
8021 
8022     // In C++, check default arguments now that we have merged decls. Unless
8023     // the lexical context is the class, because in this case this is done
8024     // during delayed parsing anyway.
8025     if (!CurContext->isRecord())
8026       CheckCXXDefaultArguments(NewFD);
8027 
8028     // If this function declares a builtin function, check the type of this
8029     // declaration against the expected type for the builtin.
8030     if (unsigned BuiltinID = NewFD->getBuiltinID()) {
8031       ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error;
8032       LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, NewFD->getIdentifier());
8033       QualType T = Context.GetBuiltinType(BuiltinID, Error);
8034       if (!T.isNull() && !Context.hasSameType(T, NewFD->getType())) {
8035         // The type of this function differs from the type of the builtin,
8036         // so forget about the builtin entirely.
8037         Context.BuiltinInfo.ForgetBuiltin(BuiltinID, Context.Idents);
8038       }
8039     }
8040 
8041     // If this function is declared as being extern "C", then check to see if
8042     // the function returns a UDT (class, struct, or union type) that is not C
8043     // compatible, and if it does, warn the user.
8044     // But, issue any diagnostic on the first declaration only.
8045     if (NewFD->isExternC() && Previous.empty()) {
8046       QualType R = NewFD->getReturnType();
8047       if (R->isIncompleteType() && !R->isVoidType())
8048         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt_incomplete)
8049             << NewFD << R;
8050       else if (!R.isPODType(Context) && !R->isVoidType() &&
8051                !R->isObjCObjectPointerType())
8052         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt) << NewFD << R;
8053     }
8054   }
8055   return Redeclaration;
8056 }
8057 
8058 void Sema::CheckMain(FunctionDecl* FD, const DeclSpec& DS) {
8059   // C++11 [basic.start.main]p3:
8060   //   A program that [...] declares main to be inline, static or
8061   //   constexpr is ill-formed.
8062   // C11 6.7.4p4:  In a hosted environment, no function specifier(s) shall
8063   //   appear in a declaration of main.
8064   // static main is not an error under C99, but we should warn about it.
8065   // We accept _Noreturn main as an extension.
8066   if (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static)
8067     Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
8068          ? diag::err_static_main : diag::warn_static_main)
8069       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc());
8070   if (FD->isInlineSpecified())
8071     Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_main)
8072       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getInlineSpecLoc());
8073   if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified()) {
8074     SourceLocation NoreturnLoc = DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc();
8075     SourceRange NoreturnRange(NoreturnLoc, getLocForEndOfToken(NoreturnLoc));
8076     Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::ext_noreturn_main);
8077     Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::note_main_remove_noreturn)
8078       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(NoreturnRange);
8079   }
8080   if (FD->isConstexpr()) {
8081     Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_main)
8082       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc());
8083     FD->setConstexpr(false);
8084   }
8085 
8086   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
8087     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_no_main)
8088         << FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>();
8089     FD->setInvalidDecl();
8090     return;
8091   }
8092 
8093   QualType T = FD->getType();
8094   assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type");
8095   const FunctionType* FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>();
8096 
8097   if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
8098     // In C with GNU extensions we allow main() to have non-integer return
8099     // type, but we should warn about the extension, and we disable the
8100     // implicit-return-zero rule.
8101 
8102     // GCC in C mode accepts qualified 'int'.
8103     if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FT->getReturnType(), Context.IntTy))
8104       FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true);
8105     else {
8106       Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::ext_main_returns_nonint);
8107       SourceRange RTRange = FD->getReturnTypeSourceRange();
8108       if (RTRange.isValid())
8109         Diag(RTRange.getBegin(), diag::note_main_change_return_type)
8110             << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "int");
8111     }
8112   } else {
8113     // In C and C++, main magically returns 0 if you fall off the end;
8114     // set the flag which tells us that.
8115     // This is C++ [basic.start.main]p5 and C99 5.1.2.2.3.
8116 
8117     // All the standards say that main() should return 'int'.
8118     if (Context.hasSameType(FT->getReturnType(), Context.IntTy))
8119       FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true);
8120     else {
8121       // Otherwise, this is just a flat-out error.
8122       SourceRange RTRange = FD->getReturnTypeSourceRange();
8123       Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_main_returns_nonint)
8124           << (RTRange.isValid() ? FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "int")
8125                                 : FixItHint());
8126       FD->setInvalidDecl(true);
8127     }
8128   }
8129 
8130   // Treat protoless main() as nullary.
8131   if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT)) return;
8132 
8133   const FunctionProtoType* FTP = cast<const FunctionProtoType>(FT);
8134   unsigned nparams = FTP->getNumParams();
8135   assert(FD->getNumParams() == nparams);
8136 
8137   bool HasExtraParameters = (nparams > 3);
8138 
8139   // Darwin passes an undocumented fourth argument of type char**.  If
8140   // other platforms start sprouting these, the logic below will start
8141   // getting shifty.
8142   if (nparams == 4 && Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isOSDarwin())
8143     HasExtraParameters = false;
8144 
8145   if (HasExtraParameters) {
8146     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_surplus_args) << nparams;
8147     FD->setInvalidDecl(true);
8148     nparams = 3;
8149   }
8150 
8151   // FIXME: a lot of the following diagnostics would be improved
8152   // if we had some location information about types.
8153 
8154   QualType CharPP =
8155     Context.getPointerType(Context.getPointerType(Context.CharTy));
8156   QualType Expected[] = { Context.IntTy, CharPP, CharPP, CharPP };
8157 
8158   for (unsigned i = 0; i < nparams; ++i) {
8159     QualType AT = FTP->getParamType(i);
8160 
8161     bool mismatch = true;
8162 
8163     if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(AT, Expected[i]))
8164       mismatch = false;
8165     else if (Expected[i] == CharPP) {
8166       // As an extension, the following forms are okay:
8167       //   char const **
8168       //   char const * const *
8169       //   char * const *
8170 
8171       QualifierCollector qs;
8172       const PointerType* PT;
8173       if ((PT = qs.strip(AT)->getAs<PointerType>()) &&
8174           (PT = qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType())->getAs<PointerType>()) &&
8175           Context.hasSameType(QualType(qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType()), 0),
8176                               Context.CharTy)) {
8177         qs.removeConst();
8178         mismatch = !qs.empty();
8179       }
8180     }
8181 
8182     if (mismatch) {
8183       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_arg_wrong) << i << Expected[i];
8184       // TODO: suggest replacing given type with expected type
8185       FD->setInvalidDecl(true);
8186     }
8187   }
8188 
8189   if (nparams == 1 && !FD->isInvalidDecl()) {
8190     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_main_one_arg);
8191   }
8192 
8193   if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) {
8194     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_mainlike_template_decl) << FD;
8195     FD->setInvalidDecl();
8196   }
8197 }
8198 
8199 void Sema::CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(FunctionDecl *FD) {
8200   QualType T = FD->getType();
8201   assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type");
8202   const FunctionType *FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>();
8203 
8204   // Set an implicit return of 'zero' if the function can return some integral,
8205   // enumeration, pointer or nullptr type.
8206   if (FT->getReturnType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() ||
8207       FT->getReturnType()->isAnyPointerType() ||
8208       FT->getReturnType()->isNullPtrType())
8209     // DllMain is exempt because a return value of zero means it failed.
8210     if (FD->getName() != "DllMain")
8211       FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true);
8212 
8213   if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) {
8214     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_mainlike_template_decl) << FD;
8215     FD->setInvalidDecl();
8216   }
8217 }
8218 
8219 bool Sema::CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *Init, QualType DclT) {
8220   // FIXME: Need strict checking.  In C89, we need to check for
8221   // any assignment, increment, decrement, function-calls, or
8222   // commas outside of a sizeof.  In C99, it's the same list,
8223   // except that the aforementioned are allowed in unevaluated
8224   // expressions.  Everything else falls under the
8225   // "may accept other forms of constant expressions" exception.
8226   // (We never end up here for C++, so the constant expression
8227   // rules there don't matter.)
8228   const Expr *Culprit;
8229   if (Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false, &Culprit))
8230     return false;
8231   Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(), diag::err_init_element_not_constant)
8232     << Culprit->getSourceRange();
8233   return true;
8234 }
8235 
8236 namespace {
8237   // Visits an initialization expression to see if OrigDecl is evaluated in
8238   // its own initialization and throws a warning if it does.
8239   class SelfReferenceChecker
8240       : public EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> {
8241     Sema &S;
8242     Decl *OrigDecl;
8243     bool isRecordType;
8244     bool isPODType;
8245     bool isReferenceType;
8246 
8247     bool isInitList;
8248     llvm::SmallVector<unsigned, 4> InitFieldIndex;
8249   public:
8250     typedef EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> Inherited;
8251 
8252     SelfReferenceChecker(Sema &S, Decl *OrigDecl) : Inherited(S.Context),
8253                                                     S(S), OrigDecl(OrigDecl) {
8254       isPODType = false;
8255       isRecordType = false;
8256       isReferenceType = false;
8257       isInitList = false;
8258       if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(OrigDecl)) {
8259         isPODType = VD->getType().isPODType(S.Context);
8260         isRecordType = VD->getType()->isRecordType();
8261         isReferenceType = VD->getType()->isReferenceType();
8262       }
8263     }
8264 
8265     // For most expressions, just call the visitor.  For initializer lists,
8266     // track the index of the field being initialized since fields are
8267     // initialized in order allowing use of previously initialized fields.
8268     void CheckExpr(Expr *E) {
8269       InitListExpr *InitList = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(E);
8270       if (!InitList) {
8271         Visit(E);
8272         return;
8273       }
8274 
8275       // Track and increment the index here.
8276       isInitList = true;
8277       InitFieldIndex.push_back(0);
8278       for (auto Child : InitList->children()) {
8279         CheckExpr(cast<Expr>(Child));
8280         ++InitFieldIndex.back();
8281       }
8282       InitFieldIndex.pop_back();
8283     }
8284 
8285     // Returns true if MemberExpr is checked and no futher checking is needed.
8286     // Returns false if additional checking is required.
8287     bool CheckInitListMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E, bool CheckReference) {
8288       llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 4> Fields;
8289       Expr *Base = E;
8290       bool ReferenceField = false;
8291 
8292       // Get the field memebers used.
8293       while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) {
8294         FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl());
8295         if (!FD)
8296           return false;
8297         Fields.push_back(FD);
8298         if (FD->getType()->isReferenceType())
8299           ReferenceField = true;
8300         Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
8301       }
8302 
8303       // Keep checking only if the base Decl is the same.
8304       DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base);
8305       if (!DRE || DRE->getDecl() != OrigDecl)
8306         return false;
8307 
8308       // A reference field can be bound to an unininitialized field.
8309       if (CheckReference && !ReferenceField)
8310         return true;
8311 
8312       // Convert FieldDecls to their index number.
8313       llvm::SmallVector<unsigned, 4> UsedFieldIndex;
8314       for (auto I = Fields.rbegin(), E = Fields.rend(); I != E; ++I) {
8315         UsedFieldIndex.push_back((*I)->getFieldIndex());
8316       }
8317 
8318       // See if a warning is needed by checking the first difference in index
8319       // numbers.  If field being used has index less than the field being
8320       // initialized, then the use is safe.
8321       for (auto UsedIter = UsedFieldIndex.begin(),
8322                 UsedEnd = UsedFieldIndex.end(),
8323                 OrigIter = InitFieldIndex.begin(),
8324                 OrigEnd = InitFieldIndex.end();
8325            UsedIter != UsedEnd && OrigIter != OrigEnd; ++UsedIter, ++OrigIter) {
8326         if (*UsedIter < *OrigIter)
8327           return true;
8328         if (*UsedIter > *OrigIter)
8329           break;
8330       }
8331 
8332       // TODO: Add a different warning which will print the field names.
8333       HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
8334       return true;
8335     }
8336 
8337     // For most expressions, the cast is directly above the DeclRefExpr.
8338     // For conditional operators, the cast can be outside the conditional
8339     // operator if both expressions are DeclRefExpr's.
8340     void HandleValue(Expr *E) {
8341       E = E->IgnoreParens();
8342       if (DeclRefExpr* DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) {
8343         HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
8344         return;
8345       }
8346 
8347       if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(E)) {
8348         Visit(CO->getCond());
8349         HandleValue(CO->getTrueExpr());
8350         HandleValue(CO->getFalseExpr());
8351         return;
8352       }
8353 
8354       if (BinaryConditionalOperator *BCO =
8355               dyn_cast<BinaryConditionalOperator>(E)) {
8356         Visit(BCO->getCond());
8357         HandleValue(BCO->getFalseExpr());
8358         return;
8359       }
8360 
8361       if (OpaqueValueExpr *OVE = dyn_cast<OpaqueValueExpr>(E)) {
8362         HandleValue(OVE->getSourceExpr());
8363         return;
8364       }
8365 
8366       if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) {
8367         if (BO->getOpcode() == BO_Comma) {
8368           Visit(BO->getLHS());
8369           HandleValue(BO->getRHS());
8370           return;
8371         }
8372       }
8373 
8374       if (isa<MemberExpr>(E)) {
8375         if (isInitList) {
8376           if (CheckInitListMemberExpr(cast<MemberExpr>(E),
8377                                       false /*CheckReference*/))
8378             return;
8379         }
8380 
8381         Expr *Base = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
8382         while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) {
8383           // Check for static member variables and don't warn on them.
8384           if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()))
8385             return;
8386           Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
8387         }
8388         if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base))
8389           HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
8390         return;
8391       }
8392 
8393       Visit(E);
8394     }
8395 
8396     // Reference types not handled in HandleValue are handled here since all
8397     // uses of references are bad, not just r-value uses.
8398     void VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *E) {
8399       if (isReferenceType)
8400         HandleDeclRefExpr(E);
8401     }
8402 
8403     void VisitImplicitCastExpr(ImplicitCastExpr *E) {
8404       if (E->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue) {
8405         HandleValue(E->getSubExpr());
8406         return;
8407       }
8408 
8409       Inherited::VisitImplicitCastExpr(E);
8410     }
8411 
8412     void VisitMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E) {
8413       if (isInitList) {
8414         if (CheckInitListMemberExpr(E, true /*CheckReference*/))
8415           return;
8416       }
8417 
8418       // Don't warn on arrays since they can be treated as pointers.
8419       if (E->getType()->canDecayToPointerType()) return;
8420 
8421       // Warn when a non-static method call is followed by non-static member
8422       // field accesses, which is followed by a DeclRefExpr.
8423       CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(E->getMemberDecl());
8424       bool Warn = (MD && !MD->isStatic());
8425       Expr *Base = E->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
8426       while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) {
8427         if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()))
8428           Warn = false;
8429         Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
8430       }
8431 
8432       if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) {
8433         if (Warn)
8434           HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
8435         return;
8436       }
8437 
8438       // The base of a MemberExpr is not a MemberExpr or a DeclRefExpr.
8439       // Visit that expression.
8440       Visit(Base);
8441     }
8442 
8443     void VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(CXXOperatorCallExpr *E) {
8444       Expr *Callee = E->getCallee();
8445 
8446       if (isa<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(Callee))
8447         return Inherited::VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(E);
8448 
8449       Visit(Callee);
8450       for (auto Arg: E->arguments())
8451         HandleValue(Arg->IgnoreParenImpCasts());
8452     }
8453 
8454     void VisitUnaryOperator(UnaryOperator *E) {
8455       // For POD record types, addresses of its own members are well-defined.
8456       if (E->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && isRecordType &&
8457           isa<MemberExpr>(E->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens())) {
8458         if (!isPODType)
8459           HandleValue(E->getSubExpr());
8460         return;
8461       }
8462 
8463       if (E->isIncrementDecrementOp()) {
8464         HandleValue(E->getSubExpr());
8465         return;
8466       }
8467 
8468       Inherited::VisitUnaryOperator(E);
8469     }
8470 
8471     void VisitObjCMessageExpr(ObjCMessageExpr *E) { return; }
8472 
8473     void VisitCXXConstructExpr(CXXConstructExpr *E) {
8474       if (E->getConstructor()->isCopyConstructor()) {
8475         Expr *ArgExpr = E->getArg(0);
8476         if (InitListExpr *ILE = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(ArgExpr))
8477           if (ILE->getNumInits() == 1)
8478             ArgExpr = ILE->getInit(0);
8479         if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(ArgExpr))
8480           if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp)
8481             ArgExpr = ICE->getSubExpr();
8482         HandleValue(ArgExpr);
8483         return;
8484       }
8485       Inherited::VisitCXXConstructExpr(E);
8486     }
8487 
8488     void VisitCallExpr(CallExpr *E) {
8489       // Treat std::move as a use.
8490       if (E->getNumArgs() == 1) {
8491         if (FunctionDecl *FD = E->getDirectCallee()) {
8492           if (FD->isInStdNamespace() && FD->getIdentifier() &&
8493               FD->getIdentifier()->isStr("move")) {
8494             HandleValue(E->getArg(0));
8495             return;
8496           }
8497         }
8498       }
8499 
8500       Inherited::VisitCallExpr(E);
8501     }
8502 
8503     void VisitBinaryOperator(BinaryOperator *E) {
8504       if (E->isCompoundAssignmentOp()) {
8505         HandleValue(E->getLHS());
8506         Visit(E->getRHS());
8507         return;
8508       }
8509 
8510       Inherited::VisitBinaryOperator(E);
8511     }
8512 
8513     // A custom visitor for BinaryConditionalOperator is needed because the
8514     // regular visitor would check the condition and true expression separately
8515     // but both point to the same place giving duplicate diagnostics.
8516     void VisitBinaryConditionalOperator(BinaryConditionalOperator *E) {
8517       Visit(E->getCond());
8518       Visit(E->getFalseExpr());
8519     }
8520 
8521     void HandleDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *DRE) {
8522       Decl* ReferenceDecl = DRE->getDecl();
8523       if (OrigDecl != ReferenceDecl) return;
8524       unsigned diag;
8525       if (isReferenceType) {
8526         diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_reference_init;
8527       } else if (cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->isStaticLocal()) {
8528         diag = diag::warn_static_self_reference_in_init;
8529       } else {
8530         diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_init;
8531       }
8532 
8533       S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(DRE->getLocStart(), DRE,
8534                             S.PDiag(diag)
8535                               << DRE->getNameInfo().getName()
8536                               << OrigDecl->getLocation()
8537                               << DRE->getSourceRange());
8538     }
8539   };
8540 
8541   /// CheckSelfReference - Warns if OrigDecl is used in expression E.
8542   static void CheckSelfReference(Sema &S, Decl* OrigDecl, Expr *E,
8543                                  bool DirectInit) {
8544     // Parameters arguments are occassionially constructed with itself,
8545     // for instance, in recursive functions.  Skip them.
8546     if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(OrigDecl))
8547       return;
8548 
8549     E = E->IgnoreParens();
8550 
8551     // Skip checking T a = a where T is not a record or reference type.
8552     // Doing so is a way to silence uninitialized warnings.
8553     if (!DirectInit && !cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->getType()->isRecordType())
8554       if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E))
8555         if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue)
8556           if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(ICE->getSubExpr()))
8557             if (DRE->getDecl() == OrigDecl)
8558               return;
8559 
8560     SelfReferenceChecker(S, OrigDecl).CheckExpr(E);
8561   }
8562 }
8563 
8564 /// AddInitializerToDecl - Adds the initializer Init to the
8565 /// declaration dcl. If DirectInit is true, this is C++ direct
8566 /// initialization rather than copy initialization.
8567 void Sema::AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *RealDecl, Expr *Init,
8568                                 bool DirectInit, bool TypeMayContainAuto) {
8569   // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it.  Just ignore
8570   // the initializer.
8571   if (!RealDecl || RealDecl->isInvalidDecl())
8572     return;
8573 
8574   if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(RealDecl)) {
8575     // With declarators parsed the way they are, the parser cannot
8576     // distinguish between a normal initializer and a pure-specifier.
8577     // Thus this grotesque test.
8578     IntegerLiteral *IL;
8579     if ((IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(Init)) && IL->getValue() == 0 &&
8580         Context.getCanonicalType(IL->getType()) == Context.IntTy)
8581       CheckPureMethod(Method, Init->getSourceRange());
8582     else {
8583       Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::err_member_function_initialization)
8584         << Method->getDeclName() << Init->getSourceRange();
8585       Method->setInvalidDecl();
8586     }
8587     return;
8588   }
8589 
8590   VarDecl *VDecl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl);
8591   if (!VDecl) {
8592     assert(!isa<FieldDecl>(RealDecl) && "field init shouldn't get here");
8593     Diag(RealDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_initializer);
8594     RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8595     return;
8596   }
8597   ParenListExpr *CXXDirectInit = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init);
8598 
8599   // C++11 [decl.spec.auto]p6. Deduce the type which 'auto' stands in for.
8600   if (TypeMayContainAuto && VDecl->getType()->isUndeducedType()) {
8601     Expr *DeduceInit = Init;
8602     // Initializer could be a C++ direct-initializer. Deduction only works if it
8603     // contains exactly one expression.
8604     if (CXXDirectInit) {
8605       if (CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs() == 0) {
8606         // It isn't possible to write this directly, but it is possible to
8607         // end up in this situation with "auto x(some_pack...);"
8608         Diag(CXXDirectInit->getLocStart(),
8609              VDecl->isInitCapture() ? diag::err_init_capture_no_expression
8610                                     : diag::err_auto_var_init_no_expression)
8611           << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType()
8612           << VDecl->getSourceRange();
8613         RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8614         return;
8615       } else if (CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs() > 1) {
8616         Diag(CXXDirectInit->getExpr(1)->getLocStart(),
8617              VDecl->isInitCapture()
8618                  ? diag::err_init_capture_multiple_expressions
8619                  : diag::err_auto_var_init_multiple_expressions)
8620           << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType()
8621           << VDecl->getSourceRange();
8622         RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8623         return;
8624       } else {
8625         DeduceInit = CXXDirectInit->getExpr(0);
8626         if (isa<InitListExpr>(DeduceInit))
8627           Diag(CXXDirectInit->getLocStart(),
8628                diag::err_auto_var_init_paren_braces)
8629             << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType()
8630             << VDecl->getSourceRange();
8631       }
8632     }
8633 
8634     // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger.
8635     bool DefaultedToAuto = false;
8636     if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId &&
8637         Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) {
8638       ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType());
8639       if (Result.isInvalid()) {
8640         VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8641         return;
8642       }
8643       Init = Result.get();
8644       DefaultedToAuto = true;
8645     }
8646 
8647     QualType DeducedType;
8648     if (DeduceAutoType(VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo(), DeduceInit, DeducedType) ==
8649             DAR_Failed)
8650       DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VDecl, DeduceInit);
8651     if (DeducedType.isNull()) {
8652       RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8653       return;
8654     }
8655     VDecl->setType(DeducedType);
8656     assert(VDecl->isLinkageValid());
8657 
8658     // In ARC, infer lifetime.
8659     if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(VDecl))
8660       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8661 
8662     // Warn if we deduced 'id'. 'auto' usually implies type-safety, but using
8663     // 'id' instead of a specific object type prevents most of our usual checks.
8664     // We only want to warn outside of template instantiations, though:
8665     // inside a template, the 'id' could have come from a parameter.
8666     if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty() && !DefaultedToAuto &&
8667         DeducedType->isObjCIdType()) {
8668       SourceLocation Loc =
8669           VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc();
8670       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_auto_var_is_id)
8671         << VDecl->getDeclName() << DeduceInit->getSourceRange();
8672     }
8673 
8674     // If this is a redeclaration, check that the type we just deduced matches
8675     // the previously declared type.
8676     if (VarDecl *Old = VDecl->getPreviousDecl()) {
8677       // We never need to merge the type, because we cannot form an incomplete
8678       // array of auto, nor deduce such a type.
8679       MergeVarDeclTypes(VDecl, Old, /*MergeTypeWithPrevious*/false);
8680     }
8681 
8682     // Check the deduced type is valid for a variable declaration.
8683     CheckVariableDeclarationType(VDecl);
8684     if (VDecl->isInvalidDecl())
8685       return;
8686   }
8687 
8688   // dllimport cannot be used on variable definitions.
8689   if (VDecl->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() && !VDecl->isStaticDataMember()) {
8690     Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dllimport_data_definition);
8691     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8692     return;
8693   }
8694 
8695   if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl() && VDecl->hasExternalStorage()) {
8696     // C99 6.7.8p5. C++ has no such restriction, but that is a defect.
8697     Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_block_extern_cant_init);
8698     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8699     return;
8700   }
8701 
8702   if (!VDecl->getType()->isDependentType()) {
8703     // A definition must end up with a complete type, which means it must be
8704     // complete with the restriction that an array type might be completed by
8705     // the initializer; note that later code assumes this restriction.
8706     QualType BaseDeclType = VDecl->getType();
8707     if (const ArrayType *Array = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(BaseDeclType))
8708       BaseDeclType = Array->getElementType();
8709     if (RequireCompleteType(VDecl->getLocation(), BaseDeclType,
8710                             diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) {
8711       RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8712       return;
8713     }
8714 
8715     // The variable can not have an abstract class type.
8716     if (RequireNonAbstractType(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(),
8717                                diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
8718                                AbstractVariableType))
8719       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8720   }
8721 
8722   const VarDecl *Def;
8723   if ((Def = VDecl->getDefinition()) && Def != VDecl) {
8724     Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition)
8725       << VDecl->getDeclName();
8726     Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
8727     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8728     return;
8729   }
8730 
8731   const VarDecl *PrevInit = nullptr;
8732   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
8733     // C++ [class.static.data]p4
8734     //   If a static data member is of const integral or const
8735     //   enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can
8736     //   specify a constant-initializer which shall be an integral
8737     //   constant expression (5.19). In that case, the member can appear
8738     //   in integral constant expressions. The member shall still be
8739     //   defined in a namespace scope if it is used in the program and the
8740     //   namespace scope definition shall not contain an initializer.
8741     //
8742     // We already performed a redefinition check above, but for static
8743     // data members we also need to check whether there was an in-class
8744     // declaration with an initializer.
8745     if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && VDecl->getAnyInitializer(PrevInit)) {
8746       Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_static_data_member_reinitialization)
8747           << VDecl->getDeclName();
8748       Diag(PrevInit->getInit()->getExprLoc(), diag::note_previous_initializer) << 0;
8749       return;
8750     }
8751 
8752     if (VDecl->hasLocalStorage())
8753       getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
8754 
8755     if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Init, UPPC_Initializer)) {
8756       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8757       return;
8758     }
8759   }
8760 
8761   // OpenCL 1.1 6.5.2: "Variables allocated in the __local address space inside
8762   // a kernel function cannot be initialized."
8763   if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal) {
8764     Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_local_cant_init);
8765     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8766     return;
8767   }
8768 
8769   // Get the decls type and save a reference for later, since
8770   // CheckInitializerTypes may change it.
8771   QualType DclT = VDecl->getType(), SavT = DclT;
8772 
8773   // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger
8774   // and we are assigning it to a variable of Objective-C pointer type.
8775   if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && DclT->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
8776       Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) {
8777     ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType());
8778     if (Result.isInvalid()) {
8779       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8780       return;
8781     }
8782     Init = Result.get();
8783   }
8784 
8785   // Perform the initialization.
8786   if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) {
8787     InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(VDecl);
8788     InitializationKind Kind
8789       = DirectInit ?
8790           CXXDirectInit ? InitializationKind::CreateDirect(VDecl->getLocation(),
8791                                                            Init->getLocStart(),
8792                                                            Init->getLocEnd())
8793                         : InitializationKind::CreateDirectList(
8794                                                           VDecl->getLocation())
8795                    : InitializationKind::CreateCopy(VDecl->getLocation(),
8796                                                     Init->getLocStart());
8797 
8798     MultiExprArg Args = Init;
8799     if (CXXDirectInit)
8800       Args = MultiExprArg(CXXDirectInit->getExprs(),
8801                           CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs());
8802 
8803     // Try to correct any TypoExprs if there might be some in the initialization
8804     // arguments (TypoExprs are marked as type-dependent).
8805     // TODO: Handle typo correction when there's more than one argument?
8806     if (Args.size() == 1 && Expr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(Args)) {
8807       ExprResult Res =
8808           CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Args[0], [this, Entity, Kind](Expr *E) {
8809             InitializationSequence Init(*this, Entity, Kind, MultiExprArg(E));
8810             return Init.Failed() ? ExprError() : E;
8811           });
8812       if (Res.isInvalid()) {
8813         VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8814         return;
8815       }
8816       if (Res.get() != Args[0])
8817         Args[0] = Res.get();
8818     }
8819 
8820     InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, Args);
8821     ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, Args, &DclT);
8822     if (Result.isInvalid()) {
8823       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8824       return;
8825     }
8826 
8827     Init = Result.getAs<Expr>();
8828   }
8829 
8830   // Check for self-references within variable initializers.
8831   // Variables declared within a function/method body (except for references)
8832   // are handled by a dataflow analysis.
8833   if (!VDecl->hasLocalStorage() || VDecl->getType()->isRecordType() ||
8834       VDecl->getType()->isReferenceType()) {
8835     CheckSelfReference(*this, RealDecl, Init, DirectInit);
8836   }
8837 
8838   // If the type changed, it means we had an incomplete type that was
8839   // completed by the initializer. For example:
8840   //   int ary[] = { 1, 3, 5 };
8841   // "ary" transitions from an IncompleteArrayType to a ConstantArrayType.
8842   if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && (DclT != SavT))
8843     VDecl->setType(DclT);
8844 
8845   if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) {
8846     checkUnsafeAssigns(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), Init);
8847 
8848     if (VDecl->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>())
8849       checkRetainCycles(VDecl, Init);
8850 
8851     // It is safe to assign a weak reference into a strong variable.
8852     // Although this code can still have problems:
8853     //   id x = self.weakProp;
8854     //   id y = self.weakProp;
8855     // we do not warn to warn spuriously when 'x' and 'y' are on separate
8856     // paths through the function. This should be revisited if
8857     // -Wrepeated-use-of-weak is made flow-sensitive.
8858     if (VDecl->getType().getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Strong &&
8859         !Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_arc_repeated_use_of_weak,
8860                          Init->getLocStart()))
8861         getCurFunction()->markSafeWeakUse(Init);
8862   }
8863 
8864   // The initialization is usually a full-expression.
8865   //
8866   // FIXME: If this is a braced initialization of an aggregate, it is not
8867   // an expression, and each individual field initializer is a separate
8868   // full-expression. For instance, in:
8869   //
8870   //   struct Temp { ~Temp(); };
8871   //   struct S { S(Temp); };
8872   //   struct T { S a, b; } t = { Temp(), Temp() }
8873   //
8874   // we should destroy the first Temp before constructing the second.
8875   ExprResult Result = ActOnFinishFullExpr(Init, VDecl->getLocation(),
8876                                           false,
8877                                           VDecl->isConstexpr());
8878   if (Result.isInvalid()) {
8879     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8880     return;
8881   }
8882   Init = Result.get();
8883 
8884   // Attach the initializer to the decl.
8885   VDecl->setInit(Init);
8886 
8887   if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl()) {
8888     // C99 6.7.8p4: All the expressions in an initializer for an object that has
8889     // static storage duration shall be constant expressions or string literals.
8890     // C++ does not have this restriction.
8891     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) {
8892       const Expr *Culprit;
8893       if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Static)
8894         CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT);
8895       // C89 is stricter than C99 for non-static aggregate types.
8896       // C89 6.5.7p3: All the expressions [...] in an initializer list
8897       // for an object that has aggregate or union type shall be
8898       // constant expressions.
8899       else if (!getLangOpts().C99 && VDecl->getType()->isAggregateType() &&
8900                isa<InitListExpr>(Init) &&
8901                !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false, &Culprit))
8902         Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(),
8903              diag::ext_aggregate_init_not_constant)
8904           << Culprit->getSourceRange();
8905     }
8906   } else if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() &&
8907              VDecl->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord()) {
8908     // This is an in-class initialization for a static data member, e.g.,
8909     //
8910     // struct S {
8911     //   static const int value = 17;
8912     // };
8913 
8914     // C++ [class.mem]p4:
8915     //   A member-declarator can contain a constant-initializer only
8916     //   if it declares a static member (9.4) of const integral or
8917     //   const enumeration type, see 9.4.2.
8918     //
8919     // C++11 [class.static.data]p3:
8920     //   If a non-volatile const static data member is of integral or
8921     //   enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can
8922     //   specify a brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initalizer-clause
8923     //   that is an assignment-expression is a constant expression. A static
8924     //   data member of literal type can be declared in the class definition
8925     //   with the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify a
8926     //   brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initializer-clause that is
8927     //   an assignment-expression is a constant expression.
8928 
8929     // Do nothing on dependent types.
8930     if (DclT->isDependentType()) {
8931 
8932     // Allow any 'static constexpr' members, whether or not they are of literal
8933     // type. We separately check that every constexpr variable is of literal
8934     // type.
8935     } else if (VDecl->isConstexpr()) {
8936 
8937     // Require constness.
8938     } else if (!DclT.isConstQualified()) {
8939       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_const)
8940         << Init->getSourceRange();
8941       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8942 
8943     // We allow integer constant expressions in all cases.
8944     } else if (DclT->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) {
8945       // Check whether the expression is a constant expression.
8946       SourceLocation Loc;
8947       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT.isVolatileQualified())
8948         // In C++11, a non-constexpr const static data member with an
8949         // in-class initializer cannot be volatile.
8950         Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_volatile);
8951       else if (Init->isValueDependent())
8952         ; // Nothing to check.
8953       else if (Init->isIntegerConstantExpr(Context, &Loc))
8954         ; // Ok, it's an ICE!
8955       else if (Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) {
8956         // If we can constant fold the initializer through heroics, accept it,
8957         // but report this as a use of an extension for -pedantic.
8958         Diag(Loc, diag::ext_in_class_initializer_non_constant)
8959           << Init->getSourceRange();
8960       } else {
8961         // Otherwise, this is some crazy unknown case.  Report the issue at the
8962         // location provided by the isIntegerConstantExpr failed check.
8963         Diag(Loc, diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant)
8964           << Init->getSourceRange();
8965         VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8966       }
8967 
8968     // We allow foldable floating-point constants as an extension.
8969     } else if (DclT->isFloatingType()) { // also permits complex, which is ok
8970       // In C++98, this is a GNU extension. In C++11, it is not, but we support
8971       // it anyway and provide a fixit to add the 'constexpr'.
8972       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) {
8973         Diag(VDecl->getLocation(),
8974              diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11)
8975             << DclT << Init->getSourceRange();
8976         Diag(VDecl->getLocStart(),
8977              diag::note_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11)
8978             << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr ");
8979       } else {
8980         Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type)
8981           << DclT << Init->getSourceRange();
8982 
8983         if (!Init->isValueDependent() && !Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) {
8984           Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant)
8985             << Init->getSourceRange();
8986           VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8987         }
8988       }
8989 
8990     // Suggest adding 'constexpr' in C++11 for literal types.
8991     } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT->isLiteralType(Context)) {
8992       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_literal_type)
8993         << DclT << Init->getSourceRange()
8994         << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr ");
8995       VDecl->setConstexpr(true);
8996 
8997     } else {
8998       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_bad_type)
8999         << DclT << Init->getSourceRange();
9000       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
9001     }
9002   } else if (VDecl->isFileVarDecl()) {
9003     if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern &&
9004         (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ||
9005          !(Context.getBaseElementType(VDecl->getType()).isConstQualified() ||
9006            VDecl->isExternC())) &&
9007         !isTemplateInstantiation(VDecl->getTemplateSpecializationKind()))
9008       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_extern_init);
9009 
9010     // C99 6.7.8p4. All file scoped initializers need to be constant.
9011     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl())
9012       CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT);
9013   }
9014 
9015   // We will represent direct-initialization similarly to copy-initialization:
9016   //    int x(1);  -as-> int x = 1;
9017   //    ClassType x(a,b,c); -as-> ClassType x = ClassType(a,b,c);
9018   //
9019   // Clients that want to distinguish between the two forms, can check for
9020   // direct initializer using VarDecl::getInitStyle().
9021   // A major benefit is that clients that don't particularly care about which
9022   // exactly form was it (like the CodeGen) can handle both cases without
9023   // special case code.
9024 
9025   // C++ 8.5p11:
9026   // The form of initialization (using parentheses or '=') is generally
9027   // insignificant, but does matter when the entity being initialized has a
9028   // class type.
9029   if (CXXDirectInit) {
9030     assert(DirectInit && "Call-style initializer must be direct init.");
9031     VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit);
9032   } else if (DirectInit) {
9033     // This must be list-initialization. No other way is direct-initialization.
9034     VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::ListInit);
9035   }
9036 
9037   CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VDecl);
9038 }
9039 
9040 /// ActOnInitializerError - Given that there was an error parsing an
9041 /// initializer for the given declaration, try to return to some form
9042 /// of sanity.
9043 void Sema::ActOnInitializerError(Decl *D) {
9044   // Our main concern here is re-establishing invariants like "a
9045   // variable's type is either dependent or complete".
9046   if (!D || D->isInvalidDecl()) return;
9047 
9048   VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D);
9049   if (!VD) return;
9050 
9051   // Auto types are meaningless if we can't make sense of the initializer.
9052   if (ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(D)) {
9053     D->setInvalidDecl();
9054     return;
9055   }
9056 
9057   QualType Ty = VD->getType();
9058   if (Ty->isDependentType()) return;
9059 
9060   // Require a complete type.
9061   if (RequireCompleteType(VD->getLocation(),
9062                           Context.getBaseElementType(Ty),
9063                           diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) {
9064     VD->setInvalidDecl();
9065     return;
9066   }
9067 
9068   // Require a non-abstract type.
9069   if (RequireNonAbstractType(VD->getLocation(), Ty,
9070                              diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
9071                              AbstractVariableType)) {
9072     VD->setInvalidDecl();
9073     return;
9074   }
9075 
9076   // Don't bother complaining about constructors or destructors,
9077   // though.
9078 }
9079 
9080 void Sema::ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *RealDecl,
9081                                   bool TypeMayContainAuto) {
9082   // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore it.
9083   if (!RealDecl)
9084     return;
9085 
9086   if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl)) {
9087     QualType Type = Var->getType();
9088 
9089     // C++11 [dcl.spec.auto]p3
9090     if (TypeMayContainAuto && Type->getContainedAutoType()) {
9091       Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_var_requires_init)
9092         << Var->getDeclName() << Type;
9093       Var->setInvalidDecl();
9094       return;
9095     }
9096 
9097     // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: A static data member can be declared with
9098     // the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify
9099     // a brace-or-equal-initializer.
9100     // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p1: The constexpr specifier shall be applied only to
9101     // the definition of a variable [...] or the declaration of a static data
9102     // member.
9103     if (Var->isConstexpr() && !Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) {
9104       if (Var->isStaticDataMember())
9105         Diag(Var->getLocation(),
9106              diag::err_constexpr_static_mem_var_requires_init)
9107           << Var->getDeclName();
9108       else
9109         Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr_var_decl);
9110       Var->setInvalidDecl();
9111       return;
9112     }
9113 
9114     // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5.3: variables declared in the constant address space must
9115     // be initialized.
9116     if (!Var->isInvalidDecl() &&
9117         Var->getType().getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant &&
9118         Var->getStorageClass() != SC_Extern && !Var->getInit()) {
9119       Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_constant_no_init);
9120       Var->setInvalidDecl();
9121       return;
9122     }
9123 
9124     switch (Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) {
9125     case VarDecl::Definition:
9126       if (!Var->isStaticDataMember() || !Var->getAnyInitializer())
9127         break;
9128 
9129       // We have an out-of-line definition of a static data member
9130       // that has an in-class initializer, so we type-check this like
9131       // a declaration.
9132       //
9133       // Fall through
9134 
9135     case VarDecl::DeclarationOnly:
9136       // It's only a declaration.
9137 
9138       // Block scope. C99 6.7p7: If an identifier for an object is
9139       // declared with no linkage (C99 6.2.2p6), the type for the
9140       // object shall be complete.
9141       if (!Type->isDependentType() && Var->isLocalVarDecl() &&
9142           !Var->hasLinkage() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() &&
9143           RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
9144                               diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type))
9145         Var->setInvalidDecl();
9146 
9147       // Make sure that the type is not abstract.
9148       if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() &&
9149           RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
9150                                  diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
9151                                  AbstractVariableType))
9152         Var->setInvalidDecl();
9153       if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() &&
9154           Var->getStorageClass() == SC_PrivateExtern) {
9155         Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::warn_private_extern);
9156         Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_private_extern);
9157       }
9158 
9159       return;
9160 
9161     case VarDecl::TentativeDefinition:
9162       // File scope. C99 6.9.2p2: A declaration of an identifier for an
9163       // object that has file scope without an initializer, and without a
9164       // storage-class specifier or with the storage-class specifier "static",
9165       // constitutes a tentative definition. Note: A tentative definition with
9166       // external linkage is valid (C99 6.2.2p5).
9167       if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) {
9168         if (const IncompleteArrayType *ArrayT
9169                                     = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(Type)) {
9170           if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(),
9171                                   ArrayT->getElementType(),
9172                                   diag::err_illegal_decl_array_incomplete_type))
9173             Var->setInvalidDecl();
9174         } else if (Var->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) {
9175           // C99 6.9.2p3: If the declaration of an identifier for an object is
9176           // a tentative definition and has internal linkage (C99 6.2.2p3), the
9177           // declared type shall not be an incomplete type.
9178           // NOTE: code such as the following
9179           //     static struct s;
9180           //     struct s { int a; };
9181           // is accepted by gcc. Hence here we issue a warning instead of
9182           // an error and we do not invalidate the static declaration.
9183           // NOTE: to avoid multiple warnings, only check the first declaration.
9184           if (Var->isFirstDecl())
9185             RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
9186                                 diag::ext_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type);
9187         }
9188       }
9189 
9190       // Record the tentative definition; we're done.
9191       if (!Var->isInvalidDecl())
9192         TentativeDefinitions.push_back(Var);
9193       return;
9194     }
9195 
9196     // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable
9197     // definitions with incomplete array type.
9198     if (Type->isIncompleteArrayType()) {
9199       Diag(Var->getLocation(),
9200            diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_array_needs_initializer);
9201       Var->setInvalidDecl();
9202       return;
9203     }
9204 
9205     // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable
9206     // definitions with reference type.
9207     if (Type->isReferenceType()) {
9208       Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_reference_var_requires_init)
9209         << Var->getDeclName()
9210         << SourceRange(Var->getLocation(), Var->getLocation());
9211       Var->setInvalidDecl();
9212       return;
9213     }
9214 
9215     // Do not attempt to type-check the default initializer for a
9216     // variable with dependent type.
9217     if (Type->isDependentType())
9218       return;
9219 
9220     if (Var->isInvalidDecl())
9221       return;
9222 
9223     if (!Var->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) {
9224       if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(),
9225                               Context.getBaseElementType(Type),
9226                               diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) {
9227         Var->setInvalidDecl();
9228         return;
9229       }
9230     }
9231 
9232     // The variable can not have an abstract class type.
9233     if (RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
9234                                diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
9235                                AbstractVariableType)) {
9236       Var->setInvalidDecl();
9237       return;
9238     }
9239 
9240     // Check for jumps past the implicit initializer.  C++0x
9241     // clarifies that this applies to a "variable with automatic
9242     // storage duration", not a "local variable".
9243     // C++11 [stmt.dcl]p3
9244     //   A program that jumps from a point where a variable with automatic
9245     //   storage duration is not in scope to a point where it is in scope is
9246     //   ill-formed unless the variable has scalar type, class type with a
9247     //   trivial default constructor and a trivial destructor, a cv-qualified
9248     //   version of one of these types, or an array of one of the preceding
9249     //   types and is declared without an initializer.
9250     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Var->hasLocalStorage()) {
9251       if (const RecordType *Record
9252             = Context.getBaseElementType(Type)->getAs<RecordType>()) {
9253         CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getDecl());
9254         // Mark the function for further checking even if the looser rules of
9255         // C++11 do not require such checks, so that we can diagnose
9256         // incompatibilities with C++98.
9257         if (!CXXRecord->isPOD())
9258           getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
9259       }
9260     }
9261 
9262     // C++03 [dcl.init]p9:
9263     //   If no initializer is specified for an object, and the
9264     //   object is of (possibly cv-qualified) non-POD class type (or
9265     //   array thereof), the object shall be default-initialized; if
9266     //   the object is of const-qualified type, the underlying class
9267     //   type shall have a user-declared default
9268     //   constructor. Otherwise, if no initializer is specified for
9269     //   a non- static object, the object and its subobjects, if
9270     //   any, have an indeterminate initial value); if the object
9271     //   or any of its subobjects are of const-qualified type, the
9272     //   program is ill-formed.
9273     // C++0x [dcl.init]p11:
9274     //   If no initializer is specified for an object, the object is
9275     //   default-initialized; [...].
9276     InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(Var);
9277     InitializationKind Kind
9278       = InitializationKind::CreateDefault(Var->getLocation());
9279 
9280     InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, None);
9281     ExprResult Init = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, None);
9282     if (Init.isInvalid())
9283       Var->setInvalidDecl();
9284     else if (Init.get()) {
9285       Var->setInit(MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init.get()));
9286       // This is important for template substitution.
9287       Var->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit);
9288     }
9289 
9290     CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(Var);
9291   }
9292 }
9293 
9294 void Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D) {
9295   VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D);
9296   if (!VD) {
9297     Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::err_for_range_decl_must_be_var);
9298     D->setInvalidDecl();
9299     return;
9300   }
9301 
9302   VD->setCXXForRangeDecl(true);
9303 
9304   // for-range-declaration cannot be given a storage class specifier.
9305   int Error = -1;
9306   switch (VD->getStorageClass()) {
9307   case SC_None:
9308     break;
9309   case SC_Extern:
9310     Error = 0;
9311     break;
9312   case SC_Static:
9313     Error = 1;
9314     break;
9315   case SC_PrivateExtern:
9316     Error = 2;
9317     break;
9318   case SC_Auto:
9319     Error = 3;
9320     break;
9321   case SC_Register:
9322     Error = 4;
9323     break;
9324   case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal:
9325     llvm_unreachable("Unexpected storage class");
9326   }
9327   if (VD->isConstexpr())
9328     Error = 5;
9329   if (Error != -1) {
9330     Diag(VD->getOuterLocStart(), diag::err_for_range_storage_class)
9331       << VD->getDeclName() << Error;
9332     D->setInvalidDecl();
9333   }
9334 }
9335 
9336 StmtResult
9337 Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeIdentifier(Scope *S, SourceLocation IdentLoc,
9338                                  IdentifierInfo *Ident,
9339                                  ParsedAttributes &Attrs,
9340                                  SourceLocation AttrEnd) {
9341   // C++1y [stmt.iter]p1:
9342   //   A range-based for statement of the form
9343   //      for ( for-range-identifier : for-range-initializer ) statement
9344   //   is equivalent to
9345   //      for ( auto&& for-range-identifier : for-range-initializer ) statement
9346   DeclSpec DS(Attrs.getPool().getFactory());
9347 
9348   const char *PrevSpec;
9349   unsigned DiagID;
9350   DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_auto, IdentLoc, PrevSpec, DiagID,
9351                      getPrintingPolicy());
9352 
9353   Declarator D(DS, Declarator::ForContext);
9354   D.SetIdentifier(Ident, IdentLoc);
9355   D.takeAttributes(Attrs, AttrEnd);
9356 
9357   ParsedAttributes EmptyAttrs(Attrs.getPool().getFactory());
9358   D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getReference(0, IdentLoc, /*lvalue*/false),
9359                 EmptyAttrs, IdentLoc);
9360   Decl *Var = ActOnDeclarator(S, D);
9361   cast<VarDecl>(Var)->setCXXForRangeDecl(true);
9362   FinalizeDeclaration(Var);
9363   return ActOnDeclStmt(FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(S, DS, Var), IdentLoc,
9364                        AttrEnd.isValid() ? AttrEnd : IdentLoc);
9365 }
9366 
9367 void Sema::CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var) {
9368   if (var->isInvalidDecl()) return;
9369 
9370   // In ARC, don't allow jumps past the implicit initialization of a
9371   // local retaining variable.
9372   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
9373       var->hasLocalStorage()) {
9374     switch (var->getType().getObjCLifetime()) {
9375     case Qualifiers::OCL_None:
9376     case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone:
9377     case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing:
9378       break;
9379 
9380     case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak:
9381     case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong:
9382       getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
9383       break;
9384     }
9385   }
9386 
9387   // Warn about externally-visible variables being defined without a
9388   // prior declaration.  We only want to do this for global
9389   // declarations, but we also specifically need to avoid doing it for
9390   // class members because the linkage of an anonymous class can
9391   // change if it's later given a typedef name.
9392   if (var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() &&
9393       var->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext() &&
9394       var->isExternallyVisible() && var->hasLinkage() &&
9395       !getDiagnostics().isIgnored(diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations,
9396                                   var->getLocation())) {
9397     // Find a previous declaration that's not a definition.
9398     VarDecl *prev = var->getPreviousDecl();
9399     while (prev && prev->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
9400       prev = prev->getPreviousDecl();
9401 
9402     if (!prev)
9403       Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations) << var;
9404   }
9405 
9406   if (var->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Static) {
9407     const Expr *Culprit;
9408     if (var->getType().isDestructedType()) {
9409       // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.term]p3:
9410       //   The type of an object with thread storage duration shall not
9411       //   have a non-trivial destructor.
9412       Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_nontrivial_dtor);
9413       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
9414         Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local);
9415     } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && var->hasInit() &&
9416                !var->getInit()->isConstantInitializer(
9417                    Context, var->getType()->isReferenceType(), &Culprit)) {
9418       // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.init]p4:
9419       //   An object of thread storage duration shall not require dynamic
9420       //   initialization.
9421       // FIXME: Need strict checking here.
9422       Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(), diag::err_thread_dynamic_init)
9423         << Culprit->getSourceRange();
9424       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
9425         Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local);
9426     }
9427 
9428   }
9429 
9430   if (var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() &&
9431       ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) {
9432     PragmaStack<StringLiteral *> *Stack = nullptr;
9433     int SectionFlags = ASTContext::PSF_Implicit | ASTContext::PSF_Read;
9434     if (var->getType().isConstQualified())
9435       Stack = &ConstSegStack;
9436     else if (!var->getInit()) {
9437       Stack = &BSSSegStack;
9438       SectionFlags |= ASTContext::PSF_Write;
9439     } else {
9440       Stack = &DataSegStack;
9441       SectionFlags |= ASTContext::PSF_Write;
9442     }
9443     if (!var->hasAttr<SectionAttr>() && Stack->CurrentValue)
9444       var->addAttr(
9445           SectionAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, SectionAttr::Declspec_allocate,
9446                                       Stack->CurrentValue->getString(),
9447                                       Stack->CurrentPragmaLocation));
9448     if (const SectionAttr *SA = var->getAttr<SectionAttr>())
9449       if (UnifySection(SA->getName(), SectionFlags, var))
9450         var->dropAttr<SectionAttr>();
9451 
9452     // Apply the init_seg attribute if this has an initializer.  If the
9453     // initializer turns out to not be dynamic, we'll end up ignoring this
9454     // attribute.
9455     if (CurInitSeg && var->getInit())
9456       var->addAttr(InitSegAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, CurInitSeg->getString(),
9457                                                CurInitSegLoc));
9458   }
9459 
9460   // All the following checks are C++ only.
9461   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) return;
9462 
9463   QualType type = var->getType();
9464   if (type->isDependentType()) return;
9465 
9466   // __block variables might require us to capture a copy-initializer.
9467   if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
9468     // It's currently invalid to ever have a __block variable with an
9469     // array type; should we diagnose that here?
9470 
9471     // Regardless, we don't want to ignore array nesting when
9472     // constructing this copy.
9473     if (type->isStructureOrClassType()) {
9474       EnterExpressionEvaluationContext scope(*this, PotentiallyEvaluated);
9475       SourceLocation poi = var->getLocation();
9476       Expr *varRef =new (Context) DeclRefExpr(var, false, type, VK_LValue, poi);
9477       ExprResult result
9478         = PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization(
9479             InitializedEntity::InitializeBlock(poi, type, false),
9480             var, var->getType(), varRef, /*AllowNRVO=*/true);
9481       if (!result.isInvalid()) {
9482         result = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(result);
9483         Expr *init = result.getAs<Expr>();
9484         Context.setBlockVarCopyInits(var, init);
9485       }
9486     }
9487   }
9488 
9489   Expr *Init = var->getInit();
9490   bool IsGlobal = var->hasGlobalStorage() && !var->isStaticLocal();
9491   QualType baseType = Context.getBaseElementType(type);
9492 
9493   if (!var->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() &&
9494       Init && !Init->isValueDependent()) {
9495     if (IsGlobal && !var->isConstexpr() &&
9496         !getDiagnostics().isIgnored(diag::warn_global_constructor,
9497                                     var->getLocation())) {
9498       // Warn about globals which don't have a constant initializer.  Don't
9499       // warn about globals with a non-trivial destructor because we already
9500       // warned about them.
9501       CXXRecordDecl *RD = baseType->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
9502       if (!(RD && !RD->hasTrivialDestructor()) &&
9503           !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, baseType->isReferenceType()))
9504         Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_global_constructor)
9505           << Init->getSourceRange();
9506     }
9507 
9508     if (var->isConstexpr()) {
9509       SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 8> Notes;
9510       if (!var->evaluateValue(Notes) || !var->isInitICE()) {
9511         SourceLocation DiagLoc = var->getLocation();
9512         // If the note doesn't add any useful information other than a source
9513         // location, fold it into the primary diagnostic.
9514         if (Notes.size() == 1 && Notes[0].second.getDiagID() ==
9515               diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr) {
9516           DiagLoc = Notes[0].first;
9517           Notes.clear();
9518         }
9519         Diag(DiagLoc, diag::err_constexpr_var_requires_const_init)
9520           << var << Init->getSourceRange();
9521         for (unsigned I = 0, N = Notes.size(); I != N; ++I)
9522           Diag(Notes[I].first, Notes[I].second);
9523       }
9524     } else if (var->isUsableInConstantExpressions(Context)) {
9525       // Check whether the initializer of a const variable of integral or
9526       // enumeration type is an ICE now, since we can't tell whether it was
9527       // initialized by a constant expression if we check later.
9528       var->checkInitIsICE();
9529     }
9530   }
9531 
9532   // Require the destructor.
9533   if (const RecordType *recordType = baseType->getAs<RecordType>())
9534     FinalizeVarWithDestructor(var, recordType);
9535 }
9536 
9537 /// FinalizeDeclaration - called by ParseDeclarationAfterDeclarator to perform
9538 /// any semantic actions necessary after any initializer has been attached.
9539 void
9540 Sema::FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *ThisDecl) {
9541   // Note that we are no longer parsing the initializer for this declaration.
9542   ParsingInitForAutoVars.erase(ThisDecl);
9543 
9544   VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>(ThisDecl);
9545   if (!VD)
9546     return;
9547 
9548   checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *VD);
9549 
9550   // Static locals inherit dll attributes from their function.
9551   if (VD->isStaticLocal()) {
9552     if (FunctionDecl *FD =
9553             dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(VD->getParentFunctionOrMethod())) {
9554       if (Attr *A = getDLLAttr(FD)) {
9555         auto *NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(A->clone(getASTContext()));
9556         NewAttr->setInherited(true);
9557         VD->addAttr(NewAttr);
9558       }
9559     }
9560   }
9561 
9562   // Grab the dllimport or dllexport attribute off of the VarDecl.
9563   const InheritableAttr *DLLAttr = getDLLAttr(VD);
9564 
9565   // Imported static data members cannot be defined out-of-line.
9566   if (const auto *IA = dyn_cast_or_null<DLLImportAttr>(DLLAttr)) {
9567     if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && VD->isOutOfLine() &&
9568         VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) {
9569       // We allow definitions of dllimport class template static data members
9570       // with a warning.
9571       CXXRecordDecl *Context =
9572         cast<CXXRecordDecl>(VD->getFirstDecl()->getDeclContext());
9573       bool IsClassTemplateMember =
9574           isa<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(Context) ||
9575           Context->getDescribedClassTemplate();
9576 
9577       Diag(VD->getLocation(),
9578            IsClassTemplateMember
9579                ? diag::warn_attribute_dllimport_static_field_definition
9580                : diag::err_attribute_dllimport_static_field_definition);
9581       Diag(IA->getLocation(), diag::note_attribute);
9582       if (!IsClassTemplateMember)
9583         VD->setInvalidDecl();
9584     }
9585   }
9586 
9587   // dllimport/dllexport variables cannot be thread local, their TLS index
9588   // isn't exported with the variable.
9589   if (DLLAttr && VD->getTLSKind()) {
9590     Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dll_thread_local) << VD
9591                                                                   << DLLAttr;
9592     VD->setInvalidDecl();
9593   }
9594 
9595   if (UsedAttr *Attr = VD->getAttr<UsedAttr>()) {
9596     if (!Attr->isInherited() && !VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) {
9597       Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_ignored) << Attr;
9598       VD->dropAttr<UsedAttr>();
9599     }
9600   }
9601 
9602   if (!VD->isInvalidDecl() &&
9603       VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::TentativeDefinition) {
9604     if (const VarDecl *Def = VD->getDefinition()) {
9605       if (Def->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) {
9606         Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::err_tentative_after_alias)
9607             << VD->getDeclName();
9608         Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
9609         VD->setInvalidDecl();
9610       }
9611     }
9612   }
9613 
9614   const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext();
9615   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class
9616   // member, set the visibility of this variable.
9617   if (DC->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext() && VD->isExternallyVisible())
9618     AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(VD);
9619 
9620   // FIXME: Warn on unused templates.
9621   if (VD->isFileVarDecl() && !VD->getDescribedVarTemplate() &&
9622       !isa<VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(VD))
9623     MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(VD);
9624 
9625   // Now we have parsed the initializer and can update the table of magic
9626   // tag values.
9627   if (!VD->hasAttr<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>() ||
9628       !VD->getType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType())
9629     return;
9630 
9631   for (const auto *I : ThisDecl->specific_attrs<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>()) {
9632     const Expr *MagicValueExpr = VD->getInit();
9633     if (!MagicValueExpr) {
9634       continue;
9635     }
9636     llvm::APSInt MagicValueInt;
9637     if (!MagicValueExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(MagicValueInt, Context)) {
9638       Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(),
9639            diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_not_ice)
9640         << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange();
9641       continue;
9642     }
9643     if (MagicValueInt.getActiveBits() > 64) {
9644       Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(),
9645            diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_too_large)
9646         << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange();
9647       continue;
9648     }
9649     uint64_t MagicValue = MagicValueInt.getZExtValue();
9650     RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(I->getArgumentKind(),
9651                                MagicValue,
9652                                I->getMatchingCType(),
9653                                I->getLayoutCompatible(),
9654                                I->getMustBeNull());
9655   }
9656 }
9657 
9658 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS,
9659                                                    ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) {
9660   SmallVector<Decl*, 8> Decls;
9661 
9662   if (DS.isTypeSpecOwned())
9663     Decls.push_back(DS.getRepAsDecl());
9664 
9665   DeclaratorDecl *FirstDeclaratorInGroup = nullptr;
9666   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i)
9667     if (Decl *D = Group[i]) {
9668       if (DeclaratorDecl *DD = dyn_cast<DeclaratorDecl>(D))
9669         if (!FirstDeclaratorInGroup)
9670           FirstDeclaratorInGroup = DD;
9671       Decls.push_back(D);
9672     }
9673 
9674   if (DeclSpec::isDeclRep(DS.getTypeSpecType())) {
9675     if (TagDecl *Tag = dyn_cast_or_null<TagDecl>(DS.getRepAsDecl())) {
9676       HandleTagNumbering(*this, Tag, S);
9677       if (!Tag->hasNameForLinkage() && !Tag->hasDeclaratorForAnonDecl())
9678         Tag->setDeclaratorForAnonDecl(FirstDeclaratorInGroup);
9679     }
9680   }
9681 
9682   return BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decls, DS.containsPlaceholderType());
9683 }
9684 
9685 /// BuildDeclaratorGroup - convert a list of declarations into a declaration
9686 /// group, performing any necessary semantic checking.
9687 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy
9688 Sema::BuildDeclaratorGroup(MutableArrayRef<Decl *> Group,
9689                            bool TypeMayContainAuto) {
9690   // C++0x [dcl.spec.auto]p7:
9691   //   If the type deduced for the template parameter U is not the same in each
9692   //   deduction, the program is ill-formed.
9693   // FIXME: When initializer-list support is added, a distinction is needed
9694   // between the deduced type U and the deduced type which 'auto' stands for.
9695   //   auto a = 0, b = { 1, 2, 3 };
9696   // is legal because the deduced type U is 'int' in both cases.
9697   if (TypeMayContainAuto && Group.size() > 1) {
9698     QualType Deduced;
9699     CanQualType DeducedCanon;
9700     VarDecl *DeducedDecl = nullptr;
9701     for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) {
9702       if (VarDecl *D = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Group[i])) {
9703         AutoType *AT = D->getType()->getContainedAutoType();
9704         // Don't reissue diagnostics when instantiating a template.
9705         if (AT && D->isInvalidDecl())
9706           break;
9707         QualType U = AT ? AT->getDeducedType() : QualType();
9708         if (!U.isNull()) {
9709           CanQualType UCanon = Context.getCanonicalType(U);
9710           if (Deduced.isNull()) {
9711             Deduced = U;
9712             DeducedCanon = UCanon;
9713             DeducedDecl = D;
9714           } else if (DeducedCanon != UCanon) {
9715             Diag(D->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(),
9716                  diag::err_auto_different_deductions)
9717               << (AT->isDecltypeAuto() ? 1 : 0)
9718               << Deduced << DeducedDecl->getDeclName()
9719               << U << D->getDeclName()
9720               << DeducedDecl->getInit()->getSourceRange()
9721               << D->getInit()->getSourceRange();
9722             D->setInvalidDecl();
9723             break;
9724           }
9725         }
9726       }
9727     }
9728   }
9729 
9730   ActOnDocumentableDecls(Group);
9731 
9732   return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(
9733       DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group.data(), Group.size()));
9734 }
9735 
9736 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecl(Decl *D) {
9737   ActOnDocumentableDecls(D);
9738 }
9739 
9740 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecls(ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) {
9741   // Don't parse the comment if Doxygen diagnostics are ignored.
9742   if (Group.empty() || !Group[0])
9743    return;
9744 
9745   if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_doc_param_not_found, Group[0]->getLocation()))
9746     return;
9747 
9748   if (Group.size() >= 2) {
9749     // This is a decl group.  Normally it will contain only declarations
9750     // produced from declarator list.  But in case we have any definitions or
9751     // additional declaration references:
9752     //   'typedef struct S {} S;'
9753     //   'typedef struct S *S;'
9754     //   'struct S *pS;'
9755     // FinalizeDeclaratorGroup adds these as separate declarations.
9756     Decl *MaybeTagDecl = Group[0];
9757     if (MaybeTagDecl && isa<TagDecl>(MaybeTagDecl)) {
9758       Group = Group.slice(1);
9759     }
9760   }
9761 
9762   // See if there are any new comments that are not attached to a decl.
9763   ArrayRef<RawComment *> Comments = Context.getRawCommentList().getComments();
9764   if (!Comments.empty() &&
9765       !Comments.back()->isAttached()) {
9766     // There is at least one comment that not attached to a decl.
9767     // Maybe it should be attached to one of these decls?
9768     //
9769     // Note that this way we pick up not only comments that precede the
9770     // declaration, but also comments that *follow* the declaration -- thanks to
9771     // the lookahead in the lexer: we've consumed the semicolon and looked
9772     // ahead through comments.
9773     for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i)
9774       Context.getCommentForDecl(Group[i], &PP);
9775   }
9776 }
9777 
9778 /// ActOnParamDeclarator - Called from Parser::ParseFunctionDeclarator()
9779 /// to introduce parameters into function prototype scope.
9780 Decl *Sema::ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) {
9781   const DeclSpec &DS = D.getDeclSpec();
9782 
9783   // Verify C99 6.7.5.3p2: The only SCS allowed is 'register'.
9784 
9785   // C++03 [dcl.stc]p2 also permits 'auto'.
9786   StorageClass SC = SC_None;
9787   if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_register) {
9788     SC = SC_Register;
9789   } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
9790              DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_auto) {
9791     SC = SC_Auto;
9792   } else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) {
9793     Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
9794          diag::err_invalid_storage_class_in_func_decl);
9795     D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs();
9796   }
9797 
9798   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec())
9799     Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread)
9800       << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
9801   if (DS.isConstexprSpecified())
9802     Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr)
9803       << 0;
9804 
9805   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS);
9806 
9807   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
9808   QualType parmDeclType = TInfo->getType();
9809 
9810   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
9811     // Check that there are no default arguments inside the type of this
9812     // parameter.
9813     CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D);
9814 
9815     // Parameter declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1).
9816     if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
9817       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_param_declarator)
9818         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
9819       D.getCXXScopeSpec().clear();
9820     }
9821   }
9822 
9823   // Ensure we have a valid name
9824   IdentifierInfo *II = nullptr;
9825   if (D.hasName()) {
9826     II = D.getIdentifier();
9827     if (!II) {
9828       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_parameter_name)
9829         << GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName();
9830       D.setInvalidType(true);
9831     }
9832   }
9833 
9834   // Check for redeclaration of parameters, e.g. int foo(int x, int x);
9835   if (II) {
9836     LookupResult R(*this, II, D.getIdentifierLoc(), LookupOrdinaryName,
9837                    ForRedeclaration);
9838     LookupName(R, S);
9839     if (R.isSingleResult()) {
9840       NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getFoundDecl();
9841       if (PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) {
9842         // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
9843         DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl);
9844         // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
9845         PrevDecl = nullptr;
9846       } else if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) {
9847         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_param_redefinition) << II;
9848         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
9849 
9850         // Recover by removing the name
9851         II = nullptr;
9852         D.SetIdentifier(nullptr, D.getIdentifierLoc());
9853         D.setInvalidType(true);
9854       }
9855     }
9856   }
9857 
9858   // Temporarily put parameter variables in the translation unit, not
9859   // the enclosing context.  This prevents them from accidentally
9860   // looking like class members in C++.
9861   ParmVarDecl *New = CheckParameter(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(),
9862                                     D.getLocStart(),
9863                                     D.getIdentifierLoc(), II,
9864                                     parmDeclType, TInfo,
9865                                     SC);
9866 
9867   if (D.isInvalidType())
9868     New->setInvalidDecl();
9869 
9870   assert(S->isFunctionPrototypeScope());
9871   assert(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() >= 1);
9872   New->setScopeInfo(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() - 1,
9873                     S->getNextFunctionPrototypeIndex());
9874 
9875   // Add the parameter declaration into this scope.
9876   S->AddDecl(New);
9877   if (II)
9878     IdResolver.AddDecl(New);
9879 
9880   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, New, D);
9881 
9882   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified())
9883     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local)
9884       << 1 << New->getDeclName()
9885       << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc())
9886       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
9887 
9888   if (New->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
9889     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal);
9890   }
9891   return New;
9892 }
9893 
9894 /// \brief Synthesizes a variable for a parameter arising from a
9895 /// typedef.
9896 ParmVarDecl *Sema::BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC,
9897                                               SourceLocation Loc,
9898                                               QualType T) {
9899   /* FIXME: setting StartLoc == Loc.
9900      Would it be worth to modify callers so as to provide proper source
9901      location for the unnamed parameters, embedding the parameter's type? */
9902   ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, Loc, Loc, nullptr,
9903                                 T, Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc),
9904                                            SC_None, nullptr);
9905   Param->setImplicit();
9906   return Param;
9907 }
9908 
9909 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ParmVarDecl * const *Param,
9910                                     ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd) {
9911   // Don't diagnose unused-parameter errors in template instantiations; we
9912   // will already have done so in the template itself.
9913   if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty())
9914     return;
9915 
9916   for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) {
9917     if (!(*Param)->isReferenced() && (*Param)->getDeclName() &&
9918         !(*Param)->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) {
9919       Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_unused_parameter)
9920         << (*Param)->getDeclName();
9921     }
9922   }
9923 }
9924 
9925 void Sema::DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ParmVarDecl * const *Param,
9926                                                   ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd,
9927                                                   QualType ReturnTy,
9928                                                   NamedDecl *D) {
9929   if (LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy == 0) // No check.
9930     return;
9931 
9932   // Warn if the return value is pass-by-value and larger than the specified
9933   // threshold.
9934   if (!ReturnTy->isDependentType() && ReturnTy.isPODType(Context)) {
9935     unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(ReturnTy).getQuantity();
9936     if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy)
9937       Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_size)
9938           << D->getDeclName() << Size;
9939   }
9940 
9941   // Warn if any parameter is pass-by-value and larger than the specified
9942   // threshold.
9943   for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) {
9944     QualType T = (*Param)->getType();
9945     if (T->isDependentType() || !T.isPODType(Context))
9946       continue;
9947     unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(T).getQuantity();
9948     if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy)
9949       Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_parameter_size)
9950           << (*Param)->getDeclName() << Size;
9951   }
9952 }
9953 
9954 ParmVarDecl *Sema::CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc,
9955                                   SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name,
9956                                   QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo,
9957                                   StorageClass SC) {
9958   // In ARC, infer a lifetime qualifier for appropriate parameter types.
9959   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
9960       T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None &&
9961       T->isObjCLifetimeType()) {
9962 
9963     Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime;
9964 
9965     // Special cases for arrays:
9966     //   - if it's const, use __unsafe_unretained
9967     //   - otherwise, it's an error
9968     if (T->isArrayType()) {
9969       if (!T.isConstQualified()) {
9970         DelayedDiagnostics.add(
9971             sema::DelayedDiagnostic::makeForbiddenType(
9972             NameLoc, diag::err_arc_array_param_no_ownership, T, false));
9973       }
9974       lifetime = Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone;
9975     } else {
9976       lifetime = T->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime();
9977     }
9978     T = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(T, lifetime);
9979   }
9980 
9981   ParmVarDecl *New = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, StartLoc, NameLoc, Name,
9982                                          Context.getAdjustedParameterType(T),
9983                                          TSInfo, SC, nullptr);
9984 
9985   // Parameters can not be abstract class types.
9986   // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once
9987   // the class has been completely parsed.
9988   if (!CurContext->isRecord() &&
9989       RequireNonAbstractType(NameLoc, T, diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
9990                              AbstractParamType))
9991     New->setInvalidDecl();
9992 
9993   // Parameter declarators cannot be interface types. All ObjC objects are
9994   // passed by reference.
9995   if (T->isObjCObjectType()) {
9996     SourceLocation TypeEndLoc = TSInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocEnd();
9997     Diag(NameLoc,
9998          diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 1 << T
9999       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(TypeEndLoc, "*");
10000     T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T);
10001     New->setType(T);
10002   }
10003 
10004   // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S6.7.3: "The type of an object with automatic storage
10005   // duration shall not be qualified by an address-space qualifier."
10006   // Since all parameters have automatic store duration, they can not have
10007   // an address space.
10008   if (T.getAddressSpace() != 0) {
10009     // OpenCL allows function arguments declared to be an array of a type
10010     // to be qualified with an address space.
10011     if (!(getLangOpts().OpenCL && T->isArrayType())) {
10012       Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_arg_with_address_space);
10013       New->setInvalidDecl();
10014     }
10015   }
10016 
10017   return New;
10018 }
10019 
10020 void Sema::ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
10021                                            SourceLocation LocAfterDecls) {
10022   DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo();
10023 
10024   // Verify 6.9.1p6: 'every identifier in the identifier list shall be declared'
10025   // for a K&R function.
10026   if (!FTI.hasPrototype) {
10027     for (int i = FTI.NumParams; i != 0; /* decrement in loop */) {
10028       --i;
10029       if (FTI.Params[i].Param == nullptr) {
10030         SmallString<256> Code;
10031         llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Code)
10032             << "  int " << FTI.Params[i].Ident->getName() << ";\n";
10033         Diag(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc, diag::ext_param_not_declared)
10034             << FTI.Params[i].Ident
10035             << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LocAfterDecls, Code.str());
10036 
10037         // Implicitly declare the argument as type 'int' for lack of a better
10038         // type.
10039         AttributeFactory attrs;
10040         DeclSpec DS(attrs);
10041         const char* PrevSpec; // unused
10042         unsigned DiagID; // unused
10043         DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc, PrevSpec,
10044                            DiagID, Context.getPrintingPolicy());
10045         // Use the identifier location for the type source range.
10046         DS.SetRangeStart(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc);
10047         DS.SetRangeEnd(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc);
10048         Declarator ParamD(DS, Declarator::KNRTypeListContext);
10049         ParamD.SetIdentifier(FTI.Params[i].Ident, FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc);
10050         FTI.Params[i].Param = ActOnParamDeclarator(S, ParamD);
10051       }
10052     }
10053   }
10054 }
10055 
10056 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Declarator &D) {
10057   assert(getCurFunctionDecl() == nullptr && "Function parsing confused");
10058   assert(D.isFunctionDeclarator() && "Not a function declarator!");
10059   Scope *ParentScope = FnBodyScope->getParent();
10060 
10061   D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Definition);
10062   Decl *DP = HandleDeclarator(ParentScope, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg());
10063   return ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(FnBodyScope, DP);
10064 }
10065 
10066 void Sema::ActOnFinishInlineMethodDef(CXXMethodDecl *D) {
10067   Consumer.HandleInlineMethodDefinition(D);
10068 }
10069 
10070 static bool ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(const FunctionDecl *FD,
10071                              const FunctionDecl*& PossibleZeroParamPrototype) {
10072   // Don't warn about invalid declarations.
10073   if (FD->isInvalidDecl())
10074     return false;
10075 
10076   // Or declarations that aren't global.
10077   if (!FD->isGlobal())
10078     return false;
10079 
10080   // Don't warn about C++ member functions.
10081   if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD))
10082     return false;
10083 
10084   // Don't warn about 'main'.
10085   if (FD->isMain())
10086     return false;
10087 
10088   // Don't warn about inline functions.
10089   if (FD->isInlined())
10090     return false;
10091 
10092   // Don't warn about function templates.
10093   if (FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate())
10094     return false;
10095 
10096   // Don't warn about function template specializations.
10097   if (FD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization())
10098     return false;
10099 
10100   // Don't warn for OpenCL kernels.
10101   if (FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>())
10102     return false;
10103 
10104   bool MissingPrototype = true;
10105   for (const FunctionDecl *Prev = FD->getPreviousDecl();
10106        Prev; Prev = Prev->getPreviousDecl()) {
10107     // Ignore any declarations that occur in function or method
10108     // scope, because they aren't visible from the header.
10109     if (Prev->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
10110       continue;
10111 
10112     MissingPrototype = !Prev->getType()->isFunctionProtoType();
10113     if (FD->getNumParams() == 0)
10114       PossibleZeroParamPrototype = Prev;
10115     break;
10116   }
10117 
10118   return MissingPrototype;
10119 }
10120 
10121 void
10122 Sema::CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD,
10123                                    const FunctionDecl *EffectiveDefinition) {
10124   // Don't complain if we're in GNU89 mode and the previous definition
10125   // was an extern inline function.
10126   const FunctionDecl *Definition = EffectiveDefinition;
10127   if (!Definition)
10128     if (!FD->isDefined(Definition))
10129       return;
10130 
10131   if (canRedefineFunction(Definition, getLangOpts()))
10132     return;
10133 
10134   if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && Definition->isInlineSpecified() &&
10135       Definition->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern)
10136     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_extern_inline)
10137         << FD->getDeclName() << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
10138   else
10139     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << FD->getDeclName();
10140 
10141   Diag(Definition->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
10142   FD->setInvalidDecl();
10143 }
10144 
10145 
10146 static void RebuildLambdaScopeInfo(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator,
10147                                    Sema &S) {
10148   CXXRecordDecl *const LambdaClass = CallOperator->getParent();
10149 
10150   LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = S.PushLambdaScope();
10151   LSI->CallOperator = CallOperator;
10152   LSI->Lambda = LambdaClass;
10153   LSI->ReturnType = CallOperator->getReturnType();
10154   const LambdaCaptureDefault LCD = LambdaClass->getLambdaCaptureDefault();
10155 
10156   if (LCD == LCD_None)
10157     LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_None;
10158   else if (LCD == LCD_ByCopy)
10159     LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByval;
10160   else if (LCD == LCD_ByRef)
10161     LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByref;
10162   DeclarationNameInfo DNI = CallOperator->getNameInfo();
10163 
10164   LSI->IntroducerRange = DNI.getCXXOperatorNameRange();
10165   LSI->Mutable = !CallOperator->isConst();
10166 
10167   // Add the captures to the LSI so they can be noted as already
10168   // captured within tryCaptureVar.
10169   auto I = LambdaClass->field_begin();
10170   for (const auto &C : LambdaClass->captures()) {
10171     if (C.capturesVariable()) {
10172       VarDecl *VD = C.getCapturedVar();
10173       if (VD->isInitCapture())
10174         S.CurrentInstantiationScope->InstantiatedLocal(VD, VD);
10175       QualType CaptureType = VD->getType();
10176       const bool ByRef = C.getCaptureKind() == LCK_ByRef;
10177       LSI->addCapture(VD, /*IsBlock*/false, ByRef,
10178           /*RefersToEnclosingLocal*/true, C.getLocation(),
10179           /*EllipsisLoc*/C.isPackExpansion()
10180                          ? C.getEllipsisLoc() : SourceLocation(),
10181           CaptureType, /*Expr*/ nullptr);
10182 
10183     } else if (C.capturesThis()) {
10184       LSI->addThisCapture(/*Nested*/ false, C.getLocation(),
10185                               S.getCurrentThisType(), /*Expr*/ nullptr);
10186     } else {
10187       LSI->addVLATypeCapture(C.getLocation(), I->getType());
10188     }
10189     ++I;
10190   }
10191 }
10192 
10193 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Decl *D) {
10194   // Clear the last template instantiation error context.
10195   LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext = ActiveTemplateInstantiation();
10196 
10197   if (!D)
10198     return D;
10199   FunctionDecl *FD = nullptr;
10200 
10201   if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D))
10202     FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl();
10203   else
10204     FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
10205   // If we are instantiating a generic lambda call operator, push
10206   // a LambdaScopeInfo onto the function stack.  But use the information
10207   // that's already been calculated (ActOnLambdaExpr) to prime the current
10208   // LambdaScopeInfo.
10209   // When the template operator is being specialized, the LambdaScopeInfo,
10210   // has to be properly restored so that tryCaptureVariable doesn't try
10211   // and capture any new variables. In addition when calculating potential
10212   // captures during transformation of nested lambdas, it is necessary to
10213   // have the LSI properly restored.
10214   if (isGenericLambdaCallOperatorSpecialization(FD)) {
10215     assert(ActiveTemplateInstantiations.size() &&
10216       "There should be an active template instantiation on the stack "
10217       "when instantiating a generic lambda!");
10218     RebuildLambdaScopeInfo(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D), *this);
10219   }
10220   else
10221     // Enter a new function scope
10222     PushFunctionScope();
10223 
10224   // See if this is a redefinition.
10225   if (!FD->isLateTemplateParsed())
10226     CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD);
10227 
10228   // Builtin functions cannot be defined.
10229   if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) {
10230     if (!Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID) &&
10231         !Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedRuntimeFunction(BuiltinID)) {
10232       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_builtin_definition) << FD;
10233       FD->setInvalidDecl();
10234     }
10235   }
10236 
10237   // The return type of a function definition must be complete
10238   // (C99 6.9.1p3, C++ [dcl.fct]p6).
10239   QualType ResultType = FD->getReturnType();
10240   if (!ResultType->isDependentType() && !ResultType->isVoidType() &&
10241       !FD->isInvalidDecl() &&
10242       RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), ResultType,
10243                           diag::err_func_def_incomplete_result))
10244     FD->setInvalidDecl();
10245 
10246   // GNU warning -Wmissing-prototypes:
10247   //   Warn if a global function is defined without a previous
10248   //   prototype declaration. This warning is issued even if the
10249   //   definition itself provides a prototype. The aim is to detect
10250   //   global functions that fail to be declared in header files.
10251   const FunctionDecl *PossibleZeroParamPrototype = nullptr;
10252   if (ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(FD, PossibleZeroParamPrototype)) {
10253     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_prototype) << FD;
10254 
10255     if (PossibleZeroParamPrototype) {
10256       // We found a declaration that is not a prototype,
10257       // but that could be a zero-parameter prototype
10258       if (TypeSourceInfo *TI =
10259               PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getTypeSourceInfo()) {
10260         TypeLoc TL = TI->getTypeLoc();
10261         if (FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc FTL = TL.getAs<FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc>())
10262           Diag(PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getLocation(),
10263                diag::note_declaration_not_a_prototype)
10264             << PossibleZeroParamPrototype
10265             << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FTL.getRParenLoc(), "void");
10266       }
10267     }
10268   }
10269 
10270   if (FnBodyScope)
10271     PushDeclContext(FnBodyScope, FD);
10272 
10273   // Check the validity of our function parameters
10274   CheckParmsForFunctionDef(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(),
10275                            /*CheckParameterNames=*/true);
10276 
10277   // Introduce our parameters into the function scope
10278   for (auto Param : FD->params()) {
10279     Param->setOwningFunction(FD);
10280 
10281     // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
10282     if (Param->getIdentifier() && FnBodyScope) {
10283       CheckShadow(FnBodyScope, Param);
10284 
10285       PushOnScopeChains(Param, FnBodyScope);
10286     }
10287   }
10288 
10289   // If we had any tags defined in the function prototype,
10290   // introduce them into the function scope.
10291   if (FnBodyScope) {
10292     for (ArrayRef<NamedDecl *>::iterator
10293              I = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().begin(),
10294              E = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().end();
10295          I != E; ++I) {
10296       NamedDecl *D = *I;
10297 
10298       // Some of these decls (like enums) may have been pinned to the translation unit
10299       // for lack of a real context earlier. If so, remove from the translation unit
10300       // and reattach to the current context.
10301       if (D->getLexicalDeclContext() == Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()) {
10302         // Is the decl actually in the context?
10303         for (const auto *DI : Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->decls()) {
10304           if (DI == D) {
10305             Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->removeDecl(D);
10306             break;
10307           }
10308         }
10309         // Either way, reassign the lexical decl context to our FunctionDecl.
10310         D->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
10311       }
10312 
10313       // If the decl has a non-null name, make accessible in the current scope.
10314       if (!D->getName().empty())
10315         PushOnScopeChains(D, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false);
10316 
10317       // Similarly, dive into enums and fish their constants out, making them
10318       // accessible in this scope.
10319       if (auto *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(D)) {
10320         for (auto *EI : ED->enumerators())
10321           PushOnScopeChains(EI, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false);
10322       }
10323     }
10324   }
10325 
10326   // Ensure that the function's exception specification is instantiated.
10327   if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>())
10328     ResolveExceptionSpec(D->getLocation(), FPT);
10329 
10330   // dllimport cannot be applied to non-inline function definitions.
10331   if (FD->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() && !FD->isInlined() &&
10332       !FD->isTemplateInstantiation()) {
10333     assert(!FD->hasAttr<DLLExportAttr>());
10334     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dllimport_function_definition);
10335     FD->setInvalidDecl();
10336     return D;
10337   }
10338   // We want to attach documentation to original Decl (which might be
10339   // a function template).
10340   ActOnDocumentableDecl(D);
10341   if (getCurLexicalContext()->isObjCContainer() &&
10342       getCurLexicalContext()->getDeclKind() != Decl::ObjCCategoryImpl &&
10343       getCurLexicalContext()->getDeclKind() != Decl::ObjCImplementation)
10344     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_function_def_in_objc_container);
10345 
10346   return D;
10347 }
10348 
10349 /// \brief Given the set of return statements within a function body,
10350 /// compute the variables that are subject to the named return value
10351 /// optimization.
10352 ///
10353 /// Each of the variables that is subject to the named return value
10354 /// optimization will be marked as NRVO variables in the AST, and any
10355 /// return statement that has a marked NRVO variable as its NRVO candidate can
10356 /// use the named return value optimization.
10357 ///
10358 /// This function applies a very simplistic algorithm for NRVO: if every return
10359 /// statement in the scope of a variable has the same NRVO candidate, that
10360 /// candidate is an NRVO variable.
10361 void Sema::computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, FunctionScopeInfo *Scope) {
10362   ReturnStmt **Returns = Scope->Returns.data();
10363 
10364   for (unsigned I = 0, E = Scope->Returns.size(); I != E; ++I) {
10365     if (const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate = Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate()) {
10366       if (!NRVOCandidate->isNRVOVariable())
10367         Returns[I]->setNRVOCandidate(nullptr);
10368     }
10369   }
10370 }
10371 
10372 bool Sema::canDelayFunctionBody(const Declarator &D) {
10373   // We can't delay parsing the body of a constexpr function template (yet).
10374   if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified())
10375     return false;
10376 
10377   // We can't delay parsing the body of a function template with a deduced
10378   // return type (yet).
10379   if (D.getDeclSpec().containsPlaceholderType()) {
10380     // If the placeholder introduces a non-deduced trailing return type,
10381     // we can still delay parsing it.
10382     if (D.getNumTypeObjects()) {
10383       const auto &Outer = D.getTypeObject(D.getNumTypeObjects() - 1);
10384       if (Outer.Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function &&
10385           Outer.Fun.hasTrailingReturnType()) {
10386         QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Outer.Fun.getTrailingReturnType());
10387         return Ty.isNull() || !Ty->isUndeducedType();
10388       }
10389     }
10390     return false;
10391   }
10392 
10393   return true;
10394 }
10395 
10396 bool Sema::canSkipFunctionBody(Decl *D) {
10397   // We cannot skip the body of a function (or function template) which is
10398   // constexpr, since we may need to evaluate its body in order to parse the
10399   // rest of the file.
10400   // We cannot skip the body of a function with an undeduced return type,
10401   // because any callers of that function need to know the type.
10402   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = D->getAsFunction())
10403     if (FD->isConstexpr() || FD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType())
10404       return false;
10405   return Consumer.shouldSkipFunctionBody(D);
10406 }
10407 
10408 Decl *Sema::ActOnSkippedFunctionBody(Decl *Decl) {
10409   if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(Decl))
10410     FD->setHasSkippedBody();
10411   else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(Decl))
10412     MD->setHasSkippedBody();
10413   return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl, nullptr);
10414 }
10415 
10416 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *D, Stmt *BodyArg) {
10417   return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(D, BodyArg, false);
10418 }
10419 
10420 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *dcl, Stmt *Body,
10421                                     bool IsInstantiation) {
10422   FunctionDecl *FD = dcl ? dcl->getAsFunction() : nullptr;
10423 
10424   sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy WP = AnalysisWarnings.getDefaultPolicy();
10425   sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *ActivePolicy = nullptr;
10426 
10427   if (FD) {
10428     FD->setBody(Body);
10429 
10430     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && !FD->isInvalidDecl() && Body &&
10431         !FD->isDependentContext() && FD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) {
10432       // If the function has a deduced result type but contains no 'return'
10433       // statements, the result type as written must be exactly 'auto', and
10434       // the deduced result type is 'void'.
10435       if (!FD->getReturnType()->getAs<AutoType>()) {
10436         Diag(dcl->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_fn_no_return_but_not_auto)
10437             << FD->getReturnType();
10438         FD->setInvalidDecl();
10439       } else {
10440         // Substitute 'void' for the 'auto' in the type.
10441         TypeLoc ResultType = getReturnTypeLoc(FD);
10442         Context.adjustDeducedFunctionResultType(
10443             FD, SubstAutoType(ResultType.getType(), Context.VoidTy));
10444       }
10445     }
10446 
10447     // The only way to be included in UndefinedButUsed is if there is an
10448     // ODR use before the definition. Avoid the expensive map lookup if this
10449     // is the first declaration.
10450     if (!FD->isFirstDecl() && FD->getPreviousDecl()->isUsed()) {
10451       if (!FD->isExternallyVisible())
10452         UndefinedButUsed.erase(FD);
10453       else if (FD->isInlined() &&
10454                (LangOpts.CPlusPlus || !LangOpts.GNUInline) &&
10455                (!FD->getPreviousDecl()->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()))
10456         UndefinedButUsed.erase(FD);
10457     }
10458 
10459     // If the function implicitly returns zero (like 'main') or is naked,
10460     // don't complain about missing return statements.
10461     if (FD->hasImplicitReturnZero() || FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>())
10462       WP.disableCheckFallThrough();
10463 
10464     // MSVC permits the use of pure specifier (=0) on function definition,
10465     // defined at class scope, warn about this non-standard construct.
10466     if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && FD->isPure() && FD->isCanonicalDecl())
10467       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_pure_function_definition);
10468 
10469     if (!FD->isInvalidDecl()) {
10470       // Don't diagnose unused parameters of defaulted or deleted functions.
10471       if (Body)
10472         DiagnoseUnusedParameters(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end());
10473       DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(),
10474                                              FD->getReturnType(), FD);
10475 
10476       // If this is a constructor, we need a vtable.
10477       if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD))
10478         MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Constructor->getParent());
10479 
10480       // Try to apply the named return value optimization. We have to check
10481       // if we can do this here because lambdas keep return statements around
10482       // to deduce an implicit return type.
10483       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && FD->getReturnType()->isRecordType() &&
10484           !FD->isDependentContext())
10485         computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction());
10486     }
10487 
10488     assert((FD == getCurFunctionDecl() || getCurLambda()->CallOperator == FD) &&
10489            "Function parsing confused");
10490   } else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(dcl)) {
10491     assert(MD == getCurMethodDecl() && "Method parsing confused");
10492     MD->setBody(Body);
10493     if (!MD->isInvalidDecl()) {
10494       DiagnoseUnusedParameters(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end());
10495       DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end(),
10496                                              MD->getReturnType(), MD);
10497 
10498       if (Body)
10499         computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction());
10500     }
10501     if (getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper) {
10502       Diag(MD->getLocEnd(), diag::warn_objc_missing_super_call)
10503         << MD->getSelector().getAsString();
10504       getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper = false;
10505     }
10506     if (getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoDesignatedInitChain) {
10507       const ObjCMethodDecl *InitMethod = nullptr;
10508       bool isDesignated =
10509           MD->isDesignatedInitializerForTheInterface(&InitMethod);
10510       assert(isDesignated && InitMethod);
10511       (void)isDesignated;
10512 
10513       auto superIsNSObject = [&](const ObjCMethodDecl *MD) {
10514         auto IFace = MD->getClassInterface();
10515         if (!IFace)
10516           return false;
10517         auto SuperD = IFace->getSuperClass();
10518         if (!SuperD)
10519           return false;
10520         return SuperD->getIdentifier() ==
10521             NSAPIObj->getNSClassId(NSAPI::ClassId_NSObject);
10522       };
10523       // Don't issue this warning for unavailable inits or direct subclasses
10524       // of NSObject.
10525       if (!MD->isUnavailable() && !superIsNSObject(MD)) {
10526         Diag(MD->getLocation(),
10527              diag::warn_objc_designated_init_missing_super_call);
10528         Diag(InitMethod->getLocation(),
10529              diag::note_objc_designated_init_marked_here);
10530       }
10531       getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoDesignatedInitChain = false;
10532     }
10533     if (getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoInitDelegation) {
10534       // Don't issue this warning for unavaialable inits.
10535       if (!MD->isUnavailable())
10536         Diag(MD->getLocation(), diag::warn_objc_secondary_init_missing_init_call);
10537       getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoInitDelegation = false;
10538     }
10539   } else {
10540     return nullptr;
10541   }
10542 
10543   assert(!getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper &&
10544          "This should only be set for ObjC methods, which should have been "
10545          "handled in the block above.");
10546 
10547   // Verify and clean out per-function state.
10548   if (Body) {
10549     // C++ constructors that have function-try-blocks can't have return
10550     // statements in the handlers of that block. (C++ [except.handle]p14)
10551     // Verify this.
10552     if (FD && isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD) && isa<CXXTryStmt>(Body))
10553       DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(cast<CXXTryStmt>(Body));
10554 
10555     // Verify that gotos and switch cases don't jump into scopes illegally.
10556     if (getCurFunction()->NeedsScopeChecking() &&
10557         !PP.isCodeCompletionEnabled())
10558       DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Body);
10559 
10560     if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(dcl)) {
10561       if (!Destructor->getParent()->isDependentType())
10562         CheckDestructor(Destructor);
10563 
10564       MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(Destructor->getLocation(),
10565                                              Destructor->getParent());
10566     }
10567 
10568     // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have
10569     // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for
10570     // deletion in some later function.
10571     if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred() ||
10572         getDiagnostics().getSuppressAllDiagnostics()) {
10573       DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext();
10574     }
10575     if (!getDiagnostics().hasUncompilableErrorOccurred() &&
10576         !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) {
10577       // Since the body is valid, issue any analysis-based warnings that are
10578       // enabled.
10579       ActivePolicy = &WP;
10580     }
10581 
10582     if (!IsInstantiation && FD && FD->isConstexpr() && !FD->isInvalidDecl() &&
10583         (!CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(FD) ||
10584          !CheckConstexprFunctionBody(FD, Body)))
10585       FD->setInvalidDecl();
10586 
10587     if (FD && FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>()) {
10588       for (const Stmt *S : Body->children()) {
10589         if (!isa<AsmStmt>(S) && !isa<NullStmt>(S)) {
10590           Diag(S->getLocStart(), diag::err_non_asm_stmt_in_naked_function);
10591           Diag(FD->getAttr<NakedAttr>()->getLocation(), diag::note_attribute);
10592           FD->setInvalidDecl();
10593           break;
10594         }
10595       }
10596     }
10597 
10598     assert(ExprCleanupObjects.size() == ExprEvalContexts.back().NumCleanupObjects
10599            && "Leftover temporaries in function");
10600     assert(!ExprNeedsCleanups && "Unaccounted cleanups in function");
10601     assert(MaybeODRUseExprs.empty() &&
10602            "Leftover expressions for odr-use checking");
10603   }
10604 
10605   if (!IsInstantiation)
10606     PopDeclContext();
10607 
10608   PopFunctionScopeInfo(ActivePolicy, dcl);
10609   // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have
10610   // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for
10611   // deletion in some later function.
10612   if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred()) {
10613     DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext();
10614   }
10615 
10616   return dcl;
10617 }
10618 
10619 
10620 /// When we finish delayed parsing of an attribute, we must attach it to the
10621 /// relevant Decl.
10622 void Sema::ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D,
10623                                        ParsedAttributes &Attrs) {
10624   // Always attach attributes to the underlying decl.
10625   if (TemplateDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D))
10626     D = TD->getTemplatedDecl();
10627   ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, D, Attrs.getList());
10628 
10629   if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(D))
10630     if (Method->isStatic())
10631       checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(Method);
10632 }
10633 
10634 
10635 /// ImplicitlyDefineFunction - An undeclared identifier was used in a function
10636 /// call, forming a call to an implicitly defined function (per C99 6.5.1p2).
10637 NamedDecl *Sema::ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc,
10638                                           IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) {
10639   // Before we produce a declaration for an implicitly defined
10640   // function, see whether there was a locally-scoped declaration of
10641   // this name as a function or variable. If so, use that
10642   // (non-visible) declaration, and complain about it.
10643   if (NamedDecl *ExternCPrev = findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(&II)) {
10644     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_use_out_of_scope_declaration) << ExternCPrev;
10645     Diag(ExternCPrev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
10646     return ExternCPrev;
10647   }
10648 
10649   // Extension in C99.  Legal in C90, but warn about it.
10650   unsigned diag_id;
10651   if (II.getName().startswith("__builtin_"))
10652     diag_id = diag::warn_builtin_unknown;
10653   else if (getLangOpts().C99)
10654     diag_id = diag::ext_implicit_function_decl;
10655   else
10656     diag_id = diag::warn_implicit_function_decl;
10657   Diag(Loc, diag_id) << &II;
10658 
10659   // Because typo correction is expensive, only do it if the implicit
10660   // function declaration is going to be treated as an error.
10661   if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag_id, Loc) >= DiagnosticsEngine::Error) {
10662     TypoCorrection Corrected;
10663     if (S &&
10664         (Corrected = CorrectTypo(
10665              DeclarationNameInfo(&II, Loc), LookupOrdinaryName, S, nullptr,
10666              llvm::make_unique<DeclFilterCCC<FunctionDecl>>(), CTK_NonError)))
10667       diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diag::note_function_suggestion),
10668                    /*ErrorRecovery*/false);
10669   }
10670 
10671   // Set a Declarator for the implicit definition: int foo();
10672   const char *Dummy;
10673   AttributeFactory attrFactory;
10674   DeclSpec DS(attrFactory);
10675   unsigned DiagID;
10676   bool Error = DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, Loc, Dummy, DiagID,
10677                                   Context.getPrintingPolicy());
10678   (void)Error; // Silence warning.
10679   assert(!Error && "Error setting up implicit decl!");
10680   SourceLocation NoLoc;
10681   Declarator D(DS, Declarator::BlockContext);
10682   D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getFunction(/*HasProto=*/false,
10683                                              /*IsAmbiguous=*/false,
10684                                              /*LParenLoc=*/NoLoc,
10685                                              /*Params=*/nullptr,
10686                                              /*NumParams=*/0,
10687                                              /*EllipsisLoc=*/NoLoc,
10688                                              /*RParenLoc=*/NoLoc,
10689                                              /*TypeQuals=*/0,
10690                                              /*RefQualifierIsLvalueRef=*/true,
10691                                              /*RefQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc,
10692                                              /*ConstQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc,
10693                                              /*VolatileQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc,
10694                                              /*RestrictQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc,
10695                                              /*MutableLoc=*/NoLoc,
10696                                              EST_None,
10697                                              /*ESpecLoc=*/NoLoc,
10698                                              /*Exceptions=*/nullptr,
10699                                              /*ExceptionRanges=*/nullptr,
10700                                              /*NumExceptions=*/0,
10701                                              /*NoexceptExpr=*/nullptr,
10702                                              /*ExceptionSpecTokens=*/nullptr,
10703                                              Loc, Loc, D),
10704                 DS.getAttributes(),
10705                 SourceLocation());
10706   D.SetIdentifier(&II, Loc);
10707 
10708   // Insert this function into translation-unit scope.
10709 
10710   DeclContext *PrevDC = CurContext;
10711   CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
10712 
10713   FunctionDecl *FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(ActOnDeclarator(TUScope, D));
10714   FD->setImplicit();
10715 
10716   CurContext = PrevDC;
10717 
10718   AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FD);
10719 
10720   return FD;
10721 }
10722 
10723 /// \brief Adds any function attributes that we know a priori based on
10724 /// the declaration of this function.
10725 ///
10726 /// These attributes can apply both to implicitly-declared builtins
10727 /// (like __builtin___printf_chk) or to library-declared functions
10728 /// like NSLog or printf.
10729 ///
10730 /// We need to check for duplicate attributes both here and where user-written
10731 /// attributes are applied to declarations.
10732 void Sema::AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD) {
10733   if (FD->isInvalidDecl())
10734     return;
10735 
10736   // If this is a built-in function, map its builtin attributes to
10737   // actual attributes.
10738   if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) {
10739     // Handle printf-formatting attributes.
10740     unsigned FormatIdx;
10741     bool HasVAListArg;
10742     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPrintfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, HasVAListArg)) {
10743       if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) {
10744         const char *fmt = "printf";
10745         unsigned int NumParams = FD->getNumParams();
10746         if (FormatIdx < NumParams && // NumParams may be 0 (e.g. vfprintf)
10747             FD->getParamDecl(FormatIdx)->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType())
10748           fmt = "NSString";
10749         FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context,
10750                                                &Context.Idents.get(fmt),
10751                                                FormatIdx+1,
10752                                                HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2,
10753                                                FD->getLocation()));
10754       }
10755     }
10756     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isScanfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx,
10757                                              HasVAListArg)) {
10758      if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>())
10759        FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context,
10760                                               &Context.Idents.get("scanf"),
10761                                               FormatIdx+1,
10762                                               HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2,
10763                                               FD->getLocation()));
10764     }
10765 
10766     // Mark const if we don't care about errno and that is the only
10767     // thing preventing the function from being const. This allows
10768     // IRgen to use LLVM intrinsics for such functions.
10769     if (!getLangOpts().MathErrno &&
10770         Context.BuiltinInfo.isConstWithoutErrno(BuiltinID)) {
10771       if (!FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>())
10772         FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation()));
10773     }
10774 
10775     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isReturnsTwice(BuiltinID) &&
10776         !FD->hasAttr<ReturnsTwiceAttr>())
10777       FD->addAttr(ReturnsTwiceAttr::CreateImplicit(Context,
10778                                          FD->getLocation()));
10779     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isNoThrow(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<NoThrowAttr>())
10780       FD->addAttr(NoThrowAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation()));
10781     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isConst(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>())
10782       FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation()));
10783   }
10784 
10785   IdentifierInfo *Name = FD->getIdentifier();
10786   if (!Name)
10787     return;
10788   if ((!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
10789        FD->getDeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) ||
10790       (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext()) &&
10791        cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getLanguage() ==
10792        LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c)) {
10793     // Okay: this could be a libc/libm/Objective-C function we know
10794     // about.
10795   } else
10796     return;
10797 
10798   if (Name->isStr("asprintf") || Name->isStr("vasprintf")) {
10799     // FIXME: asprintf and vasprintf aren't C99 functions. Should they be
10800     // target-specific builtins, perhaps?
10801     if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>())
10802       FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context,
10803                                              &Context.Idents.get("printf"), 2,
10804                                              Name->isStr("vasprintf") ? 0 : 3,
10805                                              FD->getLocation()));
10806   }
10807 
10808   if (Name->isStr("__CFStringMakeConstantString")) {
10809     // We already have a __builtin___CFStringMakeConstantString,
10810     // but builds that use -fno-constant-cfstrings don't go through that.
10811     if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatArgAttr>())
10812       FD->addAttr(FormatArgAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 1,
10813                                                 FD->getLocation()));
10814   }
10815 }
10816 
10817 TypedefDecl *Sema::ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T,
10818                                     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) {
10819   assert(D.getIdentifier() && "Wrong callback for declspec without declarator");
10820   assert(!T.isNull() && "GetTypeForDeclarator() returned null type");
10821 
10822   if (!TInfo) {
10823     assert(D.isInvalidType() && "no declarator info for valid type");
10824     TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T);
10825   }
10826 
10827   // Scope manipulation handled by caller.
10828   TypedefDecl *NewTD = TypedefDecl::Create(Context, CurContext,
10829                                            D.getLocStart(),
10830                                            D.getIdentifierLoc(),
10831                                            D.getIdentifier(),
10832                                            TInfo);
10833 
10834   // Bail out immediately if we have an invalid declaration.
10835   if (D.isInvalidType()) {
10836     NewTD->setInvalidDecl();
10837     return NewTD;
10838   }
10839 
10840   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) {
10841     if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod())
10842       Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local)
10843         << 2 << NewTD->getDeclName()
10844         << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc())
10845         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
10846     else
10847       NewTD->setModulePrivate();
10848   }
10849 
10850   // C++ [dcl.typedef]p8:
10851   //   If the typedef declaration defines an unnamed class (or
10852   //   enum), the first typedef-name declared by the declaration
10853   //   to be that class type (or enum type) is used to denote the
10854   //   class type (or enum type) for linkage purposes only.
10855   // We need to check whether the type was declared in the declaration.
10856   switch (D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType()) {
10857   case TST_enum:
10858   case TST_struct:
10859   case TST_interface:
10860   case TST_union:
10861   case TST_class: {
10862     TagDecl *tagFromDeclSpec = cast<TagDecl>(D.getDeclSpec().getRepAsDecl());
10863 
10864     // Do nothing if the tag is not anonymous or already has an
10865     // associated typedef (from an earlier typedef in this decl group).
10866     if (tagFromDeclSpec->getIdentifier()) break;
10867     if (tagFromDeclSpec->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl()) break;
10868 
10869     // A well-formed anonymous tag must always be a TUK_Definition.
10870     assert(tagFromDeclSpec->isThisDeclarationADefinition());
10871 
10872     // The type must match the tag exactly;  no qualifiers allowed.
10873     if (!Context.hasSameType(T, Context.getTagDeclType(tagFromDeclSpec)))
10874       break;
10875 
10876     // If we've already computed linkage for the anonymous tag, then
10877     // adding a typedef name for the anonymous decl can change that
10878     // linkage, which might be a serious problem.  Diagnose this as
10879     // unsupported and ignore the typedef name.  TODO: we should
10880     // pursue this as a language defect and establish a formal rule
10881     // for how to handle it.
10882     if (tagFromDeclSpec->hasLinkageBeenComputed()) {
10883       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typedef_changes_linkage);
10884 
10885       SourceLocation tagLoc = D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc();
10886       tagLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(tagLoc);
10887 
10888       llvm::SmallString<40> textToInsert;
10889       textToInsert += ' ';
10890       textToInsert += D.getIdentifier()->getName();
10891       Diag(tagLoc, diag::note_typedef_changes_linkage)
10892         << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(tagLoc, textToInsert);
10893       break;
10894     }
10895 
10896     // Otherwise, set this is the anon-decl typedef for the tag.
10897     tagFromDeclSpec->setTypedefNameForAnonDecl(NewTD);
10898     break;
10899   }
10900 
10901   default:
10902     break;
10903   }
10904 
10905   return NewTD;
10906 }
10907 
10908 
10909 /// \brief Check that this is a valid underlying type for an enum declaration.
10910 bool Sema::CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI) {
10911   SourceLocation UnderlyingLoc = TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc();
10912   QualType T = TI->getType();
10913 
10914   if (T->isDependentType())
10915     return false;
10916 
10917   if (const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>())
10918     if (BT->isInteger())
10919       return false;
10920 
10921   Diag(UnderlyingLoc, diag::err_enum_invalid_underlying) << T;
10922   return true;
10923 }
10924 
10925 /// Check whether this is a valid redeclaration of a previous enumeration.
10926 /// \return true if the redeclaration was invalid.
10927 bool Sema::CheckEnumRedeclaration(SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped,
10928                                   QualType EnumUnderlyingTy,
10929                                   const EnumDecl *Prev) {
10930   bool IsFixed = !EnumUnderlyingTy.isNull();
10931 
10932   if (IsScoped != Prev->isScoped()) {
10933     Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_scoped_mismatch)
10934       << Prev->isScoped();
10935     Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
10936     return true;
10937   }
10938 
10939   if (IsFixed && Prev->isFixed()) {
10940     if (!EnumUnderlyingTy->isDependentType() &&
10941         !Prev->getIntegerType()->isDependentType() &&
10942         !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(EnumUnderlyingTy,
10943                                         Prev->getIntegerType())) {
10944       // TODO: Highlight the underlying type of the redeclaration.
10945       Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_type_mismatch)
10946         << EnumUnderlyingTy << Prev->getIntegerType();
10947       Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration)
10948           << Prev->getIntegerTypeRange();
10949       return true;
10950     }
10951   } else if (IsFixed != Prev->isFixed()) {
10952     Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_fixed_mismatch)
10953       << Prev->isFixed();
10954     Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
10955     return true;
10956   }
10957 
10958   return false;
10959 }
10960 
10961 /// \brief Get diagnostic %select index for tag kind for
10962 /// redeclaration diagnostic message.
10963 /// WARNING: Indexes apply to particular diagnostics only!
10964 ///
10965 /// \returns diagnostic %select index.
10966 static unsigned getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) {
10967   switch (Tag) {
10968   case TTK_Struct: return 0;
10969   case TTK_Interface: return 1;
10970   case TTK_Class:  return 2;
10971   default: llvm_unreachable("Invalid tag kind for redecl diagnostic!");
10972   }
10973 }
10974 
10975 /// \brief Determine if tag kind is a class-key compatible with
10976 /// class for redeclaration (class, struct, or __interface).
10977 ///
10978 /// \returns true iff the tag kind is compatible.
10979 static bool isClassCompatTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag)
10980 {
10981   return Tag == TTK_Struct || Tag == TTK_Class || Tag == TTK_Interface;
10982 }
10983 
10984 /// \brief Determine whether a tag with a given kind is acceptable
10985 /// as a redeclaration of the given tag declaration.
10986 ///
10987 /// \returns true if the new tag kind is acceptable, false otherwise.
10988 bool Sema::isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous,
10989                                         TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition,
10990                                         SourceLocation NewTagLoc,
10991                                         const IdentifierInfo &Name) {
10992   // C++ [dcl.type.elab]p3:
10993   //   The class-key or enum keyword present in the
10994   //   elaborated-type-specifier shall agree in kind with the
10995   //   declaration to which the name in the elaborated-type-specifier
10996   //   refers. This rule also applies to the form of
10997   //   elaborated-type-specifier that declares a class-name or
10998   //   friend class since it can be construed as referring to the
10999   //   definition of the class. Thus, in any
11000   //   elaborated-type-specifier, the enum keyword shall be used to
11001   //   refer to an enumeration (7.2), the union class-key shall be
11002   //   used to refer to a union (clause 9), and either the class or
11003   //   struct class-key shall be used to refer to a class (clause 9)
11004   //   declared using the class or struct class-key.
11005   TagTypeKind OldTag = Previous->getTagKind();
11006   if (!isDefinition || !isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag))
11007     if (OldTag == NewTag)
11008       return true;
11009 
11010   if (isClassCompatTagKind(OldTag) && isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)) {
11011     // Warn about the struct/class tag mismatch.
11012     bool isTemplate = false;
11013     if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Previous))
11014       isTemplate = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate();
11015 
11016     if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) {
11017       // In a template instantiation, do not offer fix-its for tag mismatches
11018       // since they usually mess up the template instead of fixing the problem.
11019       Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch)
11020         << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name
11021         << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag);
11022       return true;
11023     }
11024 
11025     if (isDefinition) {
11026       // On definitions, check previous tags and issue a fix-it for each
11027       // one that doesn't match the current tag.
11028       if (Previous->getDefinition()) {
11029         // Don't suggest fix-its for redefinitions.
11030         return true;
11031       }
11032 
11033       bool previousMismatch = false;
11034       for (auto I : Previous->redecls()) {
11035         if (I->getTagKind() != NewTag) {
11036           if (!previousMismatch) {
11037             previousMismatch = true;
11038             Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_previous_tag_mismatch)
11039               << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name
11040               << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(I->getTagKind());
11041           }
11042           Diag(I->getInnerLocStart(), diag::note_struct_class_suggestion)
11043             << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag)
11044             << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(I->getInnerLocStart(),
11045                  TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(NewTag));
11046         }
11047       }
11048       return true;
11049     }
11050 
11051     // Check for a previous definition.  If current tag and definition
11052     // are same type, do nothing.  If no definition, but disagree with
11053     // with previous tag type, give a warning, but no fix-it.
11054     const TagDecl *Redecl = Previous->getDefinition() ?
11055                             Previous->getDefinition() : Previous;
11056     if (Redecl->getTagKind() == NewTag) {
11057       return true;
11058     }
11059 
11060     Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch)
11061       << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name
11062       << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag);
11063     Diag(Redecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use);
11064 
11065     // If there is a previous definition, suggest a fix-it.
11066     if (Previous->getDefinition()) {
11067         Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::note_struct_class_suggestion)
11068           << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(Redecl->getTagKind())
11069           << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NewTagLoc),
11070                TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Redecl->getTagKind()));
11071     }
11072 
11073     return true;
11074   }
11075   return false;
11076 }
11077 
11078 /// Add a minimal nested name specifier fixit hint to allow lookup of a tag name
11079 /// from an outer enclosing namespace or file scope inside a friend declaration.
11080 /// This should provide the commented out code in the following snippet:
11081 ///   namespace N {
11082 ///     struct X;
11083 ///     namespace M {
11084 ///       struct Y { friend struct /*N::*/ X; };
11085 ///     }
11086 ///   }
11087 static FixItHint createFriendTagNNSFixIt(Sema &SemaRef, NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S,
11088                                          SourceLocation NameLoc) {
11089   // While the decl is in a namespace, do repeated lookup of that name and see
11090   // if we get the same namespace back.  If we do not, continue until
11091   // translation unit scope, at which point we have a fully qualified NNS.
11092   SmallVector<IdentifierInfo *, 4> Namespaces;
11093   DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
11094   for (; !DC->isTranslationUnit(); DC = DC->getParent()) {
11095     // This tag should be declared in a namespace, which can only be enclosed by
11096     // other namespaces.  Bail if there's an anonymous namespace in the chain.
11097     NamespaceDecl *Namespace = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(DC);
11098     if (!Namespace || Namespace->isAnonymousNamespace())
11099       return FixItHint();
11100     IdentifierInfo *II = Namespace->getIdentifier();
11101     Namespaces.push_back(II);
11102     NamedDecl *Lookup = SemaRef.LookupSingleName(
11103         S, II, NameLoc, Sema::LookupNestedNameSpecifierName);
11104     if (Lookup == Namespace)
11105       break;
11106   }
11107 
11108   // Once we have all the namespaces, reverse them to go outermost first, and
11109   // build an NNS.
11110   SmallString<64> Insertion;
11111   llvm::raw_svector_ostream OS(Insertion);
11112   if (DC->isTranslationUnit())
11113     OS << "::";
11114   std::reverse(Namespaces.begin(), Namespaces.end());
11115   for (auto *II : Namespaces)
11116     OS << II->getName() << "::";
11117   OS.flush();
11118   return FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, Insertion);
11119 }
11120 
11121 /// ActOnTag - This is invoked when we see 'struct foo' or 'struct {'.  In the
11122 /// former case, Name will be non-null.  In the later case, Name will be null.
11123 /// TagSpec indicates what kind of tag this is. TUK indicates whether this is a
11124 /// reference/declaration/definition of a tag.
11125 ///
11126 /// IsTypeSpecifier is true if this is a type-specifier (or
11127 /// trailing-type-specifier) other than one in an alias-declaration.
11128 Decl *Sema::ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK,
11129                      SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
11130                      IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc,
11131                      AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS,
11132                      SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc,
11133                      MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
11134                      bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent,
11135                      SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc,
11136                      bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag,
11137                      TypeResult UnderlyingType,
11138                      bool IsTypeSpecifier) {
11139   // If this is not a definition, it must have a name.
11140   IdentifierInfo *OrigName = Name;
11141   assert((Name != nullptr || TUK == TUK_Definition) &&
11142          "Nameless record must be a definition!");
11143   assert(TemplateParameterLists.size() == 0 || TUK != TUK_Reference);
11144 
11145   OwnedDecl = false;
11146   TagTypeKind Kind = TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindForTypeSpec(TagSpec);
11147   bool ScopedEnum = ScopedEnumKWLoc.isValid();
11148 
11149   // FIXME: Check explicit specializations more carefully.
11150   bool isExplicitSpecialization = false;
11151   bool Invalid = false;
11152 
11153   // We only need to do this matching if we have template parameters
11154   // or a scope specifier, which also conveniently avoids this work
11155   // for non-C++ cases.
11156   if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0 ||
11157       (SS.isNotEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference)) {
11158     if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams =
11159             MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(
11160                 KWLoc, NameLoc, SS, nullptr, TemplateParameterLists,
11161                 TUK == TUK_Friend, isExplicitSpecialization, Invalid)) {
11162       if (Kind == TTK_Enum) {
11163         Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_enum_template);
11164         return nullptr;
11165       }
11166 
11167       if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) {
11168         // This is a declaration or definition of a class template (which may
11169         // be a member of another template).
11170 
11171         if (Invalid)
11172           return nullptr;
11173 
11174         OwnedDecl = false;
11175         DeclResult Result = CheckClassTemplate(S, TagSpec, TUK, KWLoc,
11176                                                SS, Name, NameLoc, Attr,
11177                                                TemplateParams, AS,
11178                                                ModulePrivateLoc,
11179                                                /*FriendLoc*/SourceLocation(),
11180                                                TemplateParameterLists.size()-1,
11181                                                TemplateParameterLists.data());
11182         return Result.get();
11183       } else {
11184         // The "template<>" header is extraneous.
11185         Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), diag::err_template_tag_noparams)
11186           << TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Kind) << Name;
11187         isExplicitSpecialization = true;
11188       }
11189     }
11190   }
11191 
11192   // Figure out the underlying type if this a enum declaration. We need to do
11193   // this early, because it's needed to detect if this is an incompatible
11194   // redeclaration.
11195   llvm::PointerUnion<const Type*, TypeSourceInfo*> EnumUnderlying;
11196 
11197   if (Kind == TTK_Enum) {
11198     if (UnderlyingType.isInvalid() || (!UnderlyingType.get() && ScopedEnum))
11199       // No underlying type explicitly specified, or we failed to parse the
11200       // type, default to int.
11201       EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
11202     else if (UnderlyingType.get()) {
11203       // C++0x 7.2p2: The type-specifier-seq of an enum-base shall name an
11204       // integral type; any cv-qualification is ignored.
11205       TypeSourceInfo *TI = nullptr;
11206       GetTypeFromParser(UnderlyingType.get(), &TI);
11207       EnumUnderlying = TI;
11208 
11209       if (CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TI))
11210         // Recover by falling back to int.
11211         EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
11212 
11213       if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), TI,
11214                                           UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType))
11215         EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
11216 
11217     } else if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat)
11218       // Microsoft enums are always of int type.
11219       EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
11220   }
11221 
11222   DeclContext *SearchDC = CurContext;
11223   DeclContext *DC = CurContext;
11224   bool isStdBadAlloc = false;
11225 
11226   RedeclarationKind Redecl = ForRedeclaration;
11227   if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference)
11228     Redecl = NotForRedeclaration;
11229 
11230   LookupResult Previous(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupTagName, Redecl);
11231   if (Name && SS.isNotEmpty()) {
11232     // We have a nested-name tag ('struct foo::bar').
11233 
11234     // Check for invalid 'foo::'.
11235     if (SS.isInvalid()) {
11236       Name = nullptr;
11237       goto CreateNewDecl;
11238     }
11239 
11240     // If this is a friend or a reference to a class in a dependent
11241     // context, don't try to make a decl for it.
11242     if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) {
11243       DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false);
11244       if (!DC) {
11245         IsDependent = true;
11246         return nullptr;
11247       }
11248     } else {
11249       DC = computeDeclContext(SS, true);
11250       if (!DC) {
11251         Diag(SS.getRange().getBegin(), diag::err_dependent_nested_name_spec)
11252           << SS.getRange();
11253         return nullptr;
11254       }
11255     }
11256 
11257     if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, DC))
11258       return nullptr;
11259 
11260     SearchDC = DC;
11261     // Look-up name inside 'foo::'.
11262     LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC);
11263 
11264     if (Previous.isAmbiguous())
11265       return nullptr;
11266 
11267     if (Previous.empty()) {
11268       // Name lookup did not find anything. However, if the
11269       // nested-name-specifier refers to the current instantiation,
11270       // and that current instantiation has any dependent base
11271       // classes, we might find something at instantiation time: treat
11272       // this as a dependent elaborated-type-specifier.
11273       // But this only makes any sense for reference-like lookups.
11274       if (Previous.wasNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation() &&
11275           (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) {
11276         IsDependent = true;
11277         return nullptr;
11278       }
11279 
11280       // A tag 'foo::bar' must already exist.
11281       Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_not_tag_in_scope)
11282         << Kind << Name << DC << SS.getRange();
11283       Name = nullptr;
11284       Invalid = true;
11285       goto CreateNewDecl;
11286     }
11287   } else if (Name) {
11288     // If this is a named struct, check to see if there was a previous forward
11289     // declaration or definition.
11290     // FIXME: We're looking into outer scopes here, even when we
11291     // shouldn't be. Doing so can result in ambiguities that we
11292     // shouldn't be diagnosing.
11293     LookupName(Previous, S);
11294 
11295     // When declaring or defining a tag, ignore ambiguities introduced
11296     // by types using'ed into this scope.
11297     if (Previous.isAmbiguous() &&
11298         (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration)) {
11299       LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter();
11300       while (F.hasNext()) {
11301         NamedDecl *ND = F.next();
11302         if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() != SearchDC)
11303           F.erase();
11304       }
11305       F.done();
11306     }
11307 
11308     // C++11 [namespace.memdef]p3:
11309     //   If the name in a friend declaration is neither qualified nor
11310     //   a template-id and the declaration is a function or an
11311     //   elaborated-type-specifier, the lookup to determine whether
11312     //   the entity has been previously declared shall not consider
11313     //   any scopes outside the innermost enclosing namespace.
11314     //
11315     // MSVC doesn't implement the above rule for types, so a friend tag
11316     // declaration may be a redeclaration of a type declared in an enclosing
11317     // scope.  They do implement this rule for friend functions.
11318     //
11319     // Does it matter that this should be by scope instead of by
11320     // semantic context?
11321     if (!Previous.empty() && TUK == TUK_Friend) {
11322       DeclContext *EnclosingNS = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
11323       LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter();
11324       bool FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = false;
11325       while (F.hasNext()) {
11326         NamedDecl *ND = F.next();
11327         DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
11328         if (DC->isFileContext() &&
11329             !EnclosingNS->Encloses(ND->getDeclContext())) {
11330           if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat)
11331             FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = true;
11332           else
11333             F.erase();
11334         }
11335       }
11336       F.done();
11337 
11338       // Diagnose this MSVC extension in the easy case where lookup would have
11339       // unambiguously found something outside the enclosing namespace.
11340       if (Previous.isSingleResult() && FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace) {
11341         NamedDecl *ND = Previous.getFoundDecl();
11342         Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_friend_tag_redecl_outside_namespace)
11343             << createFriendTagNNSFixIt(*this, ND, S, NameLoc);
11344       }
11345     }
11346 
11347     // Note:  there used to be some attempt at recovery here.
11348     if (Previous.isAmbiguous())
11349       return nullptr;
11350 
11351     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && TUK != TUK_Reference) {
11352       // FIXME: This makes sure that we ignore the contexts associated
11353       // with C structs, unions, and enums when looking for a matching
11354       // tag declaration or definition. See the similar lookup tweak
11355       // in Sema::LookupName; is there a better way to deal with this?
11356       while (isa<RecordDecl>(SearchDC) || isa<EnumDecl>(SearchDC))
11357         SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent();
11358     }
11359   }
11360 
11361   if (Previous.isSingleResult() &&
11362       Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) {
11363     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
11364     DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(NameLoc, Previous.getFoundDecl());
11365     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
11366     Previous.clear();
11367   }
11368 
11369   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Name && DC && StdNamespace &&
11370       DC->Equals(getStdNamespace()) && Name->isStr("bad_alloc")) {
11371     // This is a declaration of or a reference to "std::bad_alloc".
11372     isStdBadAlloc = true;
11373 
11374     if (Previous.empty() && StdBadAlloc) {
11375       // std::bad_alloc has been implicitly declared (but made invisible to
11376       // name lookup). Fill in this implicit declaration as the previous
11377       // declaration, so that the declarations get chained appropriately.
11378       Previous.addDecl(getStdBadAlloc());
11379     }
11380   }
11381 
11382   // If we didn't find a previous declaration, and this is a reference
11383   // (or friend reference), move to the correct scope.  In C++, we
11384   // also need to do a redeclaration lookup there, just in case
11385   // there's a shadow friend decl.
11386   if (Name && Previous.empty() &&
11387       (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) {
11388     if (Invalid) goto CreateNewDecl;
11389     assert(SS.isEmpty());
11390 
11391     if (TUK == TUK_Reference) {
11392       // C++ [basic.scope.pdecl]p5:
11393       //   -- for an elaborated-type-specifier of the form
11394       //
11395       //          class-key identifier
11396       //
11397       //      if the elaborated-type-specifier is used in the
11398       //      decl-specifier-seq or parameter-declaration-clause of a
11399       //      function defined in namespace scope, the identifier is
11400       //      declared as a class-name in the namespace that contains
11401       //      the declaration; otherwise, except as a friend
11402       //      declaration, the identifier is declared in the smallest
11403       //      non-class, non-function-prototype scope that contains the
11404       //      declaration.
11405       //
11406       // C99 6.7.2.3p8 has a similar (but not identical!) provision for
11407       // C structs and unions.
11408       //
11409       // It is an error in C++ to declare (rather than define) an enum
11410       // type, including via an elaborated type specifier.  We'll
11411       // diagnose that later; for now, declare the enum in the same
11412       // scope as we would have picked for any other tag type.
11413       //
11414       // GNU C also supports this behavior as part of its incomplete
11415       // enum types extension, while GNU C++ does not.
11416       //
11417       // Find the context where we'll be declaring the tag.
11418       // FIXME: We would like to maintain the current DeclContext as the
11419       // lexical context,
11420       while (!SearchDC->isFileContext() && !SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod())
11421         SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent();
11422 
11423       // Find the scope where we'll be declaring the tag.
11424       while (S->isClassScope() ||
11425              (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
11426               S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) ||
11427              ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) ||
11428              (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()))
11429         S = S->getParent();
11430     } else {
11431       assert(TUK == TUK_Friend);
11432       // C++ [namespace.memdef]p3:
11433       //   If a friend declaration in a non-local class first declares a
11434       //   class or function, the friend class or function is a member of
11435       //   the innermost enclosing namespace.
11436       SearchDC = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
11437     }
11438 
11439     // In C++, we need to do a redeclaration lookup to properly
11440     // diagnose some problems.
11441     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
11442       Previous.setRedeclarationKind(ForRedeclaration);
11443       LookupQualifiedName(Previous, SearchDC);
11444     }
11445   }
11446 
11447   if (!Previous.empty()) {
11448     NamedDecl *PrevDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl();
11449     NamedDecl *DirectPrevDecl =
11450         getLangOpts().MSVCCompat ? *Previous.begin() : PrevDecl;
11451 
11452     // It's okay to have a tag decl in the same scope as a typedef
11453     // which hides a tag decl in the same scope.  Finding this
11454     // insanity with a redeclaration lookup can only actually happen
11455     // in C++.
11456     //
11457     // This is also okay for elaborated-type-specifiers, which is
11458     // technically forbidden by the current standard but which is
11459     // okay according to the likely resolution of an open issue;
11460     // see http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/cwg_active.html#407
11461     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
11462       if (TypedefNameDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
11463         if (const TagType *TT = TD->getUnderlyingType()->getAs<TagType>()) {
11464           TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl();
11465           if (Tag->getDeclName() == Name &&
11466               Tag->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()
11467                           ->Equals(TD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) {
11468             PrevDecl = Tag;
11469             Previous.clear();
11470             Previous.addDecl(Tag);
11471             Previous.resolveKind();
11472           }
11473         }
11474       }
11475     }
11476 
11477     if (TagDecl *PrevTagDecl = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
11478       // If this is a use of a previous tag, or if the tag is already declared
11479       // in the same scope (so that the definition/declaration completes or
11480       // rementions the tag), reuse the decl.
11481       if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend ||
11482           isDeclInScope(DirectPrevDecl, SearchDC, S,
11483                         SS.isNotEmpty() || isExplicitSpecialization)) {
11484         // Make sure that this wasn't declared as an enum and now used as a
11485         // struct or something similar.
11486         if (!isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(PrevTagDecl, Kind,
11487                                           TUK == TUK_Definition, KWLoc,
11488                                           *Name)) {
11489           bool SafeToContinue
11490             = (PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() != TTK_Enum &&
11491                Kind != TTK_Enum);
11492           if (SafeToContinue)
11493             Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag)
11494               << Name
11495               << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(KWLoc),
11496                                               PrevTagDecl->getKindName());
11497           else
11498             Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) << Name;
11499           Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use);
11500 
11501           if (SafeToContinue)
11502             Kind = PrevTagDecl->getTagKind();
11503           else {
11504             // Recover by making this an anonymous redefinition.
11505             Name = nullptr;
11506             Previous.clear();
11507             Invalid = true;
11508           }
11509         }
11510 
11511         if (Kind == TTK_Enum && PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() == TTK_Enum) {
11512           const EnumDecl *PrevEnum = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevTagDecl);
11513 
11514           // If this is an elaborated-type-specifier for a scoped enumeration,
11515           // the 'class' keyword is not necessary and not permitted.
11516           if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) {
11517             if (ScopedEnum)
11518               Diag(ScopedEnumKWLoc, diag::err_enum_class_reference)
11519                 << PrevEnum->isScoped()
11520                 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ScopedEnumKWLoc);
11521             return PrevTagDecl;
11522           }
11523 
11524           QualType EnumUnderlyingTy;
11525           if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>())
11526             EnumUnderlyingTy = TI->getType().getUnqualifiedType();
11527           else if (const Type *T = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<const Type*>())
11528             EnumUnderlyingTy = QualType(T, 0);
11529 
11530           // All conflicts with previous declarations are recovered by
11531           // returning the previous declaration, unless this is a definition,
11532           // in which case we want the caller to bail out.
11533           if (CheckEnumRedeclaration(NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc,
11534                                      ScopedEnum, EnumUnderlyingTy, PrevEnum))
11535             return TUK == TUK_Declaration ? PrevTagDecl : nullptr;
11536         }
11537 
11538         // C++11 [class.mem]p1:
11539         //   A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification,
11540         //   except that a nested class or member class template can be declared
11541         //   and then later defined.
11542         if (TUK == TUK_Declaration && PrevDecl->isCXXClassMember() &&
11543             S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) {
11544           Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_member_redeclared);
11545           Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
11546         }
11547 
11548         if (!Invalid) {
11549           // If this is a use, just return the declaration we found, unless
11550           // we have attributes.
11551 
11552           // FIXME: In the future, return a variant or some other clue
11553           // for the consumer of this Decl to know it doesn't own it.
11554           // For our current ASTs this shouldn't be a problem, but will
11555           // need to be changed with DeclGroups.
11556           if (!Attr &&
11557               ((TUK == TUK_Reference &&
11558                 (!PrevTagDecl->getFriendObjectKind() || getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt))
11559                || TUK == TUK_Friend))
11560             return PrevTagDecl;
11561 
11562           // Diagnose attempts to redefine a tag.
11563           if (TUK == TUK_Definition) {
11564             if (TagDecl *Def = PrevTagDecl->getDefinition()) {
11565               // If we're defining a specialization and the previous definition
11566               // is from an implicit instantiation, don't emit an error
11567               // here; we'll catch this in the general case below.
11568               bool IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = false;
11569               if (isExplicitSpecialization) {
11570                 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Def))
11571                   IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation =
11572                     RD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() !=
11573                     TSK_ExplicitSpecialization;
11574                 else if (EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Def))
11575                   IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation =
11576                     ED->getTemplateSpecializationKind() !=
11577                     TSK_ExplicitSpecialization;
11578               }
11579 
11580               if (!IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation) {
11581                 // A redeclaration in function prototype scope in C isn't
11582                 // visible elsewhere, so merely issue a warning.
11583                 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && S->containedInPrototypeScope())
11584                   Diag(NameLoc, diag::warn_redefinition_in_param_list) << Name;
11585                 else
11586                   Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Name;
11587                 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
11588                 // If this is a redefinition, recover by making this
11589                 // struct be anonymous, which will make any later
11590                 // references get the previous definition.
11591                 Name = nullptr;
11592                 Previous.clear();
11593                 Invalid = true;
11594               }
11595             } else {
11596               // If the type is currently being defined, complain
11597               // about a nested redefinition.
11598               const TagType *Tag
11599                 = cast<TagType>(Context.getTagDeclType(PrevTagDecl));
11600               if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) {
11601                 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_nested_redefinition) << Name;
11602                 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(),
11603                      diag::note_previous_definition);
11604                 Name = nullptr;
11605                 Previous.clear();
11606                 Invalid = true;
11607               }
11608             }
11609 
11610             // Okay, this is definition of a previously declared or referenced
11611             // tag. We're going to create a new Decl for it.
11612           }
11613 
11614           // Okay, we're going to make a redeclaration.  If this is some kind
11615           // of reference, make sure we build the redeclaration in the same DC
11616           // as the original, and ignore the current access specifier.
11617           if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) {
11618             SearchDC = PrevTagDecl->getDeclContext();
11619             AS = AS_none;
11620           }
11621         }
11622         // If we get here we have (another) forward declaration or we
11623         // have a definition.  Just create a new decl.
11624 
11625       } else {
11626         // If we get here, this is a definition of a new tag type in a nested
11627         // scope, e.g. "struct foo; void bar() { struct foo; }", just create a
11628         // new decl/type.  We set PrevDecl to NULL so that the entities
11629         // have distinct types.
11630         Previous.clear();
11631       }
11632       // If we get here, we're going to create a new Decl. If PrevDecl
11633       // is non-NULL, it's a definition of the tag declared by
11634       // PrevDecl. If it's NULL, we have a new definition.
11635 
11636 
11637     // Otherwise, PrevDecl is not a tag, but was found with tag
11638     // lookup.  This is only actually possible in C++, where a few
11639     // things like templates still live in the tag namespace.
11640     } else {
11641       // Use a better diagnostic if an elaborated-type-specifier
11642       // found the wrong kind of type on the first
11643       // (non-redeclaration) lookup.
11644       if ((TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) &&
11645           !Previous.isForRedeclaration()) {
11646         unsigned Kind = 0;
11647         if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1;
11648         else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2;
11649         else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3;
11650         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_non_tag) << Kind;
11651         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at);
11652         Invalid = true;
11653 
11654       // Otherwise, only diagnose if the declaration is in scope.
11655       } else if (!isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, SearchDC, S,
11656                                 SS.isNotEmpty() || isExplicitSpecialization)) {
11657         // do nothing
11658 
11659       // Diagnose implicit declarations introduced by elaborated types.
11660       } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) {
11661         unsigned Kind = 0;
11662         if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1;
11663         else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2;
11664         else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3;
11665         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_conflict) << Kind;
11666         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl;
11667         Invalid = true;
11668 
11669       // Otherwise it's a declaration.  Call out a particularly common
11670       // case here.
11671       } else if (TypedefNameDecl *TND = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
11672         unsigned Kind = 0;
11673         if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1;
11674         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_definition_of_typedef)
11675           << Name << Kind << TND->getUnderlyingType();
11676         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl;
11677         Invalid = true;
11678 
11679       // Otherwise, diagnose.
11680       } else {
11681         // The tag name clashes with something else in the target scope,
11682         // issue an error and recover by making this tag be anonymous.
11683         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) << Name;
11684         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
11685         Name = nullptr;
11686         Invalid = true;
11687       }
11688 
11689       // The existing declaration isn't relevant to us; we're in a
11690       // new scope, so clear out the previous declaration.
11691       Previous.clear();
11692     }
11693   }
11694 
11695 CreateNewDecl:
11696 
11697   TagDecl *PrevDecl = nullptr;
11698   if (Previous.isSingleResult())
11699     PrevDecl = cast<TagDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl());
11700 
11701   // If there is an identifier, use the location of the identifier as the
11702   // location of the decl, otherwise use the location of the struct/union
11703   // keyword.
11704   SourceLocation Loc = NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc;
11705 
11706   // Otherwise, create a new declaration. If there is a previous
11707   // declaration of the same entity, the two will be linked via
11708   // PrevDecl.
11709   TagDecl *New;
11710 
11711   bool IsForwardReference = false;
11712   if (Kind == TTK_Enum) {
11713     // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.:
11714     // enum X { A, B, C } D;    D should chain to X.
11715     New = EnumDecl::Create(Context, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name,
11716                            cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl), ScopedEnum,
11717                            ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, !EnumUnderlying.isNull());
11718     // If this is an undefined enum, warn.
11719     if (TUK != TUK_Definition && !Invalid) {
11720       TagDecl *Def;
11721       if ((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 || getLangOpts().ObjC2) &&
11722           cast<EnumDecl>(New)->isFixed()) {
11723         // C++0x: 7.2p2: opaque-enum-declaration.
11724         // Conflicts are diagnosed above. Do nothing.
11725       }
11726       else if (PrevDecl && (Def = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl)->getDefinition())) {
11727         Diag(Loc, diag::ext_forward_ref_enum_def)
11728           << New;
11729         Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
11730       } else {
11731         unsigned DiagID = diag::ext_forward_ref_enum;
11732         if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat)
11733           DiagID = diag::ext_ms_forward_ref_enum;
11734         else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
11735           DiagID = diag::err_forward_ref_enum;
11736         Diag(Loc, DiagID);
11737 
11738         // If this is a forward-declared reference to an enumeration, make a
11739         // note of it; we won't actually be introducing the declaration into
11740         // the declaration context.
11741         if (TUK == TUK_Reference)
11742           IsForwardReference = true;
11743       }
11744     }
11745 
11746     if (EnumUnderlying) {
11747       EnumDecl *ED = cast<EnumDecl>(New);
11748       if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>())
11749         ED->setIntegerTypeSourceInfo(TI);
11750       else
11751         ED->setIntegerType(QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type*>(), 0));
11752       ED->setPromotionType(ED->getIntegerType());
11753     }
11754 
11755   } else {
11756     // struct/union/class
11757 
11758     // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.:
11759     // struct X { int A; } D;    D should chain to X.
11760     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
11761       // FIXME: Look for a way to use RecordDecl for simple structs.
11762       New = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name,
11763                                   cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(PrevDecl));
11764 
11765       if (isStdBadAlloc && (!StdBadAlloc || getStdBadAlloc()->isImplicit()))
11766         StdBadAlloc = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(New);
11767     } else
11768       New = RecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name,
11769                                cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(PrevDecl));
11770   }
11771 
11772   // C++11 [dcl.type]p3:
11773   //   A type-specifier-seq shall not define a class or enumeration [...].
11774   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && IsTypeSpecifier && TUK == TUK_Definition) {
11775     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_type_defined_in_type_specifier)
11776       << Context.getTagDeclType(New);
11777     Invalid = true;
11778   }
11779 
11780   // Maybe add qualifier info.
11781   if (SS.isNotEmpty()) {
11782     if (SS.isSet()) {
11783       // If this is either a declaration or a definition, check the
11784       // nested-name-specifier against the current context. We don't do this
11785       // for explicit specializations, because they have similar checking
11786       // (with more specific diagnostics) in the call to
11787       // CheckMemberSpecialization, below.
11788       if (!isExplicitSpecialization &&
11789           (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration) &&
11790           diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(SS, DC, OrigName, NameLoc))
11791         Invalid = true;
11792 
11793       New->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context));
11794       if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0) {
11795         New->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context,
11796                                            TemplateParameterLists.size(),
11797                                            TemplateParameterLists.data());
11798       }
11799     }
11800     else
11801       Invalid = true;
11802   }
11803 
11804   if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) {
11805     // Add alignment attributes if necessary; these attributes are checked when
11806     // the ASTContext lays out the structure.
11807     //
11808     // It is important for implementing the correct semantics that this
11809     // happen here (in act on tag decl). The #pragma pack stack is
11810     // maintained as a result of parser callbacks which can occur at
11811     // many points during the parsing of a struct declaration (because
11812     // the #pragma tokens are effectively skipped over during the
11813     // parsing of the struct).
11814     if (TUK == TUK_Definition) {
11815       AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RD);
11816       AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RD);
11817     }
11818   }
11819 
11820   if (ModulePrivateLoc.isValid()) {
11821     if (isExplicitSpecialization)
11822       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization)
11823         << 2
11824         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc);
11825     // __module_private__ does not apply to local classes. However, we only
11826     // diagnose this as an error when the declaration specifiers are
11827     // freestanding. Here, we just ignore the __module_private__.
11828     else if (!SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod())
11829       New->setModulePrivate();
11830   }
11831 
11832   // If this is a specialization of a member class (of a class template),
11833   // check the specialization.
11834   if (isExplicitSpecialization && CheckMemberSpecialization(New, Previous))
11835     Invalid = true;
11836 
11837   // If we're declaring or defining a tag in function prototype scope in C,
11838   // note that this type can only be used within the function and add it to
11839   // the list of decls to inject into the function definition scope.
11840   if ((Name || Kind == TTK_Enum) &&
11841       getNonFieldDeclScope(S)->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) {
11842     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
11843       // C++ [dcl.fct]p6:
11844       //   Types shall not be defined in return or parameter types.
11845       if (TUK == TUK_Definition && !IsTypeSpecifier) {
11846         Diag(Loc, diag::err_type_defined_in_param_type)
11847             << Name;
11848         Invalid = true;
11849       }
11850     } else {
11851       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_decl_in_param_list) << Context.getTagDeclType(New);
11852     }
11853     DeclsInPrototypeScope.push_back(New);
11854   }
11855 
11856   if (Invalid)
11857     New->setInvalidDecl();
11858 
11859   if (Attr)
11860     ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr);
11861 
11862   // Set the lexical context. If the tag has a C++ scope specifier, the
11863   // lexical context will be different from the semantic context.
11864   New->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
11865 
11866   // Mark this as a friend decl if applicable.
11867   // In Microsoft mode, a friend declaration also acts as a forward
11868   // declaration so we always pass true to setObjectOfFriendDecl to make
11869   // the tag name visible.
11870   if (TUK == TUK_Friend)
11871     New->setObjectOfFriendDecl(getLangOpts().MSVCCompat);
11872 
11873   // Set the access specifier.
11874   if (!Invalid && SearchDC->isRecord())
11875     SetMemberAccessSpecifier(New, PrevDecl, AS);
11876 
11877   if (TUK == TUK_Definition)
11878     New->startDefinition();
11879 
11880   // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
11881   if (TUK == TUK_Friend) {
11882     // We might be replacing an existing declaration in the lookup tables;
11883     // if so, borrow its access specifier.
11884     if (PrevDecl)
11885       New->setAccess(PrevDecl->getAccess());
11886 
11887     DeclContext *DC = New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
11888     DC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New);
11889     if (Name) // can be null along some error paths
11890       if (Scope *EnclosingScope = getScopeForDeclContext(S, DC))
11891         PushOnScopeChains(New, EnclosingScope, /* AddToContext = */ false);
11892   } else if (Name) {
11893     S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S);
11894     PushOnScopeChains(New, S, !IsForwardReference);
11895     if (IsForwardReference)
11896       SearchDC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New);
11897 
11898   } else {
11899     CurContext->addDecl(New);
11900   }
11901 
11902   // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context.
11903   if (IdentifierInfo *II = New->getIdentifier())
11904     if (!New->isInvalidDecl() &&
11905         New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() &&
11906         II->isStr("FILE"))
11907       Context.setFILEDecl(New);
11908 
11909   if (PrevDecl)
11910     mergeDeclAttributes(New, PrevDecl);
11911 
11912   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this
11913   // record.
11914   AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(New);
11915 
11916   OwnedDecl = true;
11917   // In C++, don't return an invalid declaration. We can't recover well from
11918   // the cases where we make the type anonymous.
11919   return (Invalid && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) ? nullptr : New;
11920 }
11921 
11922 void Sema::ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) {
11923   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
11924   TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
11925 
11926   // Enter the tag context.
11927   PushDeclContext(S, Tag);
11928 
11929   ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD);
11930 
11931   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this
11932   // record.
11933   AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Tag);
11934 }
11935 
11936 Decl *Sema::ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl) {
11937   assert(isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(IDecl) &&
11938          "ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition - Not ObjCContainerDecl");
11939   DeclContext *OCD = cast<DeclContext>(IDecl);
11940   assert(getContainingDC(OCD) == CurContext &&
11941       "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one.");
11942   CurContext = OCD;
11943   return IDecl;
11944 }
11945 
11946 void Sema::ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagD,
11947                                            SourceLocation FinalLoc,
11948                                            bool IsFinalSpelledSealed,
11949                                            SourceLocation LBraceLoc) {
11950   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
11951   CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TagD);
11952 
11953   FieldCollector->StartClass();
11954 
11955   if (!Record->getIdentifier())
11956     return;
11957 
11958   if (FinalLoc.isValid())
11959     Record->addAttr(new (Context)
11960                     FinalAttr(FinalLoc, Context, IsFinalSpelledSealed));
11961 
11962   // C++ [class]p2:
11963   //   [...] The class-name is also inserted into the scope of the
11964   //   class itself; this is known as the injected-class-name. For
11965   //   purposes of access checking, the injected-class-name is treated
11966   //   as if it were a public member name.
11967   CXXRecordDecl *InjectedClassName
11968     = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Record->getTagKind(), CurContext,
11969                             Record->getLocStart(), Record->getLocation(),
11970                             Record->getIdentifier(),
11971                             /*PrevDecl=*/nullptr,
11972                             /*DelayTypeCreation=*/true);
11973   Context.getTypeDeclType(InjectedClassName, Record);
11974   InjectedClassName->setImplicit();
11975   InjectedClassName->setAccess(AS_public);
11976   if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate())
11977       InjectedClassName->setDescribedClassTemplate(Template);
11978   PushOnScopeChains(InjectedClassName, S);
11979   assert(InjectedClassName->isInjectedClassName() &&
11980          "Broken injected-class-name");
11981 }
11982 
11983 void Sema::ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD,
11984                                     SourceLocation RBraceLoc) {
11985   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
11986   TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
11987   Tag->setRBraceLoc(RBraceLoc);
11988 
11989   // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid.
11990   if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) {
11991     assert(Tag->isInvalidDecl() && "We should already have completed it");
11992     if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag))
11993       RD->completeDefinition();
11994   }
11995 
11996   if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag))
11997     FieldCollector->FinishClass();
11998 
11999   // Exit this scope of this tag's definition.
12000   PopDeclContext();
12001 
12002   if (getCurLexicalContext()->isObjCContainer() &&
12003       Tag->getDeclContext()->isFileContext())
12004     Tag->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer();
12005 
12006   // Notify the consumer that we've defined a tag.
12007   if (!Tag->isInvalidDecl())
12008     Consumer.HandleTagDeclDefinition(Tag);
12009 }
12010 
12011 void Sema::ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition() {
12012   // Exit this scope of this interface definition.
12013   PopDeclContext();
12014 }
12015 
12016 void Sema::ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) {
12017   assert(DC == CurContext && "Mismatch of container contexts");
12018   OriginalLexicalContext = DC;
12019   ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition();
12020 }
12021 
12022 void Sema::ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) {
12023   ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(cast<Decl>(DC));
12024   OriginalLexicalContext = nullptr;
12025 }
12026 
12027 void Sema::ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) {
12028   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
12029   TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
12030   Tag->setInvalidDecl();
12031 
12032   // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid.
12033   if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) {
12034     if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag))
12035       RD->completeDefinition();
12036   }
12037 
12038   // We're undoing ActOnTagStartDefinition here, not
12039   // ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations, so we don't have to mess with
12040   // the FieldCollector.
12041 
12042   PopDeclContext();
12043 }
12044 
12045 // Note that FieldName may be null for anonymous bitfields.
12046 ExprResult Sema::VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc,
12047                                 IdentifierInfo *FieldName,
12048                                 QualType FieldTy, bool IsMsStruct,
12049                                 Expr *BitWidth, bool *ZeroWidth) {
12050   // Default to true; that shouldn't confuse checks for emptiness
12051   if (ZeroWidth)
12052     *ZeroWidth = true;
12053 
12054   // C99 6.7.2.1p4 - verify the field type.
12055   // C++ 9.6p3: A bit-field shall have integral or enumeration type.
12056   if (!FieldTy->isDependentType() && !FieldTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) {
12057     // Handle incomplete types with specific error.
12058     if (RequireCompleteType(FieldLoc, FieldTy, diag::err_field_incomplete))
12059       return ExprError();
12060     if (FieldName)
12061       return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_bitfield)
12062         << FieldName << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange();
12063     return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_anon_bitfield)
12064       << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange();
12065   } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const_cast<Expr *>(BitWidth),
12066                                              UPPC_BitFieldWidth))
12067     return ExprError();
12068 
12069   // If the bit-width is type- or value-dependent, don't try to check
12070   // it now.
12071   if (BitWidth->isValueDependent() || BitWidth->isTypeDependent())
12072     return BitWidth;
12073 
12074   llvm::APSInt Value;
12075   ExprResult ICE = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(BitWidth, &Value);
12076   if (ICE.isInvalid())
12077     return ICE;
12078   BitWidth = ICE.get();
12079 
12080   if (Value != 0 && ZeroWidth)
12081     *ZeroWidth = false;
12082 
12083   // Zero-width bitfield is ok for anonymous field.
12084   if (Value == 0 && FieldName)
12085     return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_zero_width) << FieldName;
12086 
12087   if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) {
12088     if (FieldName)
12089       return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_negative_width)
12090                << FieldName << Value.toString(10);
12091     return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_has_negative_width)
12092       << Value.toString(10);
12093   }
12094 
12095   if (!FieldTy->isDependentType()) {
12096     uint64_t TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(FieldTy);
12097     if (Value.getZExtValue() > TypeSize) {
12098       if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || IsMsStruct ||
12099           Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) {
12100         if (FieldName)
12101           return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size)
12102             << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue()
12103             << (unsigned)TypeSize;
12104 
12105         return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size)
12106           << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize;
12107       }
12108 
12109       if (FieldName)
12110         Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size)
12111           << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue()
12112           << (unsigned)TypeSize;
12113       else
12114         Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size)
12115           << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize;
12116     }
12117   }
12118 
12119   return BitWidth;
12120 }
12121 
12122 /// ActOnField - Each field of a C struct/union is passed into this in order
12123 /// to create a FieldDecl object for it.
12124 Decl *Sema::ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart,
12125                        Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth) {
12126   FieldDecl *Res = HandleField(S, cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(TagD),
12127                                DeclStart, D, static_cast<Expr*>(BitfieldWidth),
12128                                /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit, AS_public);
12129   return Res;
12130 }
12131 
12132 /// HandleField - Analyze a field of a C struct or a C++ data member.
12133 ///
12134 FieldDecl *Sema::HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *Record,
12135                              SourceLocation DeclStart,
12136                              Declarator &D, Expr *BitWidth,
12137                              InClassInitStyle InitStyle,
12138                              AccessSpecifier AS) {
12139   IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier();
12140   SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart;
12141   if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc();
12142 
12143   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
12144   QualType T = TInfo->getType();
12145   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
12146     CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D);
12147 
12148     if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo,
12149                                         UPPC_DataMemberType)) {
12150       D.setInvalidType();
12151       T = Context.IntTy;
12152       TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc);
12153     }
12154   }
12155 
12156   // TR 18037 does not allow fields to be declared with address spaces.
12157   if (T.getQualifiers().hasAddressSpace()) {
12158     Diag(Loc, diag::err_field_with_address_space);
12159     D.setInvalidType();
12160   }
12161 
12162   // OpenCL 1.2 spec, s6.9 r:
12163   // The event type cannot be used to declare a structure or union field.
12164   if (LangOpts.OpenCL && T->isEventT()) {
12165     Diag(Loc, diag::err_event_t_struct_field);
12166     D.setInvalidType();
12167   }
12168 
12169   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec());
12170 
12171   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec())
12172     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
12173          diag::err_invalid_thread)
12174       << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
12175 
12176   // Check to see if this name was declared as a member previously
12177   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = nullptr;
12178   LookupResult Previous(*this, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, ForRedeclaration);
12179   LookupName(Previous, S);
12180   switch (Previous.getResultKind()) {
12181     case LookupResult::Found:
12182     case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
12183       PrevDecl = Previous.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>();
12184       break;
12185 
12186     case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded:
12187       PrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl();
12188       break;
12189 
12190     case LookupResult::NotFound:
12191     case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation:
12192     case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
12193       break;
12194   }
12195   Previous.suppressDiagnostics();
12196 
12197   if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) {
12198     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
12199     DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl);
12200     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
12201     PrevDecl = nullptr;
12202   }
12203 
12204   if (PrevDecl && !isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Record, S))
12205     PrevDecl = nullptr;
12206 
12207   bool Mutable
12208     = (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable);
12209   SourceLocation TSSL = D.getLocStart();
12210   FieldDecl *NewFD
12211     = CheckFieldDecl(II, T, TInfo, Record, Loc, Mutable, BitWidth, InitStyle,
12212                      TSSL, AS, PrevDecl, &D);
12213 
12214   if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
12215     Record->setInvalidDecl();
12216 
12217   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified())
12218     NewFD->setModulePrivate();
12219 
12220   if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && PrevDecl) {
12221     // Don't introduce NewFD into scope; there's already something
12222     // with the same name in the same scope.
12223   } else if (II) {
12224     PushOnScopeChains(NewFD, S);
12225   } else
12226     Record->addDecl(NewFD);
12227 
12228   return NewFD;
12229 }
12230 
12231 /// \brief Build a new FieldDecl and check its well-formedness.
12232 ///
12233 /// This routine builds a new FieldDecl given the fields name, type,
12234 /// record, etc. \p PrevDecl should refer to any previous declaration
12235 /// with the same name and in the same scope as the field to be
12236 /// created.
12237 ///
12238 /// \returns a new FieldDecl.
12239 ///
12240 /// \todo The Declarator argument is a hack. It will be removed once
12241 FieldDecl *Sema::CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T,
12242                                 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
12243                                 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc,
12244                                 bool Mutable, Expr *BitWidth,
12245                                 InClassInitStyle InitStyle,
12246                                 SourceLocation TSSL,
12247                                 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl,
12248                                 Declarator *D) {
12249   IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
12250   bool InvalidDecl = false;
12251   if (D) InvalidDecl = D->isInvalidType();
12252 
12253   // If we receive a broken type, recover by assuming 'int' and
12254   // marking this declaration as invalid.
12255   if (T.isNull()) {
12256     InvalidDecl = true;
12257     T = Context.IntTy;
12258   }
12259 
12260   QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(T);
12261   if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) {
12262     if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, EltTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) {
12263       // Fields of incomplete type force their record to be invalid.
12264       Record->setInvalidDecl();
12265       InvalidDecl = true;
12266     } else {
12267       NamedDecl *Def;
12268       EltTy->isIncompleteType(&Def);
12269       if (Def && Def->isInvalidDecl()) {
12270         Record->setInvalidDecl();
12271         InvalidDecl = true;
12272       }
12273     }
12274   }
12275 
12276   // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.c: bitfields are not supported.
12277   if (BitWidth && getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
12278     Diag(Loc, diag::err_opencl_bitfields);
12279     InvalidDecl = true;
12280   }
12281 
12282   // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other
12283   // than a variably modified type.
12284   if (!InvalidDecl && T->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
12285     bool SizeIsNegative;
12286     llvm::APSInt Oversized;
12287 
12288     TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo =
12289       TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context,
12290                                                     SizeIsNegative,
12291                                                     Oversized);
12292     if (FixedTInfo) {
12293       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size);
12294       TInfo = FixedTInfo;
12295       T = FixedTInfo->getType();
12296     } else {
12297       if (SizeIsNegative)
12298         Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size);
12299       else if (Oversized.getBoolValue())
12300         Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_too_large)
12301           << Oversized.toString(10);
12302       else
12303         Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_field_variable_size);
12304       InvalidDecl = true;
12305     }
12306   }
12307 
12308   // Fields can not have abstract class types
12309   if (!InvalidDecl && RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T,
12310                                              diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
12311                                              AbstractFieldType))
12312     InvalidDecl = true;
12313 
12314   bool ZeroWidth = false;
12315   // If this is declared as a bit-field, check the bit-field.
12316   if (!InvalidDecl && BitWidth) {
12317     BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, Record->isMsStruct(Context), BitWidth,
12318                               &ZeroWidth).get();
12319     if (!BitWidth) {
12320       InvalidDecl = true;
12321       BitWidth = nullptr;
12322       ZeroWidth = false;
12323     }
12324   }
12325 
12326   // Check that 'mutable' is consistent with the type of the declaration.
12327   if (!InvalidDecl && Mutable) {
12328     unsigned DiagID = 0;
12329     if (T->isReferenceType())
12330       DiagID = diag::err_mutable_reference;
12331     else if (T.isConstQualified())
12332       DiagID = diag::err_mutable_const;
12333 
12334     if (DiagID) {
12335       SourceLocation ErrLoc = Loc;
12336       if (D && D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc().isValid())
12337         ErrLoc = D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc();
12338       Diag(ErrLoc, DiagID);
12339       Mutable = false;
12340       InvalidDecl = true;
12341     }
12342   }
12343 
12344   // C++11 [class.union]p8 (DR1460):
12345   //   At most one variant member of a union may have a
12346   //   brace-or-equal-initializer.
12347   if (InitStyle != ICIS_NoInit)
12348     checkDuplicateDefaultInit(*this, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record), Loc);
12349 
12350   FieldDecl *NewFD = FieldDecl::Create(Context, Record, TSSL, Loc, II, T, TInfo,
12351                                        BitWidth, Mutable, InitStyle);
12352   if (InvalidDecl)
12353     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
12354 
12355   if (PrevDecl && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
12356     Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II;
12357     Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
12358     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
12359   }
12360 
12361   if (!InvalidDecl && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
12362     if (Record->isUnion()) {
12363       if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
12364         CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
12365         if (RDecl->getDefinition()) {
12366           // C++ [class.union]p1: An object of a class with a non-trivial
12367           // constructor, a non-trivial copy constructor, a non-trivial
12368           // destructor, or a non-trivial copy assignment operator
12369           // cannot be a member of a union, nor can an array of such
12370           // objects.
12371           if (CheckNontrivialField(NewFD))
12372             NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
12373         }
12374       }
12375 
12376       // C++ [class.union]p1: If a union contains a member of reference type,
12377       // the program is ill-formed, except when compiling with MSVC extensions
12378       // enabled.
12379       if (EltTy->isReferenceType()) {
12380         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ?
12381                                     diag::ext_union_member_of_reference_type :
12382                                     diag::err_union_member_of_reference_type)
12383           << NewFD->getDeclName() << EltTy;
12384         if (!getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)
12385           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
12386       }
12387     }
12388   }
12389 
12390   // FIXME: We need to pass in the attributes given an AST
12391   // representation, not a parser representation.
12392   if (D) {
12393     // FIXME: The current scope is almost... but not entirely... correct here.
12394     ProcessDeclAttributes(getCurScope(), NewFD, *D);
12395 
12396     if (NewFD->hasAttrs())
12397       CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewFD);
12398   }
12399 
12400   // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for fields of
12401   // retainable type.
12402   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewFD))
12403     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
12404 
12405   if (T.isObjCGCWeak())
12406     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_field);
12407 
12408   NewFD->setAccess(AS);
12409   return NewFD;
12410 }
12411 
12412 bool Sema::CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD) {
12413   assert(FD);
12414   assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "valid check only for C++");
12415 
12416   if (FD->isInvalidDecl() || FD->getType()->isDependentType())
12417     return false;
12418 
12419   QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType());
12420   if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
12421     CXXRecordDecl *RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
12422     if (RDecl->getDefinition()) {
12423       // We check for copy constructors before constructors
12424       // because otherwise we'll never get complaints about
12425       // copy constructors.
12426 
12427       CXXSpecialMember member = CXXInvalid;
12428       // We're required to check for any non-trivial constructors. Since the
12429       // implicit default constructor is suppressed if there are any
12430       // user-declared constructors, we just need to check that there is a
12431       // trivial default constructor and a trivial copy constructor. (We don't
12432       // worry about move constructors here, since this is a C++98 check.)
12433       if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyConstructor())
12434         member = CXXCopyConstructor;
12435       else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor())
12436         member = CXXDefaultConstructor;
12437       else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyAssignment())
12438         member = CXXCopyAssignment;
12439       else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialDestructor())
12440         member = CXXDestructor;
12441 
12442       if (member != CXXInvalid) {
12443         if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 &&
12444             getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && RDecl->hasObjectMember()) {
12445           // Objective-C++ ARC: it is an error to have a non-trivial field of
12446           // a union. However, system headers in Objective-C programs
12447           // occasionally have Objective-C lifetime objects within unions,
12448           // and rather than cause the program to fail, we make those
12449           // members unavailable.
12450           SourceLocation Loc = FD->getLocation();
12451           if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Loc)) {
12452             if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>())
12453               FD->addAttr(UnavailableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context,
12454                                   "this system field has retaining ownership",
12455                                   Loc));
12456             return false;
12457           }
12458         }
12459 
12460         Diag(FD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 ?
12461                diag::warn_cxx98_compat_nontrivial_union_or_anon_struct_member :
12462                diag::err_illegal_union_or_anon_struct_member)
12463           << (int)FD->getParent()->isUnion() << FD->getDeclName() << member;
12464         DiagnoseNontrivial(RDecl, member);
12465         return !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11;
12466       }
12467     }
12468   }
12469 
12470   return false;
12471 }
12472 
12473 /// TranslateIvarVisibility - Translate visibility from a token ID to an
12474 ///  AST enum value.
12475 static ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl
12476 TranslateIvarVisibility(tok::ObjCKeywordKind ivarVisibility) {
12477   switch (ivarVisibility) {
12478   default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown visitibility kind");
12479   case tok::objc_private: return ObjCIvarDecl::Private;
12480   case tok::objc_public: return ObjCIvarDecl::Public;
12481   case tok::objc_protected: return ObjCIvarDecl::Protected;
12482   case tok::objc_package: return ObjCIvarDecl::Package;
12483   }
12484 }
12485 
12486 /// ActOnIvar - Each ivar field of an objective-c class is passed into this
12487 /// in order to create an IvarDecl object for it.
12488 Decl *Sema::ActOnIvar(Scope *S,
12489                                 SourceLocation DeclStart,
12490                                 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth,
12491                                 tok::ObjCKeywordKind Visibility) {
12492 
12493   IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier();
12494   Expr *BitWidth = (Expr*)BitfieldWidth;
12495   SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart;
12496   if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc();
12497 
12498   // FIXME: Unnamed fields can be handled in various different ways, for
12499   // example, unnamed unions inject all members into the struct namespace!
12500 
12501   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
12502   QualType T = TInfo->getType();
12503 
12504   if (BitWidth) {
12505     // 6.7.2.1p3, 6.7.2.1p4
12506     BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, /*IsMsStruct*/false, BitWidth).get();
12507     if (!BitWidth)
12508       D.setInvalidType();
12509   } else {
12510     // Not a bitfield.
12511 
12512     // validate II.
12513 
12514   }
12515   if (T->isReferenceType()) {
12516     Diag(Loc, diag::err_ivar_reference_type);
12517     D.setInvalidType();
12518   }
12519   // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other
12520   // than a variably modified type.
12521   else if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
12522     Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_ivar_variable_size);
12523     D.setInvalidType();
12524   }
12525 
12526   // Get the visibility (access control) for this ivar.
12527   ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl ac =
12528     Visibility != tok::objc_not_keyword ? TranslateIvarVisibility(Visibility)
12529                                         : ObjCIvarDecl::None;
12530   // Must set ivar's DeclContext to its enclosing interface.
12531   ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingDecl = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext);
12532   if (!EnclosingDecl || EnclosingDecl->isInvalidDecl())
12533     return nullptr;
12534   ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingContext;
12535   if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl =
12536       dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
12537     if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile()) {
12538     // Case of ivar declared in an implementation. Context is that of its class.
12539       EnclosingContext = IMPDecl->getClassInterface();
12540       assert(EnclosingContext && "Implementation has no class interface!");
12541     }
12542     else
12543       EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl;
12544   } else {
12545     if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl =
12546         dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
12547       if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || !CDecl->IsClassExtension()) {
12548         Diag(Loc, diag::err_misplaced_ivar) << CDecl->IsClassExtension();
12549         return nullptr;
12550       }
12551     }
12552     EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl;
12553   }
12554 
12555   // Construct the decl.
12556   ObjCIvarDecl *NewID = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, EnclosingContext,
12557                                              DeclStart, Loc, II, T,
12558                                              TInfo, ac, (Expr *)BitfieldWidth);
12559 
12560   if (II) {
12561     NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, Loc, LookupMemberName,
12562                                            ForRedeclaration);
12563     if (PrevDecl && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, EnclosingContext, S)
12564         && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
12565       Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II;
12566       Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
12567       NewID->setInvalidDecl();
12568     }
12569   }
12570 
12571   // Process attributes attached to the ivar.
12572   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewID, D);
12573 
12574   if (D.isInvalidType())
12575     NewID->setInvalidDecl();
12576 
12577   // In ARC, infer 'retaining' for ivars of retainable type.
12578   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewID))
12579     NewID->setInvalidDecl();
12580 
12581   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified())
12582     NewID->setModulePrivate();
12583 
12584   if (II) {
12585     // FIXME: When interfaces are DeclContexts, we'll need to add
12586     // these to the interface.
12587     S->AddDecl(NewID);
12588     IdResolver.AddDecl(NewID);
12589   }
12590 
12591   if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isNonFragile() &&
12592       !NewID->isInvalidDecl() && isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl))
12593     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivars_in_interface);
12594 
12595   return NewID;
12596 }
12597 
12598 /// ActOnLastBitfield - This routine handles synthesized bitfields rules for
12599 /// class and class extensions. For every class \@interface and class
12600 /// extension \@interface, if the last ivar is a bitfield of any type,
12601 /// then add an implicit `char :0` ivar to the end of that interface.
12602 void Sema::ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclLoc,
12603                              SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls) {
12604   if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || AllIvarDecls.empty())
12605     return;
12606 
12607   Decl *ivarDecl = AllIvarDecls[AllIvarDecls.size()-1];
12608   ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(ivarDecl);
12609 
12610   if (!Ivar->isBitField() || Ivar->getBitWidthValue(Context) == 0)
12611     return;
12612   ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CurContext);
12613   if (!ID) {
12614     if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CurContext)) {
12615       if (!CD->IsClassExtension())
12616         return;
12617     }
12618     // No need to add this to end of @implementation.
12619     else
12620       return;
12621   }
12622   // All conditions are met. Add a new bitfield to the tail end of ivars.
12623   llvm::APInt Zero(Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy), 0);
12624   Expr * BW = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Zero, Context.IntTy, DeclLoc);
12625 
12626   Ivar = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext),
12627                               DeclLoc, DeclLoc, nullptr,
12628                               Context.CharTy,
12629                               Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Context.CharTy,
12630                                                                DeclLoc),
12631                               ObjCIvarDecl::Private, BW,
12632                               true);
12633   AllIvarDecls.push_back(Ivar);
12634 }
12635 
12636 void Sema::ActOnFields(Scope *S, SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *EnclosingDecl,
12637                        ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields, SourceLocation LBrac,
12638                        SourceLocation RBrac, AttributeList *Attr) {
12639   assert(EnclosingDecl && "missing record or interface decl");
12640 
12641   // If this is an Objective-C @implementation or category and we have
12642   // new fields here we should reset the layout of the interface since
12643   // it will now change.
12644   if (!Fields.empty() && isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
12645     ObjCContainerDecl *DC = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl);
12646     switch (DC->getKind()) {
12647     default: break;
12648     case Decl::ObjCCategory:
12649       Context.ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface());
12650       break;
12651     case Decl::ObjCImplementation:
12652       Context.
12653         ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface());
12654       break;
12655     }
12656   }
12657 
12658   RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(EnclosingDecl);
12659 
12660   // Start counting up the number of named members; make sure to include
12661   // members of anonymous structs and unions in the total.
12662   unsigned NumNamedMembers = 0;
12663   if (Record) {
12664     for (const auto *I : Record->decls()) {
12665       if (const auto *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(I))
12666         if (IFD->getDeclName())
12667           ++NumNamedMembers;
12668     }
12669   }
12670 
12671   // Verify that all the fields are okay.
12672   SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 32> RecFields;
12673 
12674   bool ARCErrReported = false;
12675   for (ArrayRef<Decl *>::iterator i = Fields.begin(), end = Fields.end();
12676        i != end; ++i) {
12677     FieldDecl *FD = cast<FieldDecl>(*i);
12678 
12679     // Get the type for the field.
12680     const Type *FDTy = FD->getType().getTypePtr();
12681 
12682     if (!FD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) {
12683       // Remember all fields written by the user.
12684       RecFields.push_back(FD);
12685     }
12686 
12687     // If the field is already invalid for some reason, don't emit more
12688     // diagnostics about it.
12689     if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) {
12690       EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
12691       continue;
12692     }
12693 
12694     // C99 6.7.2.1p2:
12695     //   A structure or union shall not contain a member with
12696     //   incomplete or function type (hence, a structure shall not
12697     //   contain an instance of itself, but may contain a pointer to
12698     //   an instance of itself), except that the last member of a
12699     //   structure with more than one named member may have incomplete
12700     //   array type; such a structure (and any union containing,
12701     //   possibly recursively, a member that is such a structure)
12702     //   shall not be a member of a structure or an element of an
12703     //   array.
12704     if (FDTy->isFunctionType()) {
12705       // Field declared as a function.
12706       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_field_declared_as_function)
12707         << FD->getDeclName();
12708       FD->setInvalidDecl();
12709       EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
12710       continue;
12711     } else if (FDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() && Record &&
12712                ((i + 1 == Fields.end() && !Record->isUnion()) ||
12713                 ((getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ||
12714                   getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) &&
12715                  (i + 1 == Fields.end() || Record->isUnion())))) {
12716       // Flexible array member.
12717       // Microsoft and g++ is more permissive regarding flexible array.
12718       // It will accept flexible array in union and also
12719       // as the sole element of a struct/class.
12720       unsigned DiagID = 0;
12721       if (Record->isUnion())
12722         DiagID = getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt
12723                      ? diag::ext_flexible_array_union_ms
12724                      : getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
12725                            ? diag::ext_flexible_array_union_gnu
12726                            : diag::err_flexible_array_union;
12727       else if (Fields.size() == 1)
12728         DiagID = getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt
12729                      ? diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_ms
12730                      : getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
12731                            ? diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_gnu
12732                            : NumNamedMembers < 1
12733                                  ? diag::err_flexible_array_empty_aggregate
12734                                  : 0;
12735 
12736       if (DiagID)
12737         Diag(FD->getLocation(), DiagID) << FD->getDeclName()
12738                                         << Record->getTagKind();
12739       // While the layout of types that contain virtual bases is not specified
12740       // by the C++ standard, both the Itanium and Microsoft C++ ABIs place
12741       // virtual bases after the derived members.  This would make a flexible
12742       // array member declared at the end of an object not adjacent to the end
12743       // of the type.
12744       if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record))
12745         if (RD->getNumVBases() != 0)
12746           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_virtual_base)
12747             << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind();
12748       if (!getLangOpts().C99)
12749         Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_c99_flexible_array_member)
12750           << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind();
12751 
12752       // If the element type has a non-trivial destructor, we would not
12753       // implicitly destroy the elements, so disallow it for now.
12754       //
12755       // FIXME: GCC allows this. We should probably either implicitly delete
12756       // the destructor of the containing class, or just allow this.
12757       QualType BaseElem = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType());
12758       if (!BaseElem->isDependentType() && BaseElem.isDestructedType()) {
12759         Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_has_nontrivial_dtor)
12760           << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType();
12761         FD->setInvalidDecl();
12762         EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
12763         continue;
12764       }
12765       // Okay, we have a legal flexible array member at the end of the struct.
12766       Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true);
12767     } else if (!FDTy->isDependentType() &&
12768                RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(),
12769                                    diag::err_field_incomplete)) {
12770       // Incomplete type
12771       FD->setInvalidDecl();
12772       EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
12773       continue;
12774     } else if (const RecordType *FDTTy = FDTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
12775       if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) {
12776         // A type which contains a flexible array member is considered to be a
12777         // flexible array member.
12778         Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true);
12779         if (!Record->isUnion()) {
12780           // If this is a struct/class and this is not the last element, reject
12781           // it.  Note that GCC supports variable sized arrays in the middle of
12782           // structures.
12783           if (i + 1 != Fields.end())
12784             Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variable_sized_type_in_struct)
12785               << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType();
12786           else {
12787             // We support flexible arrays at the end of structs in
12788             // other structs as an extension.
12789             Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_in_struct)
12790               << FD->getDeclName();
12791           }
12792         }
12793       }
12794       if (isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl) &&
12795           RequireNonAbstractType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(),
12796                                  diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
12797                                  AbstractIvarType)) {
12798         // Ivars can not have abstract class types
12799         FD->setInvalidDecl();
12800       }
12801       if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasObjectMember())
12802         Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
12803       if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasVolatileMember())
12804         Record->setHasVolatileMember(true);
12805     } else if (FDTy->isObjCObjectType()) {
12806       /// A field cannot be an Objective-c object
12807       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object)
12808         << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FD->getLocation(), "*");
12809       QualType T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(FD->getType());
12810       FD->setType(T);
12811     } else if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && Record && !ARCErrReported &&
12812                (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || Record->isUnion())) {
12813       // It's an error in ARC if a field has lifetime.
12814       // We don't want to report this in a system header, though,
12815       // so we just make the field unavailable.
12816       // FIXME: that's really not sufficient; we need to make the type
12817       // itself invalid to, say, initialize or copy.
12818       QualType T = FD->getType();
12819       Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = T.getObjCLifetime();
12820       if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone) {
12821         SourceLocation loc = FD->getLocation();
12822         if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(loc)) {
12823           if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) {
12824             FD->addAttr(UnavailableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context,
12825                               "this system field has retaining ownership",
12826                               loc));
12827           }
12828         } else {
12829           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_objc_object_in_tag)
12830             << T->isBlockPointerType() << Record->getTagKind();
12831         }
12832         ARCErrReported = true;
12833       }
12834     } else if (getLangOpts().ObjC1 &&
12835                getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC &&
12836                Record && !Record->hasObjectMember()) {
12837       if (FD->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() ||
12838           FD->getType().isObjCGCStrong())
12839         Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
12840       else if (Context.getAsArrayType(FD->getType())) {
12841         QualType BaseType = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType());
12842         if (BaseType->isRecordType() &&
12843             BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()->hasObjectMember())
12844           Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
12845         else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType() ||
12846                  BaseType.isObjCGCStrong())
12847                Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
12848       }
12849     }
12850     if (Record && FD->getType().isVolatileQualified())
12851       Record->setHasVolatileMember(true);
12852     // Keep track of the number of named members.
12853     if (FD->getIdentifier())
12854       ++NumNamedMembers;
12855   }
12856 
12857   // Okay, we successfully defined 'Record'.
12858   if (Record) {
12859     bool Completed = false;
12860     if (CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) {
12861       if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) {
12862         // Set access bits correctly on the directly-declared conversions.
12863         for (CXXRecordDecl::conversion_iterator
12864                I = CXXRecord->conversion_begin(),
12865                E = CXXRecord->conversion_end(); I != E; ++I)
12866           I.setAccess((*I)->getAccess());
12867 
12868         if (!CXXRecord->isDependentType()) {
12869           if (CXXRecord->hasUserDeclaredDestructor()) {
12870             // Adjust user-defined destructor exception spec.
12871             if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
12872               AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecord,
12873                                             CXXRecord->getDestructor());
12874           }
12875 
12876           // Add any implicitly-declared members to this class.
12877           AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecord);
12878 
12879           // If we have virtual base classes, we may end up finding multiple
12880           // final overriders for a given virtual function. Check for this
12881           // problem now.
12882           if (CXXRecord->getNumVBases()) {
12883             CXXFinalOverriderMap FinalOverriders;
12884             CXXRecord->getFinalOverriders(FinalOverriders);
12885 
12886             for (CXXFinalOverriderMap::iterator M = FinalOverriders.begin(),
12887                                              MEnd = FinalOverriders.end();
12888                  M != MEnd; ++M) {
12889               for (OverridingMethods::iterator SO = M->second.begin(),
12890                                             SOEnd = M->second.end();
12891                    SO != SOEnd; ++SO) {
12892                 assert(SO->second.size() > 0 &&
12893                        "Virtual function without overridding functions?");
12894                 if (SO->second.size() == 1)
12895                   continue;
12896 
12897                 // C++ [class.virtual]p2:
12898                 //   In a derived class, if a virtual member function of a base
12899                 //   class subobject has more than one final overrider the
12900                 //   program is ill-formed.
12901                 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_multiple_final_overriders)
12902                   << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << Record;
12903                 Diag(M->first->getLocation(),
12904                      diag::note_overridden_virtual_function);
12905                 for (OverridingMethods::overriding_iterator
12906                           OM = SO->second.begin(),
12907                        OMEnd = SO->second.end();
12908                      OM != OMEnd; ++OM)
12909                   Diag(OM->Method->getLocation(), diag::note_final_overrider)
12910                     << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << OM->Method->getParent();
12911 
12912                 Record->setInvalidDecl();
12913               }
12914             }
12915             CXXRecord->completeDefinition(&FinalOverriders);
12916             Completed = true;
12917           }
12918         }
12919       }
12920     }
12921 
12922     if (!Completed)
12923       Record->completeDefinition();
12924 
12925     if (Record->hasAttrs()) {
12926       CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Record);
12927 
12928       if (const MSInheritanceAttr *IA = Record->getAttr<MSInheritanceAttr>())
12929         checkMSInheritanceAttrOnDefinition(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record),
12930                                            IA->getRange(), IA->getBestCase(),
12931                                            IA->getSemanticSpelling());
12932     }
12933 
12934     // Check if the structure/union declaration is a type that can have zero
12935     // size in C. For C this is a language extension, for C++ it may cause
12936     // compatibility problems.
12937     bool CheckForZeroSize;
12938     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
12939       CheckForZeroSize = true;
12940     } else {
12941       // For C++ filter out types that cannot be referenced in C code.
12942       CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record);
12943       CheckForZeroSize =
12944           CXXRecord->getLexicalDeclContext()->isExternCContext() &&
12945           !CXXRecord->isDependentType() &&
12946           CXXRecord->isCLike();
12947     }
12948     if (CheckForZeroSize) {
12949       bool ZeroSize = true;
12950       bool IsEmpty = true;
12951       unsigned NonBitFields = 0;
12952       for (RecordDecl::field_iterator I = Record->field_begin(),
12953                                       E = Record->field_end();
12954            (NonBitFields == 0 || ZeroSize) && I != E; ++I) {
12955         IsEmpty = false;
12956         if (I->isUnnamedBitfield()) {
12957           if (I->getBitWidthValue(Context) > 0)
12958             ZeroSize = false;
12959         } else {
12960           ++NonBitFields;
12961           QualType FieldType = I->getType();
12962           if (FieldType->isIncompleteType() ||
12963               !Context.getTypeSizeInChars(FieldType).isZero())
12964             ZeroSize = false;
12965         }
12966       }
12967 
12968       // Empty structs are an extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7). They are
12969       // allowed in C++, but warn if its declaration is inside
12970       // extern "C" block.
12971       if (ZeroSize) {
12972         Diag(RecLoc, getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ?
12973                          diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_in_extern_c :
12974                          diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_compat)
12975           << IsEmpty << Record->isUnion() << (NonBitFields > 1);
12976       }
12977 
12978       // Structs without named members are extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7),
12979       // but are accepted by GCC.
12980       if (NonBitFields == 0 && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
12981         Diag(RecLoc, IsEmpty ? diag::ext_empty_struct_union :
12982                                diag::ext_no_named_members_in_struct_union)
12983           << Record->isUnion();
12984       }
12985     }
12986   } else {
12987     ObjCIvarDecl **ClsFields =
12988       reinterpret_cast<ObjCIvarDecl**>(RecFields.data());
12989     if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
12990       ID->setEndOfDefinitionLoc(RBrac);
12991       // Add ivar's to class's DeclContext.
12992       for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) {
12993         ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(ID);
12994         ID->addDecl(ClsFields[i]);
12995       }
12996       // Must enforce the rule that ivars in the base classes may not be
12997       // duplicates.
12998       if (ID->getSuperClass())
12999         DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ID, ID->getSuperClass());
13000     } else if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl =
13001                   dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
13002       assert(IMPDecl && "ActOnFields - missing ObjCImplementationDecl");
13003       for (unsigned I = 0, N = RecFields.size(); I != N; ++I)
13004         // Ivar declared in @implementation never belongs to the implementation.
13005         // Only it is in implementation's lexical context.
13006         ClsFields[I]->setLexicalDeclContext(IMPDecl);
13007       CheckImplementationIvars(IMPDecl, ClsFields, RecFields.size(), RBrac);
13008       IMPDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac);
13009       IMPDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac);
13010     } else if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl =
13011                 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
13012       // case of ivars in class extension; all other cases have been
13013       // reported as errors elsewhere.
13014       // FIXME. Class extension does not have a LocEnd field.
13015       // CDecl->setLocEnd(RBrac);
13016       // Add ivar's to class extension's DeclContext.
13017       // Diagnose redeclaration of private ivars.
13018       ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = CDecl->getClassInterface();
13019       for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) {
13020         if (IDecl) {
13021           if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsIvar =
13022               IDecl->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) {
13023             Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(),
13024                  diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration);
13025             Diag(ClsIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
13026             continue;
13027           }
13028           for (const auto *Ext : IDecl->known_extensions()) {
13029             if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsExtIvar
13030                   = Ext->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) {
13031               Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(),
13032                    diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration);
13033               Diag(ClsExtIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
13034               continue;
13035             }
13036           }
13037         }
13038         ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(CDecl);
13039         CDecl->addDecl(ClsFields[i]);
13040       }
13041       CDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac);
13042       CDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac);
13043     }
13044   }
13045 
13046   if (Attr)
13047     ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Record, Attr);
13048 }
13049 
13050 /// \brief Determine whether the given integral value is representable within
13051 /// the given type T.
13052 static bool isRepresentableIntegerValue(ASTContext &Context,
13053                                         llvm::APSInt &Value,
13054                                         QualType T) {
13055   assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!");
13056   unsigned BitWidth = Context.getIntWidth(T);
13057 
13058   if (Value.isUnsigned() || Value.isNonNegative()) {
13059     if (T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType())
13060       --BitWidth;
13061     return Value.getActiveBits() <= BitWidth;
13062   }
13063   return Value.getMinSignedBits() <= BitWidth;
13064 }
13065 
13066 // \brief Given an integral type, return the next larger integral type
13067 // (or a NULL type of no such type exists).
13068 static QualType getNextLargerIntegralType(ASTContext &Context, QualType T) {
13069   // FIXME: Int128/UInt128 support, which also needs to be introduced into
13070   // enum checking below.
13071   assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!");
13072   const unsigned NumTypes = 4;
13073   QualType SignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = {
13074     Context.ShortTy, Context.IntTy, Context.LongTy, Context.LongLongTy
13075   };
13076   QualType UnsignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = {
13077     Context.UnsignedShortTy, Context.UnsignedIntTy, Context.UnsignedLongTy,
13078     Context.UnsignedLongLongTy
13079   };
13080 
13081   unsigned BitWidth = Context.getTypeSize(T);
13082   QualType *Types = T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()? SignedIntegralTypes
13083                                                         : UnsignedIntegralTypes;
13084   for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumTypes; ++I)
13085     if (Context.getTypeSize(Types[I]) > BitWidth)
13086       return Types[I];
13087 
13088   return QualType();
13089 }
13090 
13091 EnumConstantDecl *Sema::CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum,
13092                                           EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst,
13093                                           SourceLocation IdLoc,
13094                                           IdentifierInfo *Id,
13095                                           Expr *Val) {
13096   unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth();
13097   llvm::APSInt EnumVal(IntWidth);
13098   QualType EltTy;
13099 
13100   if (Val && DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Val, UPPC_EnumeratorValue))
13101     Val = nullptr;
13102 
13103   if (Val)
13104     Val = DefaultLvalueConversion(Val).get();
13105 
13106   if (Val) {
13107     if (Enum->isDependentType() || Val->isTypeDependent())
13108       EltTy = Context.DependentTy;
13109     else {
13110       SourceLocation ExpLoc;
13111       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && Enum->isFixed() &&
13112           !getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) {
13113         // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: If the underlying type is fixed, [...] the
13114         // constant-expression in the enumerator-definition shall be a converted
13115         // constant expression of the underlying type.
13116         EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType();
13117         ExprResult Converted =
13118           CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Val, EltTy, EnumVal,
13119                                            CCEK_Enumerator);
13120         if (Converted.isInvalid())
13121           Val = nullptr;
13122         else
13123           Val = Converted.get();
13124       } else if (!Val->isValueDependent() &&
13125                  !(Val = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Val,
13126                                                          &EnumVal).get())) {
13127         // C99 6.7.2.2p2: Make sure we have an integer constant expression.
13128       } else {
13129         if (Enum->isFixed()) {
13130           EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType();
13131 
13132           // In Obj-C and Microsoft mode, require the enumeration value to be
13133           // representable in the underlying type of the enumeration. In C++11,
13134           // we perform a non-narrowing conversion as part of converted constant
13135           // expression checking.
13136           if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) {
13137             if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) {
13138               Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy;
13139               Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).get();
13140             } else
13141               Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy;
13142           } else
13143             Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).get();
13144         } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
13145           // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5:
13146           //   If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator
13147           //   is the type of its initializing value:
13148           //     - If an initializer is specified for an enumerator, the
13149           //       initializing value has the same type as the expression.
13150           EltTy = Val->getType();
13151         } else {
13152           // C99 6.7.2.2p2:
13153           //   The expression that defines the value of an enumeration constant
13154           //   shall be an integer constant expression that has a value
13155           //   representable as an int.
13156 
13157           // Complain if the value is not representable in an int.
13158           if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, Context.IntTy))
13159             Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int)
13160               << EnumVal.toString(10) << Val->getSourceRange()
13161               << (EnumVal.isUnsigned() || EnumVal.isNonNegative());
13162           else if (!Context.hasSameType(Val->getType(), Context.IntTy)) {
13163             // Force the type of the expression to 'int'.
13164             Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, Context.IntTy, CK_IntegralCast).get();
13165           }
13166           EltTy = Val->getType();
13167         }
13168       }
13169     }
13170   }
13171 
13172   if (!Val) {
13173     if (Enum->isDependentType())
13174       EltTy = Context.DependentTy;
13175     else if (!LastEnumConst) {
13176       // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5:
13177       //   If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator
13178       //   is the type of its initializing value:
13179       //     - If no initializer is specified for the first enumerator, the
13180       //       initializing value has an unspecified integral type.
13181       //
13182       // GCC uses 'int' for its unspecified integral type, as does
13183       // C99 6.7.2.2p3.
13184       if (Enum->isFixed()) {
13185         EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType();
13186       }
13187       else {
13188         EltTy = Context.IntTy;
13189       }
13190     } else {
13191       // Assign the last value + 1.
13192       EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal();
13193       ++EnumVal;
13194       EltTy = LastEnumConst->getType();
13195 
13196       // Check for overflow on increment.
13197       if (EnumVal < LastEnumConst->getInitVal()) {
13198         // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5:
13199         //   If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator
13200         //   is the type of its initializing value:
13201         //
13202         //     - Otherwise the type of the initializing value is the same as
13203         //       the type of the initializing value of the preceding enumerator
13204         //       unless the incremented value is not representable in that type,
13205         //       in which case the type is an unspecified integral type
13206         //       sufficient to contain the incremented value. If no such type
13207         //       exists, the program is ill-formed.
13208         QualType T = getNextLargerIntegralType(Context, EltTy);
13209         if (T.isNull() || Enum->isFixed()) {
13210           // There is no integral type larger enough to represent this
13211           // value. Complain, then allow the value to wrap around.
13212           EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal();
13213           EnumVal = EnumVal.zext(EnumVal.getBitWidth() * 2);
13214           ++EnumVal;
13215           if (Enum->isFixed())
13216             // When the underlying type is fixed, this is ill-formed.
13217             Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_wrapped)
13218               << EnumVal.toString(10)
13219               << EltTy;
13220           else
13221             Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_increment_too_large)
13222               << EnumVal.toString(10);
13223         } else {
13224           EltTy = T;
13225         }
13226 
13227         // Retrieve the last enumerator's value, extent that type to the
13228         // type that is supposed to be large enough to represent the incremented
13229         // value, then increment.
13230         EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal();
13231         EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType());
13232         EnumVal = EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy));
13233         ++EnumVal;
13234 
13235         // If we're not in C++, diagnose the overflow of enumerator values,
13236         // which in C99 means that the enumerator value is not representable in
13237         // an int (C99 6.7.2.2p2). However, we support GCC's extension that
13238         // permits enumerator values that are representable in some larger
13239         // integral type.
13240         if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !T.isNull())
13241           Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enum_value_overflow);
13242       } else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
13243                  !isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) {
13244         // Enforce C99 6.7.2.2p2 even when we compute the next value.
13245         Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int)
13246           << EnumVal.toString(10) << 1;
13247       }
13248     }
13249   }
13250 
13251   if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) {
13252     // Make the enumerator value match the signedness and size of the
13253     // enumerator's type.
13254     EnumVal = EnumVal.extOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy));
13255     EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType());
13256   }
13257 
13258   return EnumConstantDecl::Create(Context, Enum, IdLoc, Id, EltTy,
13259                                   Val, EnumVal);
13260 }
13261 
13262 
13263 Decl *Sema::ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *theEnumDecl, Decl *lastEnumConst,
13264                               SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id,
13265                               AttributeList *Attr,
13266                               SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val) {
13267   EnumDecl *TheEnumDecl = cast<EnumDecl>(theEnumDecl);
13268   EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst =
13269     cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(lastEnumConst);
13270 
13271   // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope.  Zip up the scope tree until
13272   // we find one that is.
13273   S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S);
13274 
13275   // Verify that there isn't already something declared with this name in this
13276   // scope.
13277   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName,
13278                                          ForRedeclaration);
13279   if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) {
13280     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
13281     DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(IdLoc, PrevDecl);
13282     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
13283     PrevDecl = nullptr;
13284   }
13285 
13286   if (PrevDecl) {
13287     // When in C++, we may get a TagDecl with the same name; in this case the
13288     // enum constant will 'hide' the tag.
13289     assert((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) &&
13290            "Received TagDecl when not in C++!");
13291     if (!isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl) && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, CurContext, S)) {
13292       if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl))
13293         Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition_of_enumerator) << Id;
13294       else
13295         Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Id;
13296       Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
13297       return nullptr;
13298     }
13299   }
13300 
13301   // C++ [class.mem]p15:
13302   // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a name
13303   // different from T:
13304   // - every enumerator of every member of class T that is an unscoped
13305   // enumerated type
13306   if (CXXRecordDecl *Record
13307                       = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(
13308                              TheEnumDecl->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()))
13309     if (!TheEnumDecl->isScoped() &&
13310         Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getIdentifier() == Id)
13311       Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Id;
13312 
13313   EnumConstantDecl *New =
13314     CheckEnumConstant(TheEnumDecl, LastEnumConst, IdLoc, Id, Val);
13315 
13316   if (New) {
13317     // Process attributes.
13318     if (Attr) ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr);
13319 
13320     // Register this decl in the current scope stack.
13321     New->setAccess(TheEnumDecl->getAccess());
13322     PushOnScopeChains(New, S);
13323   }
13324 
13325   ActOnDocumentableDecl(New);
13326 
13327   return New;
13328 }
13329 
13330 // Returns true when the enum initial expression does not trigger the
13331 // duplicate enum warning.  A few common cases are exempted as follows:
13332 // Element2 = Element1
13333 // Element2 = Element1 + 1
13334 // Element2 = Element1 - 1
13335 // Where Element2 and Element1 are from the same enum.
13336 static bool ValidDuplicateEnum(EnumConstantDecl *ECD, EnumDecl *Enum) {
13337   Expr *InitExpr = ECD->getInitExpr();
13338   if (!InitExpr)
13339     return true;
13340   InitExpr = InitExpr->IgnoreImpCasts();
13341 
13342   if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(InitExpr)) {
13343     if (!BO->isAdditiveOp())
13344       return true;
13345     IntegerLiteral *IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(BO->getRHS());
13346     if (!IL)
13347       return true;
13348     if (IL->getValue() != 1)
13349       return true;
13350 
13351     InitExpr = BO->getLHS();
13352   }
13353 
13354   // This checks if the elements are from the same enum.
13355   DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(InitExpr);
13356   if (!DRE)
13357     return true;
13358 
13359   EnumConstantDecl *EnumConstant = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(DRE->getDecl());
13360   if (!EnumConstant)
13361     return true;
13362 
13363   if (cast<EnumDecl>(TagDecl::castFromDeclContext(ECD->getDeclContext())) !=
13364       Enum)
13365     return true;
13366 
13367   return false;
13368 }
13369 
13370 struct DupKey {
13371   int64_t val;
13372   bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey;
13373   DupKey(int64_t val, bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey)
13374     : val(val), isTombstoneOrEmptyKey(isTombstoneOrEmptyKey) {}
13375 };
13376 
13377 static DupKey GetDupKey(const llvm::APSInt& Val) {
13378   return DupKey(Val.isSigned() ? Val.getSExtValue() : Val.getZExtValue(),
13379                 false);
13380 }
13381 
13382 struct DenseMapInfoDupKey {
13383   static DupKey getEmptyKey() { return DupKey(0, true); }
13384   static DupKey getTombstoneKey() { return DupKey(1, true); }
13385   static unsigned getHashValue(const DupKey Key) {
13386     return (unsigned)(Key.val * 37);
13387   }
13388   static bool isEqual(const DupKey& LHS, const DupKey& RHS) {
13389     return LHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey == RHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey &&
13390            LHS.val == RHS.val;
13391   }
13392 };
13393 
13394 // Emits a warning when an element is implicitly set a value that
13395 // a previous element has already been set to.
13396 static void CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(Sema &S, ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements,
13397                                         EnumDecl *Enum,
13398                                         QualType EnumType) {
13399   if (S.Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values, Enum->getLocation()))
13400     return;
13401   // Avoid anonymous enums
13402   if (!Enum->getIdentifier())
13403     return;
13404 
13405   // Only check for small enums.
13406   if (Enum->getNumPositiveBits() > 63 || Enum->getNumNegativeBits() > 64)
13407     return;
13408 
13409   typedef SmallVector<EnumConstantDecl *, 3> ECDVector;
13410   typedef SmallVector<ECDVector *, 3> DuplicatesVector;
13411 
13412   typedef llvm::PointerUnion<EnumConstantDecl*, ECDVector*> DeclOrVector;
13413   typedef llvm::DenseMap<DupKey, DeclOrVector, DenseMapInfoDupKey>
13414           ValueToVectorMap;
13415 
13416   DuplicatesVector DupVector;
13417   ValueToVectorMap EnumMap;
13418 
13419   // Populate the EnumMap with all values represented by enum constants without
13420   // an initialier.
13421   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) {
13422     EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
13423 
13424     // Null EnumConstantDecl means a previous diagnostic has been emitted for
13425     // this constant.  Skip this enum since it may be ill-formed.
13426     if (!ECD) {
13427       return;
13428     }
13429 
13430     if (ECD->getInitExpr())
13431       continue;
13432 
13433     DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal());
13434     DeclOrVector &Entry = EnumMap[Key];
13435 
13436     // First time encountering this value.
13437     if (Entry.isNull())
13438       Entry = ECD;
13439   }
13440 
13441   // Create vectors for any values that has duplicates.
13442   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) {
13443     EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
13444     if (!ValidDuplicateEnum(ECD, Enum))
13445       continue;
13446 
13447     DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal());
13448 
13449     DeclOrVector& Entry = EnumMap[Key];
13450     if (Entry.isNull())
13451       continue;
13452 
13453     if (EnumConstantDecl *D = Entry.dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl*>()) {
13454       // Ensure constants are different.
13455       if (D == ECD)
13456         continue;
13457 
13458       // Create new vector and push values onto it.
13459       ECDVector *Vec = new ECDVector();
13460       Vec->push_back(D);
13461       Vec->push_back(ECD);
13462 
13463       // Update entry to point to the duplicates vector.
13464       Entry = Vec;
13465 
13466       // Store the vector somewhere we can consult later for quick emission of
13467       // diagnostics.
13468       DupVector.push_back(Vec);
13469       continue;
13470     }
13471 
13472     ECDVector *Vec = Entry.get<ECDVector*>();
13473     // Make sure constants are not added more than once.
13474     if (*Vec->begin() == ECD)
13475       continue;
13476 
13477     Vec->push_back(ECD);
13478   }
13479 
13480   // Emit diagnostics.
13481   for (DuplicatesVector::iterator DupVectorIter = DupVector.begin(),
13482                                   DupVectorEnd = DupVector.end();
13483        DupVectorIter != DupVectorEnd; ++DupVectorIter) {
13484     ECDVector *Vec = *DupVectorIter;
13485     assert(Vec->size() > 1 && "ECDVector should have at least 2 elements.");
13486 
13487     // Emit warning for one enum constant.
13488     ECDVector::iterator I = Vec->begin();
13489     S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values)
13490       << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10)
13491       << (*I)->getSourceRange();
13492     ++I;
13493 
13494     // Emit one note for each of the remaining enum constants with
13495     // the same value.
13496     for (ECDVector::iterator E = Vec->end(); I != E; ++I)
13497       S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_duplicate_element)
13498         << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10)
13499         << (*I)->getSourceRange();
13500     delete Vec;
13501   }
13502 }
13503 
13504 bool
13505 Sema::IsValueInFlagEnum(const EnumDecl *ED, const llvm::APInt &Val,
13506                         bool AllowMask) const {
13507   FlagEnumAttr *FEAttr = ED->getAttr<FlagEnumAttr>();
13508   assert(FEAttr && "looking for value in non-flag enum");
13509 
13510   llvm::APInt FlagMask = ~FEAttr->getFlagBits();
13511   unsigned Width = FlagMask.getBitWidth();
13512 
13513   // We will try a zero-extended value for the regular check first.
13514   llvm::APInt ExtVal = Val.zextOrSelf(Width);
13515 
13516   // A value is in a flag enum if either its bits are a subset of the enum's
13517   // flag bits (the first condition) or we are allowing masks and the same is
13518   // true of its complement (the second condition). When masks are allowed, we
13519   // allow the common idiom of ~(enum1 | enum2) to be a valid enum value.
13520   //
13521   // While it's true that any value could be used as a mask, the assumption is
13522   // that a mask will have all of the insignificant bits set. Anything else is
13523   // likely a logic error.
13524   if (!(FlagMask & ExtVal))
13525     return true;
13526 
13527   if (AllowMask) {
13528     // Try a one-extended value instead. This can happen if the enum is wider
13529     // than the constant used, in C with extensions to allow for wider enums.
13530     // The mask will still have the correct behaviour, so we give the user the
13531     // benefit of the doubt.
13532     //
13533     // FIXME: This heuristic can cause weird results if the enum was extended
13534     // to a larger type and is signed, because then bit-masks of smaller types
13535     // that get extended will fall out of range (e.g. ~0x1u). We currently don't
13536     // detect that case and will get a false positive for it. In most cases,
13537     // though, it can be fixed by making it a signed type (e.g. ~0x1), so it may
13538     // be fine just to accept this as a warning.
13539     ExtVal |= llvm::APInt::getHighBitsSet(Width, Width - Val.getBitWidth());
13540     if (!(FlagMask & ~ExtVal))
13541       return true;
13542   }
13543 
13544   return false;
13545 }
13546 
13547 void Sema::ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc,
13548                          SourceLocation RBraceLoc, Decl *EnumDeclX,
13549                          ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements,
13550                          Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr) {
13551   EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumDecl>(EnumDeclX);
13552   QualType EnumType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Enum);
13553 
13554   if (Attr)
13555     ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Enum, Attr);
13556 
13557   if (Enum->isDependentType()) {
13558     for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) {
13559       EnumConstantDecl *ECD =
13560         cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
13561       if (!ECD) continue;
13562 
13563       ECD->setType(EnumType);
13564     }
13565 
13566     Enum->completeDefinition(Context.DependentTy, Context.DependentTy, 0, 0);
13567     return;
13568   }
13569 
13570   // TODO: If the result value doesn't fit in an int, it must be a long or long
13571   // long value.  ISO C does not support this, but GCC does as an extension,
13572   // emit a warning.
13573   unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth();
13574   unsigned CharWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getCharWidth();
13575   unsigned ShortWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getShortWidth();
13576 
13577   // Verify that all the values are okay, compute the size of the values, and
13578   // reverse the list.
13579   unsigned NumNegativeBits = 0;
13580   unsigned NumPositiveBits = 0;
13581 
13582   // Keep track of whether all elements have type int.
13583   bool AllElementsInt = true;
13584 
13585   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) {
13586     EnumConstantDecl *ECD =
13587       cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
13588     if (!ECD) continue;  // Already issued a diagnostic.
13589 
13590     const llvm::APSInt &InitVal = ECD->getInitVal();
13591 
13592     // Keep track of the size of positive and negative values.
13593     if (InitVal.isUnsigned() || InitVal.isNonNegative())
13594       NumPositiveBits = std::max(NumPositiveBits,
13595                                  (unsigned)InitVal.getActiveBits());
13596     else
13597       NumNegativeBits = std::max(NumNegativeBits,
13598                                  (unsigned)InitVal.getMinSignedBits());
13599 
13600     // Keep track of whether every enum element has type int (very commmon).
13601     if (AllElementsInt)
13602       AllElementsInt = ECD->getType() == Context.IntTy;
13603   }
13604 
13605   // Figure out the type that should be used for this enum.
13606   QualType BestType;
13607   unsigned BestWidth;
13608 
13609   // C++0x N3000 [conv.prom]p3:
13610   //   An rvalue of an unscoped enumeration type whose underlying
13611   //   type is not fixed can be converted to an rvalue of the first
13612   //   of the following types that can represent all the values of
13613   //   the enumeration: int, unsigned int, long int, unsigned long
13614   //   int, long long int, or unsigned long long int.
13615   // C99 6.4.4.3p2:
13616   //   An identifier declared as an enumeration constant has type int.
13617   // The C99 rule is modified by a gcc extension
13618   QualType BestPromotionType;
13619 
13620   bool Packed = Enum->hasAttr<PackedAttr>();
13621   // -fshort-enums is the equivalent to specifying the packed attribute on all
13622   // enum definitions.
13623   if (LangOpts.ShortEnums)
13624     Packed = true;
13625 
13626   if (Enum->isFixed()) {
13627     BestType = Enum->getIntegerType();
13628     if (BestType->isPromotableIntegerType())
13629       BestPromotionType = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(BestType);
13630     else
13631       BestPromotionType = BestType;
13632 
13633     BestWidth = Context.getIntWidth(BestType);
13634   }
13635   else if (NumNegativeBits) {
13636     // If there is a negative value, figure out the smallest integer type (of
13637     // int/long/longlong) that fits.
13638     // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short.
13639     if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= CharWidth && NumPositiveBits < CharWidth) {
13640       BestType = Context.SignedCharTy;
13641       BestWidth = CharWidth;
13642     } else if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= ShortWidth &&
13643                NumPositiveBits < ShortWidth) {
13644       BestType = Context.ShortTy;
13645       BestWidth = ShortWidth;
13646     } else if (NumNegativeBits <= IntWidth && NumPositiveBits < IntWidth) {
13647       BestType = Context.IntTy;
13648       BestWidth = IntWidth;
13649     } else {
13650       BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth();
13651 
13652       if (NumNegativeBits <= BestWidth && NumPositiveBits < BestWidth) {
13653         BestType = Context.LongTy;
13654       } else {
13655         BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth();
13656 
13657         if (NumNegativeBits > BestWidth || NumPositiveBits >= BestWidth)
13658           Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::ext_enum_too_large);
13659         BestType = Context.LongLongTy;
13660       }
13661     }
13662     BestPromotionType = (BestWidth <= IntWidth ? Context.IntTy : BestType);
13663   } else {
13664     // If there is no negative value, figure out the smallest type that fits
13665     // all of the enumerator values.
13666     // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short.
13667     if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= CharWidth) {
13668       BestType = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
13669       BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy;
13670       BestWidth = CharWidth;
13671     } else if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= ShortWidth) {
13672       BestType = Context.UnsignedShortTy;
13673       BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy;
13674       BestWidth = ShortWidth;
13675     } else if (NumPositiveBits <= IntWidth) {
13676       BestType = Context.UnsignedIntTy;
13677       BestWidth = IntWidth;
13678       BestPromotionType
13679         = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
13680                            ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy;
13681     } else if (NumPositiveBits <=
13682                (BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth())) {
13683       BestType = Context.UnsignedLongTy;
13684       BestPromotionType
13685         = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
13686                            ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy;
13687     } else {
13688       BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth();
13689       assert(NumPositiveBits <= BestWidth &&
13690              "How could an initializer get larger than ULL?");
13691       BestType = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
13692       BestPromotionType
13693         = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
13694                            ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy;
13695     }
13696   }
13697 
13698   FlagEnumAttr *FEAttr = Enum->getAttr<FlagEnumAttr>();
13699   if (FEAttr)
13700     FEAttr->getFlagBits() = llvm::APInt(BestWidth, 0);
13701 
13702   // Loop over all of the enumerator constants, changing their types to match
13703   // the type of the enum if needed. If we have a flag type, we also prepare the
13704   // FlagBits cache.
13705   for (auto *D : Elements) {
13706     auto *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(D);
13707     if (!ECD) continue;  // Already issued a diagnostic.
13708 
13709     // Standard C says the enumerators have int type, but we allow, as an
13710     // extension, the enumerators to be larger than int size.  If each
13711     // enumerator value fits in an int, type it as an int, otherwise type it the
13712     // same as the enumerator decl itself.  This means that in "enum { X = 1U }"
13713     // that X has type 'int', not 'unsigned'.
13714 
13715     // Determine whether the value fits into an int.
13716     llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal();
13717 
13718     // If it fits into an integer type, force it.  Otherwise force it to match
13719     // the enum decl type.
13720     QualType NewTy;
13721     unsigned NewWidth;
13722     bool NewSign;
13723     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
13724         !Enum->isFixed() &&
13725         isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, InitVal, Context.IntTy)) {
13726       NewTy = Context.IntTy;
13727       NewWidth = IntWidth;
13728       NewSign = true;
13729     } else if (ECD->getType() == BestType) {
13730       // Already the right type!
13731       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
13732         // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an
13733         // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its
13734         // enumeration.
13735         ECD->setType(EnumType);
13736       goto flagbits;
13737     } else {
13738       NewTy = BestType;
13739       NewWidth = BestWidth;
13740       NewSign = BestType->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType();
13741     }
13742 
13743     // Adjust the APSInt value.
13744     InitVal = InitVal.extOrTrunc(NewWidth);
13745     InitVal.setIsSigned(NewSign);
13746     ECD->setInitVal(InitVal);
13747 
13748     // Adjust the Expr initializer and type.
13749     if (ECD->getInitExpr() &&
13750         !Context.hasSameType(NewTy, ECD->getInitExpr()->getType()))
13751       ECD->setInitExpr(ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, NewTy,
13752                                                 CK_IntegralCast,
13753                                                 ECD->getInitExpr(),
13754                                                 /*base paths*/ nullptr,
13755                                                 VK_RValue));
13756     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
13757       // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an
13758       // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its
13759       // enumeration.
13760       ECD->setType(EnumType);
13761     else
13762       ECD->setType(NewTy);
13763 
13764 flagbits:
13765     // Check to see if we have a constant with exactly one bit set. Note that x
13766     // & (x - 1) will be nonzero if and only if x has more than one bit set.
13767     if (FEAttr) {
13768       llvm::APInt ExtVal = InitVal.zextOrSelf(BestWidth);
13769       if (ExtVal != 0 && !(ExtVal & (ExtVal - 1))) {
13770         FEAttr->getFlagBits() |= ExtVal;
13771       }
13772     }
13773   }
13774 
13775   if (FEAttr) {
13776     for (Decl *D : Elements) {
13777       EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(D);
13778       if (!ECD) continue;  // Already issued a diagnostic.
13779 
13780       llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal();
13781       if (InitVal != 0 && !IsValueInFlagEnum(Enum, InitVal, true))
13782         Diag(ECD->getLocation(), diag::warn_flag_enum_constant_out_of_range)
13783           << ECD << Enum;
13784     }
13785   }
13786 
13787 
13788 
13789   Enum->completeDefinition(BestType, BestPromotionType,
13790                            NumPositiveBits, NumNegativeBits);
13791 
13792   CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(*this, Elements, Enum, EnumType);
13793 
13794   // Now that the enum type is defined, ensure it's not been underaligned.
13795   if (Enum->hasAttrs())
13796     CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Enum);
13797 }
13798 
13799 Decl *Sema::ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr,
13800                                   SourceLocation StartLoc,
13801                                   SourceLocation EndLoc) {
13802   StringLiteral *AsmString = cast<StringLiteral>(expr);
13803 
13804   FileScopeAsmDecl *New = FileScopeAsmDecl::Create(Context, CurContext,
13805                                                    AsmString, StartLoc,
13806                                                    EndLoc);
13807   CurContext->addDecl(New);
13808   return New;
13809 }
13810 
13811 static void checkModuleImportContext(Sema &S, Module *M,
13812                                      SourceLocation ImportLoc,
13813                                      DeclContext *DC) {
13814   if (auto *LSD = dyn_cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC)) {
13815     switch (LSD->getLanguage()) {
13816     case LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c:
13817       if (!M->IsExternC) {
13818         S.Diag(ImportLoc, diag::err_module_import_in_extern_c)
13819           << M->getFullModuleName();
13820         S.Diag(LSD->getLocStart(), diag::note_module_import_in_extern_c);
13821         return;
13822       }
13823       break;
13824     case LinkageSpecDecl::lang_cxx:
13825       break;
13826     }
13827     DC = LSD->getParent();
13828   }
13829 
13830   while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC))
13831     DC = DC->getParent();
13832   if (!isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) {
13833     S.Diag(ImportLoc, diag::err_module_import_not_at_top_level)
13834       << M->getFullModuleName() << DC;
13835     S.Diag(cast<Decl>(DC)->getLocStart(),
13836            diag::note_module_import_not_at_top_level)
13837       << DC;
13838   }
13839 }
13840 
13841 DeclResult Sema::ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation AtLoc,
13842                                    SourceLocation ImportLoc,
13843                                    ModuleIdPath Path) {
13844   Module *Mod =
13845       getModuleLoader().loadModule(ImportLoc, Path, Module::AllVisible,
13846                                    /*IsIncludeDirective=*/false);
13847   if (!Mod)
13848     return true;
13849 
13850   checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, ImportLoc, CurContext);
13851 
13852   // FIXME: we should support importing a submodule within a different submodule
13853   // of the same top-level module. Until we do, make it an error rather than
13854   // silently ignoring the import.
13855   if (Mod->getTopLevelModuleName() == getLangOpts().CurrentModule)
13856     Diag(ImportLoc, diag::err_module_self_import)
13857         << Mod->getFullModuleName() << getLangOpts().CurrentModule;
13858   else if (Mod->getTopLevelModuleName() == getLangOpts().ImplementationOfModule)
13859     Diag(ImportLoc, diag::err_module_import_in_implementation)
13860         << Mod->getFullModuleName() << getLangOpts().ImplementationOfModule;
13861 
13862   SmallVector<SourceLocation, 2> IdentifierLocs;
13863   Module *ModCheck = Mod;
13864   for (unsigned I = 0, N = Path.size(); I != N; ++I) {
13865     // If we've run out of module parents, just drop the remaining identifiers.
13866     // We need the length to be consistent.
13867     if (!ModCheck)
13868       break;
13869     ModCheck = ModCheck->Parent;
13870 
13871     IdentifierLocs.push_back(Path[I].second);
13872   }
13873 
13874   ImportDecl *Import = ImportDecl::Create(Context,
13875                                           Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(),
13876                                           AtLoc.isValid()? AtLoc : ImportLoc,
13877                                           Mod, IdentifierLocs);
13878   Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->addDecl(Import);
13879   return Import;
13880 }
13881 
13882 void Sema::ActOnModuleInclude(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod) {
13883   checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, DirectiveLoc, CurContext);
13884 
13885   // FIXME: Should we synthesize an ImportDecl here?
13886   getModuleLoader().makeModuleVisible(Mod, Module::AllVisible, DirectiveLoc,
13887                                       /*Complain=*/true);
13888 }
13889 
13890 void Sema::createImplicitModuleImportForErrorRecovery(SourceLocation Loc,
13891                                                       Module *Mod) {
13892   // Bail if we're not allowed to implicitly import a module here.
13893   if (isSFINAEContext() || !getLangOpts().ModulesErrorRecovery)
13894     return;
13895 
13896   // Create the implicit import declaration.
13897   TranslationUnitDecl *TU = getASTContext().getTranslationUnitDecl();
13898   ImportDecl *ImportD = ImportDecl::CreateImplicit(getASTContext(), TU,
13899                                                    Loc, Mod, Loc);
13900   TU->addDecl(ImportD);
13901   Consumer.HandleImplicitImportDecl(ImportD);
13902 
13903   // Make the module visible.
13904   getModuleLoader().makeModuleVisible(Mod, Module::AllVisible, Loc,
13905                                       /*Complain=*/false);
13906 }
13907 
13908 void Sema::ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* Name,
13909                                       IdentifierInfo* AliasName,
13910                                       SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
13911                                       SourceLocation NameLoc,
13912                                       SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) {
13913   Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc,
13914                                     LookupOrdinaryName);
13915   AsmLabelAttr *Attr = ::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(AliasNameLoc, Context,
13916                                                     AliasName->getName(), 0);
13917 
13918   if (PrevDecl)
13919     PrevDecl->addAttr(Attr);
13920   else
13921     (void)ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(
13922       std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>(Name, Attr));
13923 }
13924 
13925 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* Name,
13926                              SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
13927                              SourceLocation NameLoc) {
13928   Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
13929 
13930   if (PrevDecl) {
13931     PrevDecl->addAttr(WeakAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, PragmaLoc));
13932   } else {
13933     (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(
13934       std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>
13935         (Name, WeakInfo((IdentifierInfo*)nullptr, NameLoc)));
13936   }
13937 }
13938 
13939 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* Name,
13940                                 IdentifierInfo* AliasName,
13941                                 SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
13942                                 SourceLocation NameLoc,
13943                                 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) {
13944   Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, AliasName, AliasNameLoc,
13945                                     LookupOrdinaryName);
13946   WeakInfo W = WeakInfo(Name, NameLoc);
13947 
13948   if (PrevDecl) {
13949     if (!PrevDecl->hasAttr<AliasAttr>())
13950       if (NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(PrevDecl))
13951         DeclApplyPragmaWeak(TUScope, ND, W);
13952   } else {
13953     (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(
13954       std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>(AliasName, W));
13955   }
13956 }
13957 
13958 Decl *Sema::getObjCDeclContext() const {
13959   return (dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext));
13960 }
13961 
13962 AvailabilityResult Sema::getCurContextAvailability() const {
13963   const Decl *D = cast<Decl>(getCurObjCLexicalContext());
13964   // If we are within an Objective-C method, we should consult
13965   // both the availability of the method as well as the
13966   // enclosing class.  If the class is (say) deprecated,
13967   // the entire method is considered deprecated from the
13968   // purpose of checking if the current context is deprecated.
13969   if (const ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) {
13970     AvailabilityResult R = MD->getAvailability();
13971     if (R != AR_Available)
13972       return R;
13973     D = MD->getClassInterface();
13974   }
13975   // If we are within an Objective-c @implementation, it
13976   // gets the same availability context as the @interface.
13977   else if (const ObjCImplementationDecl *ID =
13978             dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(D)) {
13979     D = ID->getClassInterface();
13980   }
13981   // Recover from user error.
13982   return D ? D->getAvailability() : AR_Available;
13983 }
13984